EPA-R3-73-028b
MARCH 1973                   Ecological Research Series
ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
LAKE  ONTARIO LIMNOLOGICAL AND
RELATED STUDIES
Vol. II   Biology
                              Office of Research and Monitoring
                              U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                              Washington, D.C. 20460

-------
            RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
Research reports of the  office  of  Research  and
Monitoring*  Environmental Protection Agency, have
been grouped into five series.  These  five  broad
categories  were established to facilitate further
development  and  application   of   environmental
technology.   Elimination  of traditional grouping
was  consciously  planned  to  foster   technology
transfer   and  a  maximum  interface  in  related
fields.  The five series are:

   1.  Environmental Health Effects Research
   2.  Environmental Protection Technology
   3.  Ecological Research
   4.  Environmental Monitoring
   5.  Soci©economic Environmental Studies

This report has been assigned  to  the  ECOLOGICAL
RESEARCH  series.   This series describes research
on the effects of pollution on humans,  plant  and
animal   species,  and  materials.   Problems  are
assessed   for   their   long-   and    short-term
influences.    Investigations  include  formation,
transport, and pathway studies  to  determine  the
fate  of  pollutants and their effects.  This work
provides the technical basis for setting standards
to  minimize   undesirable   changes   in   living
organisms   in   the   aquatic,   terrestrial  and
atmospheric environments.

-------
                                              EPA-R3-73-028b
                                              March  1973
           ANNOTATED  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF LAKE

      ONTARIO LIMNOLOGICAL AND RELATED STUDIES


                  Vol.  II - BIOLOGY
                          By

                   Elaine P. Downing
                    James E. Hassan
                   Robert A. Sweeney
                   Project 16120 HVR

                    Project Officer

                  Norbert A. Jaworski
        U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       National  Environmental  Research Center
              Corvallis, Oregon  97330
                     Prepared  for

          OFFICE OF RESEARCH  AND MONITORING
        U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                WASHINGTON, D.C.  20460
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C, 20402
              Price J2.60 domestic postpaid or $2.25 OPO Bookstore

-------
                         EPA Review Notice

     This report has been reviewed by the Environmental Protec-
tion Agency and approved for publication.  Approval does not
signify that the contents necessarily reflect the views and
policies of the Environmental Protection Agency, nor does
mention of trade names or commercial production constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use.
                               11.

-------
                     TABLE OP CONTENTS
  I.   Introduction  	     1
 II.   Subject  Index  	     2
      A.   Study  regions	     2
      B.   Organisms	     5
      C.   Habitats	    10
      D.   Techniques  and Instrumentation ....    12
III.   Abstracts	    17
 IV.   Author/Agency Addresses  	   216
  V.   Other Possibly Pertinent References  .  .  .   232
 VI.   Acknowledgements 	   236

                       LIST OP FIGURES

 JL
  1   Map of Lake  Ontario	    2a
                            iii.

-------
I.   INTRODUCTION
         The purpose of this study, which was sponsored under
    grant # 16120 HVR from the U. S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, was to provide a reference that would be of aid to
    those individuals and/or agencies, planning or initiating
    limnological research on Lake Ontario and/or its tributaries,
    particularly those activities which are part of the Inter-
    national Field Year on the Great Lakes (1972-71*).  The task
    was divided on the basis of disciplines into three (3)
    sections - physical, chemical and biological.  This paper
    is the final report from the latter.
         The holdings of libraries in both the United States and
    Canada were surveyed.  Each pertinent reference was abstracted
    and examined with respect to the parameters measured, tech-
    niques employed and the location(s) in which the study was
    conducted.  In addition, the last known address of the agency
    or senior author was noted for inclusion of locating the
    author if further communication is desired.
         Unless otherwise noted, the papers cited in the annotated
    list are located In Buffalo.
         Due to limitations in time, we were unable to secure
    copies of a few references that may contain information
    relative to Lake Ontario.  These have been included in this
    paper.

-------
          Comments  concerning  this work are welcome and

     appreciated.


II.  SUBJECT INDEX

          The number following each, refers to the number of the

     paper listed in Section II.  Lake Ontario was divided into

     eighteen (18)  regions, which are shown in Figure 1.  The

     number nineteen (19) refers to lake-wide studies; while

     twenty (20) concerns tributaries to the lake.  For the

     Identification of the specific stream or river in question,

     see  the abstract.

     A.   Study Regions

         1.   2*. 46.  61, 65, 77, 110, 119, 120, 122, 145,
             161, 181, 189, 191, 193, 224, 230, 238, 239,
             272, 282, 298, 369, 392, Ml, 448, 1*51, 454,
             457, 460, 462, 463, 472, 474, 475, 486, 576,
             578

         2.   15, 26,  27, 61, 65, 77, 84  110, 119, 136,
             181, 191, 193, 230, 245, 249, 279, 298, 305,
             306, 310, 315, 338, 339, 359, 360, 361, 366,
             394, 443, 448, 451, 452, 454, 459, 462, 463,
             474

         3.   1, 35,  63, 65, 66, 71, 73, 74, 75, 77, 110,
             119, 122, 136, 143, 161, 181, 191, 193, 230,
             239, 249, 272, 304, 315, 367, 369, 387, 389,
             392, 394, 443, 448, 451, 452, 454, 460, 462,
             463, 471, 472, 475, 486, 498, 533, 556, 576,
             578, 579

         4.   1, 13,  52, 65, 77, 90. 96, 110, 119, 131,
             136, 181, 193, 230, 245, 279, 281, 284, 310,
             394, 438, 443, 448, 451, 452, 454, 462, 463,
             488, 504, 506, 507, 508, 510, 511, 512, 518,
             539, 543, 577, 595
                              -2-

-------
                                FIGURE i - MAP OF LAKE ONTARIO
19 - LaKe-Wide     20 - Tributaries (see abstract for snocific stream(s))
-2a-

-------
 5.   65.  77,  110,  119, 181, 193, 355, 366, 394,
     448, 451,  452,  454, 460, 462, 463, 464, 489

 6.   52,  90.  96,  113, 150. 159, 193, 212, 245,
     257, 281,  284,  322, 445, 488, 505, 518,
     539, 543,  566,  577, 582, 584

 7.   65,  77,  93,  110. 119, 193, 315, 366, 394,
     448, 451,  452,  454, 460, 462, 463

 8.   90,  96,  113,  150, 159, 193, 212, 245, 257.
     281, 322,  379,  445, 505, 518, 539, 577, 584

 9.   65,  77,  105,  108. 110, 119, 174, 178, 181.
     190, 191,  225,  249, 258, 269, 271, 301, 346,
     347, 448,  451,  452, 454, 462, 463, 574, 581
10.   82,  90,  96
     244, 245,
     466, 505,
     577, 582,

11.   9, 11, 13,
     105, 107,
     142, 148,
     225, 228,
     249, 258,
     344, 346,
     465, 470,
     516, 549,
,  113, 143,  150,  159
257, 281,  322,  363,
518, 539,  542,  543,
584, 596

 16, 24, 26, 27,  60,
108, 110,  119,  136,
174, 178,  181,  190,
230, 235,  236,  237,
269, 271,  279,  300,
347, 448,  451,  452,
474, 475,  477,  490,
561, 562,  574,  581
, 193, 212
379, 438,  445
546, 558,  559


 65, 71, 77,
139, 140,  141
191, 192,  224
238, 239,  241
301, 323,  328
454, 462,  463
513, 514,  515
12.  60, 65, 77,  93,  105,  110,  119,  139,  140,
     141, 181,  228,  230,  315,  323,  347, 448, 451,
     452, 460,  462,  463

13.  90, 96, 113,  150,  159,  212,  230,  244, 245,
     257, 281,  322,  379,  445,  505,  518, 539, 577,
     584

14.  60, 65, 71,  77,  90,  105,  107,  108, 110, 119,
     139, 140,  141,  142,  148,  178,  l8l, 190, 191,
     192, 208,  224,  228,  230,  235,  236, 237, 249,
     258, 259,  269,  271,  280,  301,  323, 344, 346,
     347, 366,  448,  451,  452,  454,  458, 460, 46l,
     462, 463,  467,  475,  516,  538,  545, 548, 549,
     555, 561,  568,  581

15.  60, 96, 105,  107,  110,  119,  137,  228. 230. 245,
     323, 347,  448,  452,  454,  467,  537, 543, 545
                       -3-

-------
16,
17,
18.
47, 82,  90,  96,  113,
188, 212,  230,  244,
293, 322,  354,  379,
505, 518,  543,  558,

60, 65,  77,  79,  83,
139, 140,  141,  142,
230, 280,  281,  322,
448, 451,  452,  454,
531, 543,  544,  545,
583
       143, 150, 177, 186,
      245, 257, 281, 290,
      380, 438, 445, 481,
      577, 582, 584

      96, 105, 107, 110, 119,
      181, 186, 191, 208, 228,
      366, 383, 412, 41?, 438,
      458, 461, 467, 517, 518,
      548, 555, 566, 568, 580,
60, 82  83,  90
165, 186, 208,
254, 281, 290,
383, 412, 445,
544, 545, 558,
19.  2,
     20,
     36,
     50,
     70,
     92,
     103
     123
     134
     155
     169
     184
     200
     214
     234
     253
     265
     278
     308
     319
     332
     343
     371
     395
     404
     414
     425
     434
     449
     478
     494
     522
     532
     557
     573
   4, 5, 6, 7,
    21, 22, 23
    37, 38, 39
    53, 54, 56
    71, 72, 76
    93, 94, 95
   , 104, 106,
   , 124, 125,
   , 135, 138,
   , 156, 157,
   , 170, 171,
   , 185, 187,
   , 201, 202,
   , 215, 216,
   , 240, 242,
   , 255, 256,
   , 266, 267,
   , 286, 287,
   , 309, 311,
   , 320, 321,
   , 333, 334,
   , 345, 348,
   , 374, 381,
   , 396, 397,
   , 405, 406,
   , 145, 416,
   , 426, 427,
   , 435, 436,
   , 450, 453,
   , 479, 482,
   , 495, 496,
   , 523, 524,
   , 534, 535,
   , 560, 563,
   , 587, 589,
,  96,  105,  107,  113, 159, 160,
 212,  230,  238,  239, 244, 245,
 291,  292,  322,  353, 363, 379,
 467,  505,  517,  518, 531, 543,
 566,  580,  583,  584, 591
 8,  10,  12,  14,  17,  18, 19,
  24,  28,  29,  30,  31,  33,  34,
  40,  42,  43,  44,  45,  48,  49,
  57,  58,  59,  62,  64,  68,  69,
  80,  81,  86,  87,  88,  89,  91,
  97,  98,  99,  100, 101, 102,
 109,  112, 114,  115, 116,  121
 126,  128, 129,  130, 132,  133
 144,  145, 147,  148, 149,  154
 158,  162, 163,  164, 166,  168
 173,  175, 179,  180, 182,  183
 194,  195, 196,  197, 198,  199
 203,  204, 205,  206, 207,  213
 218,  224, 226,  227, 229,  233
 243,  246, 247,  248, 250,  252
 258,  260, 261,  262, 263,  264
 268,  269, 273,  274, 275,  276
 288,  296, 297,  299, 302,  303
 312,  313, 314,  316, 317,  318
 322,  324, 325,  326, 327,  329
 335,  336, 337,  340, 341,  342
 350,  352, 356,  364, 368,  370
 384,  385, 386,  387, 388,  390
 398,  399, 400,  401, 402,  403
 407,  408, 409,  410, 4ll,  413
 418,  420, 421,  422, 423,  424
 428,  429, 430,  431, 432,  433
 437,  440, 442,  444, 446,  447
 455,  468, 469,  473, 474,  476
 483,  485, 487,  491, 492,  493
 499,  500, 518,  519, 520,  521
 525,  526, 527,  528, 529,  530
 536,  540, 541,  551, 552,  554
 565,  567, 569,  570, 571,  572
 591,  592, 594
                        -4-

-------
    20.   3,  4,  13,  32, 41, 44, 50. 51, 52, 55, 61,
         62, 65,  66, 67, 77, 78, 82, 85, ill, 113,
         116, 117,  118, 119, 126, 127, 143, 144, 149,
         150, 151,  152, 153, 157, 159, 160, 161, 162,
         163, 167,  168, 172, 175, 176, l8l, 184, 197,
         198, 200,  201, 209, 210, 211, 212, 216, 217,
         219, 220,  221, 222, 223, 229, 231, 232, 234,
         247, 249,  257, 260, 26l, 262, 263, 264, 266,
         268, 269,  272, 277, 281, 283, 285, 288, 289,
         293, 294,  295, 299, 307, 317, 324, 329, 330,
         331, 341,  342, 348, 349, 350, 351, 357, 358,
         365% 369,  372, 375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 382,
         383, 391,  392, 393, 419, 438, 439, 44l, 442,
         445, 452,  454, 456, 457, 460, 461, 462, 463,
         464, 465,  472, 480, 484, 486, 488, 497, 500,
         502, 503,  504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510,
         511, 512,  517, 519, 523, 532, 545, 547, 553,
         555, 558,  564, 567, 575, 576, 577, 580, 584,
         585, 586,  588, 589, 590, 591, 593, 595, 596

B.  Organisms

     1.   Viruses  -  288, 289

     2.   Schizomycota  - 62,  63,  74,  75,  79, 85, 86,  87,
              88, 89,  90,  91,  92, 93, 94,  95, 96, 97,
              98, 99,  100, 101,  102,  104  135,  138.  139,
              140,  141, 143, 193, 205, 245, 284,  285,
              286,  287, 288, 289, 293, 337, 347,  359,
              360,  361, 364, 365, 438, 439, 440,  44l,
              457,  458, 459, 460, 461, 462, 463,  464,
              465,  493, 524, 550, 556, 568, 572,  579

     3.   Eumycophyta - 160,  289, 307, 371, 519

         a.   Ascomycota -  62,  130,  243,  524

         b.   Phycomycota  - 111,  127,  130,  176,  191,
                  236, 237,  369

     4.   Algae - 110,  142. 162,  181,  203,  289,  290,
              359,  473, 488, 496, 533

         a.   Cyanophyta -  53,  54, 57, 58,  59, 83, 98,
                  104, 111,  127, 129, 130, 131, 160,
                  161, 177,  210, 239, 286, 287, 288,
                  291, 293,  300, 301, 316, 339, 346,
                  366, 367,  368, 373, 335, 386, 387,
                  388, 389,  446, 494, 498, 526, 558,
                  559, 561,  567
                           -5-

-------
    b.  Chlorophyta - 6, 53, 54  55, 57, 58, 59,
             61, 78, 83, 98, 104, 111, 127, 129,
             130, 131, 160, 161, 163, 164, 177,
             207, 210, 237, 239, 248, 284, 286,
             287, 288, 291, 292, 293, 300, 301,
             307, 315, 316, 346, 360, 367, 368,
             371, 373, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388,
             389, 394, 443, 446, 475, 494, 498,
             558, 559, 561, 562, 567

    c.  Phaeophyta - 131, 316

    d.  Rhodophyta - 131, 316

    e.  Pyrrophyta - 104, 307, 367, 384, 446, 477,
             559, 561

    f.  Charophyta - 113, 130, 131, 149, 383, 443,
             546, 591

    g.  Euglenophyta - 127, 307, 367, 371, 475

    h.  Cryptophyceae - 131, 384

    1.  Chrysophyta - 6, 39, 40, 56, 57, 59, 83, 98,
             104, 127, 129, 130, 137, 161, 204, 205,
             206, 207, 210, 248, 257, 284, 287, 288,
             291, 293, 301, 307, 315, 316, 339, 346,
             366, 367, 368, 371, 373, 384, 385, 386,
             387, 388, 389, 446, 475, 477, 485, 494,
             498, 537, 558, 559, 561, 567

5.  Bryophyta - 55,  78,  113, 131, 255, 306, 526

6.  Tracheophyta - 46, 55,  78, ill, 113, 127, 130,
         131, 136, 149,  160, 237, 280, 281, 287,
         306, 332, 345,  382, 443, 445, 488, 517,
         546, 577, 595

7.  Protozoans  - 129,  272,  495, 498, 517, 559

    a.  Mastigophora - 83,  371, 381

    b.  Sarcodlna -  381

    c.  Ciliata - 83,  104,  270, 371, 381

8.  Porifera -  246,  372
                      -6-

-------
 9.   Coelenterata -  299
10.   Platyhelminthes - 256,  475,  476
     a.  Turbellaria - 160,  237,  299
     b.  Trematoda - 229,  270,  272, 299,  381,  549
     c.  Cestoda - 239,  270,  549
11.   Aschelminthes (Nemathelmlnthes)  -
     a.  Rotifera -  6, 59, 205, 237,  272,  287,  293,
              294, 307,  381,  475, 495,  558,  559
     b.  Nematoda -  1, 239,  246,  256, 259, 272,. 371,
              381, 475,  476,  495, 549
12.   Acanthocephala  - 132, 239, 270,  303,  369,  476
13.   Bryozoa - 272,  299,  336
14.   Mollusca - 59,  78,  111,  179, 229,  336,  475,
          476, 495,  517,  546
     a.  Gastropoda  - 1,  55,  82,  160. 231, 237, 239,
              249, 256,  270,  287, 298,  299,  315, 324,
              329, 330,  339,  443, 486,  488,  558, 576
     b.  Pelecypoda  - 1,  71,  72,  76,  163,  222,  237,
              239, 242,  246,  256, 287,  298,  299, 315,
              317, 324,  329,  330, 339,  369,  443, 486,
              488, 549,  567,  576
15.   Annelida - 78,  390
     a.  Polychaeta  - 256, 299
     b.  Ollgochaeta - 1,  35, 57, 59, 70,  71,  72, 73,
              74, 75, 76,  82, 104,  111,  127, 160, 163,
              246, 256,  272,  287, 288,  289,  298, 299,
              300, 301,  307,  317, 339,  443,  495, 517,
              567, 579
     c.  Hlrudinea - 55,  160, 163,  229,  256, 270, 272,
              299, 443,  549,  567
                       -7-

-------
16.   Arthropoda -  78

     a.   Arachnlda -  222, 256, 299, 443, 475, 476

     b.   Crustacea -  1,  6, 53, 54, 55, 59, 66, 71,
              82,  10*, 127, 128, 129, 158, 160,
              163, 165,  177, 179, 184, 191, 192,
              203, 204,  210, 222, 229, 236, 237,
              239, 246,  256, 270, 272, 273, 275,
              287, 289,  298, 299, 307, 315, 317,
              354, 369,  371, 390, 443, 445, 468,
              469, 471,  475, 476, 477, 483, 487,
              495, 505,  517, 538, 546, 549, 558,
              585

     c.   Insecta - 1, 53, 55, 57, 59, 71, 72, 75,
              76,  82, 104, 110. ill, 127, 160,
              163, 177,  179, 184, 192, 205, 210,
              221, 222,  229, 236, 237, 246, 256,
              282, 283,  286, 287, 288, 289, 298,
              299, 300,  301, 305, 368, 390, 443,
              446, 475,  476, 483, 495, 517, 546,
              559, 585

17.   Chordata -

     a.   Cyclostomata -  44, 45, 57, 58, 59, 104,
              105, 110,  116, 122, 124, 126, 149,
              175, 176,  197, 198, 199, 200, 202,
              210, 211,  212, 215, 239, 246, 26l,
              266, 274,  286, 288, 295, 296, 297,
              312, 318,  326, 333, 343, 352, 376,
              392, 445,  467, 473, 475, 527, 528,
              529, 535,  536, 567, 574

     b.   Ostelchthyes -  2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
              12,  13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,
              21,  22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
              30,  31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, 42,
              43,  46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56,
              57,  58, 59, 64, 65, 68, 69, 71, 77,
              78.  80, 81, 82, 84, 103, 104, 105,
              106, 107,  108, 109, 110, 111, 112,
              114, 115,  116, 117, 118, 13.9, 120,
              121, 123,  125, 126, 130, 133, 134,
              144, 145,  146, 147, 148, 149, 151,
              152, 153,  154, 155, 156, 157, 160,
              162, 165,  166, 168, 169, 170, 171,
              172, 173,  174, 176, 178, 179, 180,
              181, 183,  184, 185, 186, 187, 188,
              189, 190,  191, 192, 194, 195, 196,
              197, 198,  199, 200, 201, 202, 205,
                      -8-

-------
        208, 209, 210, 211, 212,  213,  214,  216,
        217, 218, 219, 220, 221,  222,  223,  224,
        225, 226, 227, 229, 229,  230,  232,  233,
        234, 235, 237, 238, 239,  240,  241,  244,
        245, 246, 247, 250, 252,  254,  260,  26l,
        262, 263, 264, 265, 266,  267,  268,  269,
        270, 271, 274, 275, 276,  277,  278,  28l,
        284, 286, 288, 292, 300,  302,  304,  308,
        309, 310, 311, 312, 313,  314,  319,  320,
        321, 322, 323, 325, 327,  328,  334,  336,
        337, 338, 339, 340, 341,  342,  343,  344,
        348, 349, 350, 351, 352,  353,  355,  356,
        357, 358, 367, 370, 371,  374,  375,  376,
        377, 378, 379, 380, 381,  390,  392,  395,
        396, 397, 398, 399, 400,  401,  402,  403,
        404, 405, 406, 407, 408,  409,  410,  411,
        412, 413, 414, 415, 416,  417,  4l8,  419,
        420, 421, 422, 423, 424,  425,  426,  427,
        428, 429, 430, 431, 432,  433,  434,  435,
        436, 437, 438, 439, 440,  441,  442,  443,
        Mil  445, 447, 448, 449,  450,  451,  452,
        453, 454, 455, 456, 467,  470,  471,  473,
        474, 475, 476, 477, 478,  479,  480,  481,
        482, 483, 489, 490, 491, 492,  497,  499,
        500, 505, 513, 514, 515, 516, 518,  519,
        520, 521, 522, 523, 524, 525, 526,  527,
        528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 534, 536,  539,
        540, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546,  547,
        548, 549, 551, 552, 553, 554, 557,  558,
        560, 565, 566, 567, 569, 570, 571,  573,
        575, 578, 580, 581, 582, 583, 584,  586,
        587, 588, 589, 590, 592, 593, 594

c.  Reptlla - 46, 391

d.  Amphibia -  390,  391,  443,  472,  488, 555

e.  Aves - 3, 41, 46,  51, 52,  60, 67,  78  121,
        150, 167, 268, 270, 281, 284, 288, 331,
         335,  336,  337, 362, 363, 381, 393, 445,
        466, 484,  502, 503, 504, 506, 507, 508,
         509, 510, 511, 512, 526, 564, 596

f.  Mammalia -  46,  281, 391, 445, 488, 567
                  -9-

-------
C.  Habitats

    1.   Benthos - 1, 35,  44,  46,  53,  54,  55, 57, 59, 61,
             62. 63, 70,  71,  72,  73,  74,  75, 76, 78, 82,
             10$, 113, 122, 127,  130,  131, 137, 160, 163,
             164, 17$, 177, 179,  184,  193, 203, 204, 210,
             211, 221, 222, 229,  231,  232, 236, 237, 242,
             243, 246, 248, 249,  255,  256, 272, 273, 275,
             280, 281, 282, 283,  287,  288, 289, 291, 293,
             298, 299, 301, 315,  317,  324, 329, 330, 332,
             336, 339, 345, 359,  372,  381, 382, 383, 390,
             391, 394, 443, 445,  475,  476, 483, 485, 486,
             488, 494, 495, 517,  537,  538, 546, 558, 567,
             568, 574, 576, 579,  585,  591, 595

    2.   Periphytonlc - 55, 6l, 71, 78,  82, 111, 113, 127,
             130, 131, 163, 204,  231,  248, 286, 291, 292,
             293, 298, 305, 306,  324,  329, 339, 368, 373,
             391, 438, 445, 471,  488,  494, 495, 505, 558,
             567, 576, 577

    3.   Planktonic - 6, 39, 40, 53, 54, 56? 57, 58, 59,
             62, 63, 66,  71,  79,  82,  83,  84, 86, 87, 88,
             89, 97, 99,  100, 101, 102, 104, 110, 111,
             128, 129, 130, 131,  135,  138, 139, 140, 141,
             142, 143, 158, 160,  161,  163, 164, 165, 176,
             181, 191, 192, 193,  203,  205, 206, 207, 210,
             226, 236, 237, 243,  245,  248, 257, 259, 270,
             272, 281, 284, 285,  286,  287, 288, 289, 290,
             293, 294, 300, 301,  307,  316, 336, 339, 346,
             347, 354, 359, 360,  361,  364, 365, 366, 367,
             3S2> 3l:> 373> 376>  381>  384, 385, 386, 387,
             388, 389, 394, 439,  440,  441, 442, 446, 457,
             458, 459, 460, 46l,  462,  463, 464, 465, 468,
             469, 473, 475, 477,  485,  487, 488, 493, 494,
             495, 496, 498, 517,  524,  526, 533, 550, 556,
             558, 559, 561, 562,  567,  572, 585

    4.   Nektonic - 2,  4,  5, 7, 8, 9, 10,  11, 12, 13, 14,
             15, 16,  17,  18, 19,  20, 21,  22, 23, 24, 25,
             26, 27,  28,  29, 30,  31, 32,  33, 34, 35, 36,
             37, 38,  42,  43, 44,  45, 46,  47, 48, 49, 50,
             53, 55,  56,  57, 58,  59, 64,  65, 66, 68, 69,
             71, 77,  78,  80, 81,  82, 84,  103, 104,  105,
             106, 107,  108, 109,  110, 111, 112, 114, 115,
             116, 117,  118, 119,  120, 121, 122, 123, 124,
             125, 126,  127, 133,  134, 144, 145, 146, 147,
             148, 149, 151, 152,  153, 154, 155, 156, 157,
             163, 165,  168, 169,  170, 171, 173, 174, 175
                         -10-

-------
        178, 179, 180, 181, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187,
        188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 19*4, 195, 196, 197,
        198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 205, 208, 209, 210,
        211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219,
        220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228,
        229, 230, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238,
        239, 240, 241, 244, 245, 246, 247, 250, 254,
        258, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267,
        268, 269, 271, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 281,
        284, 286, 287, 299, 292, 295, 296, 297, 301,
        302, 303, 304, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313,
        314, 318, 319, 320, 321, 322, 323, 325, 326,
        327, 328, 333, 334, 336, 337, 338, 339, 340,
        341, 342, 343, 344, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352,
        353, 355, 356, 357, 358, 369, 370, 371, 374,
        375, 376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 390, 392,
        395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402, 403,
        404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412,
        413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 4l8, 419, 420, 421,
        422, 423, 424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430,
        *»31, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 439, 440,
        H4i, 444, 445, 447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452,
        453, 454, 455, 456, 467, 470, 471, 473, 474,
        475, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 483, 488, 489,
        490, 491, 492, 497, 499, 500, 505, 513, 514,
        515, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 522, 523,
        524, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532,
        534, 535, 536, 539, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544,
        545, 546, 547, 548, 549, 551, 552, 553, 554,
        557, 558, 560, 565, 566, 567, 569, 570, 571,
        573, 574, 575, 578, 580, 581, 582, 583, 584,
        586, 587, 588, 589, 592, 593, 594

5.  Neustonic - 3, 4l,  46,  51,  52,  55, 60, 67,  78,
        111, 113, 121, 136, 150, 167, 192, 210, 268,
        279, 281, 288, 305, 331, 335, 337, 362, 363,
        382, 393, 466, 472, 475, 484, 502, 503, 504,
        506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512, 526, 555,
        564, 567, 596

*>.  Parasltl"

    a.   Internal - 132, 239, 270, 369, 38l, 549

    b.   External - 45,  124, 175,  197, 198, 199, 200,
             215, 265,  270, 274,  286, 295, 296, 297,
             312, 326,  333, 343,  352, 369, 376, 381,
             467, 473,  475, 482,  519, 527, 528, 529,
             535, 536,  549, 567,  590
                      -11-

-------
D.  Techniques and Instrumentat1on
    Albatross Bottom Sampler - 315
    Artificial Substrates - 310, 317
    Aquatic Net -82
    Bacteriological Identification - 63, 74, 75, 79, 65,
         129, 135, 138, 139, 140, l4l, 1*13, 163, 359,
         361, 364, 438, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462,
         464, 550, 556, 568, 572
    Bacteriological Isolation - 63, 74, 75, 79, 85, 135,
         138, 139, 140, 141, 143, 163, 193, 359, 364,
         438, 550, 556, 568, 572
    Bioassay - 177
    Bird Bonding - 335
    Bobinette Dip Net - 211
    Clarke-Bumpus Plankton Sampler - 204, 205, 487
    Creel or Angling - 48, 65, 77, 116, 119, 121, l8l,
         184, 187, 214, 218, 227, 229, 239, 241, 247,
         261, 269, 322, 355, 390, 412, 4l9, 445, 467,
         470, 489, 500, 518, 540, 545, 548, 553, 557
    Dip Net - 116, 179, 237, 295, 339, 370, 447, 452,
         454, 499, 594
    Drag Dredge - 495
    Dwarf Orange Peel Bucket - 315
    Eckman Dredge - 1, 35, 63, 82, 126, 177, 226, 237,
         298, 339, 495
    Electrobarrlers (for lamprey) - 44, 45, 200, 215, 535
    Electrofishing - 351
    Elevated Temperature Technique - 85, 141, 142
    Pish Tagging - 43, 419, 46?, 4?0, 534, 544, 545, 580
    Franklin Dredge - 76, 204
                         -12-

-------
FyKe Nets - 5, 115, 116, 210,  322,  398,  399,  400,
     401, 402, 403, 405, 409,  415,  417,  4l8,  420,
     421, 422, 423, 424, 426,  428,  448,  451,  519,
     523, 546, 557, 560,
Galvanic Cell 02 Analyzer - 290

Gill Nets - 5, 10, 43, 65, 77, 103,  105,  107,  108,
     109, 110, 115, 116, 119, 121, 126,  145,  149,
     154, 155, 171, 172, 179, 181, 184,  185,  186,
     187, 188, 196, 199, 210, 211, 221,  222,  224,
     229, 233, 236, 237, 238, 240, 244,  26l,  265,
     287, 296, 297, 319, 320, 322, 323,  325,  328,
     338, 339, 341, 353, 370, 374, 396,  398,  399,
     401, 402. 403, 404, 405, 406, 407,  408,  4l6,
     424, 445, 447, 448, 451, 452, 454,  467,  470,
     474, 475, 476, 483, 505, 515, 516,  518,  519,
     523, 528, 531, 536, 540, 543, 545,  546,  549,
     557, 560, 582, 583, 594

Gravity Corer - 332

Hemocytometer - 385, 386, 389

Hoop Nets - 64, 65, 77, 103, 116, 126, 171, 233,
     269, 271, 296, 447, 448, 451, 452,  454,  594

Insect Trap Cage - 305

In-Situ Culturing - 291

Isaco-Kidd High Speed Sampler - 165

Jar Incubation (processing sediment samples)  - 243

Juday-Porest Centrifuge - 559

Juday Plankton Trap - 158, 205, 226, 339, 346,
     495, 559, 561, 562

K-B Core Sampler - 73, 74, 75, 137,  495,  537

Kemmerer Forest Water Bottle - 339,  495,  559

Knudsen Water Sampler - 88, 89, 90,  91,  92, 93, 94,
     95, 96, 97, 99, 100, 101, 102,  143,  287,  572

Light and Dark Bottle Oxygen Technique -  496

Lund Chamber - 386
                     -13-

-------
Membrane-Filter Technique - 79, 85, 86, 87, 88,  89,
     90, 91, 92, 93, 9^, 95, 96. 97, 99, 100, 101,
     102, 135, 138, 140, 142, 143, 163, 243, 287,
     359, 361, 364, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462,
     463, 464, 465, 550, 568, 572, 585
Minnow Seines - 223, 348
Minnow Traps - 204
Moore Swabs (bacteria isolation) - 141, 142
M. P. N. Test (coliforms) - 62. 79, 135, 139, 140,
     287, 439, 44l, 459, 460, 461, 465, 568
Nansen or Friedinger Bottle Water Sampler - 347, 394,
     446, 485
Needham Dredge - 127
Petersen Dredge - 127, 287, 317, 495
Plankton Net - 6, 468, 585
Plankton Trap - 83
Pollen Analysis - 345
Ponar Dredge - 287, 317, 495
Pound Net - 49, 116, 126, 154, 171, 184, 186, 196,
     221, 229, 233, 236, 237, 238, 297, 322, 374,
     445, 447, 452, 454, 474, 476, 483, 505, 519,
     523, 540, 542, 560, 573, 583, 594
Primary Productivity - 165, 385, 389, 496
Rail Fence Fishing - 237
Ross Fine Line Recording Fathometer - 353
Scale Analysis (age) - 11, 68, 107, 108, 120, 191,
     212, 238, 379, 481, 513, 515, 540, 544, 545,
     584
Scaup Net - 417, 546
Scoop Net - 219
                      -14-

-------
Scuba Diving - 125, 394

Sedwich-Rafter Counting Cell - 346,  368,  446,  559

Sedwich-Rafter Sand Filtration Technique  - 287,  498

Seine Net - 49, 65, 108, 115, 116, 118,  126,  149,  171,
     179, 184, 186, 188, 196, 210, 217,  221,  222,  229,
     233, 234, 244, 261, 265, 320, 322,  325,  339,  341,
     348, 349, 374, 406, 409, 410, 411,  413,  4l4,  415,
     4l6, 417, 445, 447, 448, 451, 452,  454,  456,  475,
     480, 500, 505, 518, 519, 523, 546,  557,  560,  573,
     584, 594

Set Line - 108, 115, 116, 187, 210,  216,  229,  265,
     320, 447, 448, 451, 452, 454, 519,  557

Shipek Bucket or Grab Sampler - 495, 568

Smith-Plclntyre Dredge - 256

Square-Foot (Surber) Sampler - 82

Standard Plate Count Test (bacteria) - 79, 88, 89,  90,
     91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 99, 100, 101, 135,
     139, 141, 143, 163, 287, 364, 568,  572

Telegraph Snapper - 315

Toronto Grab Sampler - 332

Trammel Nets - 211

Trap Net - 5, 49, 64, 115, 116, 126, 171, 184, 196,
     210, 221, 222, 233, 234, 265, 292,  320,  321,
     341, 348, 398, 399, 400, 401, 402,  403,  404,
     405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 411, 413,  4l4,  415,
     4l6, 4l7, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422,  423,  424,
     425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431,  432,  433,
     434, 435, 436, 437, 447, 448, 451,  470,  518,
     519, 523, 527, 540, 544, 545, 546,  557,  560,
     573, 583

Trawling - 125, 126, 158, 166, 171,  196,  237,  447,
     528, 582

Van Dorn Bottle (water) - 89, 468

VJarburg Respirometer - 290
                      -15-

-------
Winder-mere Traps -  513,  51**,
Wisconsin Type Plankton  Net  - 287
Western Bottom Trawl  - 166
X-Ray Analysis - 351
                       -16-

-------
Ill.   ABSTRACTS
           The location of those papers not found in Buffalo

      and available through the Great Lakes Lab are given in

      parenthesis at the end of the abstract.
      1.   Adamstone, F. B.  1924.  The distribution and economic
               importance of the bottom fauna of Lake Niplgon
               with an appendix on the bottom fauna of Lake
               Ontario.  Univ. Toronto. Studies Biol. Series
               No.  25: 3^-100.  (Pubs. Ont.  Pish. Research Lab.
               No.  24).

          On October 3, 1922, a series of dredglngs were made in
          Lake Ontario between Toronto and the mouth of the Niagara
          River.  The Mollusca were composed mostly of Pelecypoda,
          but a number of specimens of dead Gastropod shells were
          also obtained.  Representatives of the Chironomidae,
          Odonata,  Amphlpoda, Oligochaeta and Nematoda were also
          found.  The samples obtained indicate that Lake Ontario
          has a rich and varied bottom population.  (Univ. of
          Toronto Zool. Library).

      2.   Agassiz,  L.  1857.  On some young gar-pikes from Lake
               Ontario.  Proceedings Boston Soc. Natural Hist.
               6: 47-48.

          Agassiz,  L.  1957.  On some young gar-pikes from Lake
               Ontario.  American Journal Science & Arts (2nd
               series).  23: 284.

          Contains brief notes on morphological characters,
          affinity to reptiles and mode of feeding of several
          living young gar-pikes from Lake Ontario.

      3.   Almendinger, W. A.  1949.  Observations on American
               Brant along the Niagara River.  Prothonotary.
               15(11): 71.

          This paper includes information observations of an
          American Brant on the Niagara River, November 20, 1949,
          the first observation in the city limits since 1889.
                                -17-

-------
4.  Amsler, G.  1934.  Report of the Division of Protection
         and Legislation.  Transactions American Fisheries
         Society.  64: 38-39.

    This is a report of legislative action concerning fish
    in the United States.  New York reduced the limit on
    lake trout from  10 to 6,shortened the open seasons on
    that species one month and whiteflsh two months.  The
    use of goldfish  and carp were prohibited for use as bait
    and the size of  minnow nets was reduced to 36 square
    feet.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

5.  Anderson, A. W.  and E. A. Power.  1950.  Fishery
         statistics  of the United States, 1947.  U. S. Fish
         and Wildlife Service, Statistical Digest 21. 285 p.

    This report  contains a review of the fishery statistics
    for the year 1947 which includes data on the volume of
    the catch of fishery products and their value,  employ-
    ment in the  fisheries, quantity of gear operated, the
    number of fishing craft employed in the capture of
    fishery products and certain Information on the volume
    and value of the production of manufactured fishery
    products  and by-products.

    Section 7 covers the statistical surveys for the lake
    fisheries with tables summarizing the United States
    and Canada.  With regard to the catch in Lake Ontario,
    20 species accounted for 463,000 pounds with a  value
    of $81,064 in the United States and 11 species  plus an
    unclassified group accounted for 2,001,700 pounds in
    Canada.   (Univ.  of Toronto Zool. Library).

 6.  Anderson, D. V.  and D. Clayton.  1959.   Plankton in
         Lake Ontario.  Ontario Dept. Lands  and Forests,
         Physics Research Note No.  1.  Unnumbered.

    Presented in this note is a few figures  on the  total
    quantity  (standing crop) and species  composition of
    larger phytoplankton and zooplankton  in  Lake Ontario.
    Samples were taken on a  lake-wide  cruise.   (Canada
    Centre for  Inland Waters).

 7.  Anon.   1878. Introduction of  Shad into  Lake Ontario.
         Report  U.  S. Comm.  Fish.   6:  937.

    A small article  on the  success of  a Mr.  Seth Green
    on cultivating  shad  in  Lake Ontario.   Mentioned in
    the article  is  a male shad, weighing  five  and  a half
    pounds, which was caught in a  gill net,  six  or seven
    miles  out in Lake Ontario  at the mouth of  the  Salmon
    River.

                          -18-

-------
 8.   Anon.   1917a.  A glance at our fisheries.   Can.  Fisherman.
          4(8): 326.

     Briefly discusses the fish resources of Canada starting
     with the St. Lawrence River, then each of the Great
     Lakes, next up to the North Country, and finally the
     Pacific coast.  With reference to Lake Ontario,  the
     principal fish are listed as whitefish, trout, bass,
     pickerel, etc.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

 9.   Anon.   1917b.  Report on fish hatchery at Belleville,
          Ontario.  Can. Fisherman.  4(12): 505.

     Report from the Thurlow Hatchery near Belleville, Ontario
     on the successful whitefish egg - collecting season.
     (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

10.   Anon.   1922a.  Proposed minimum sizes for fish.   Can.
          Fisherman.  9(4): 77.

     Gives  the sizes below which fish are not to be taken.
     The size limit for clscoe and lake herring from Lake
     Ontario is to be not less than 8 ounces.   (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library).

11.   Anon.   1922b.  Introduction of Pacific salmon in the
          Great Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.  9(4): 78.

     Brief note on the occurrence of the spring or quinnat
     salmon in the Bay of Quinte as a result of planting.
     (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

12.   Anon.   1922c.  Place doesn't agree with shad.  Can.
          Fisherman.  9(7): 150.

     Note on the exceptionally large dead fish piles along
     the shore of Lake Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto Main
     Library).

13.   Anon.   1922d.  How Ontario benefits by fish culture.
          Can Fisherman.  9(8): 173.

     A discussion of the acclimatization of spring salmon,
     Owco/tht/nc/iuA t&ckGLWyttcha, in Lake Ontario.  Approxi-
     mately 825,000 eggs were furnished by the United
     States and the resultant fry were placed in suitable
     tributaries of Lake Ontario.  Included a brief mention
     of the occurrence and description of spring salmon
     taken near Youngstown, New York and in the Bay of Quinte.
                           -19-

-------
     The indications point to the fact that this valuable
     food fish may become fully acclimatized in its new
     environment.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

I'l.  Anon.  192*4a.  The whitefish resources of our lakes.
          Can. Fisherman.  11(3): 62.

     A note on the successful whitefish fishery in Lake
     Ontario as a result of stocking operations.  (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library ) .

15.  Anon.  192llb.  Erie fishing opens well.  Can. Fisherman.
                 90.
     Brief mention is made concerning the good whitefish
     yields at Bronte, on Lake Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto
     Main Library ) .

16.  Anon.  1924c.  Ontario hatchery production.  Can. Fisher
          man.  11(5): 108.

     Reports the distribution of 77,000,000 whitefish fry
     from the Thurlow Hatchery into Lake Ontario and the
     collection of over 70,000,000 pickerel eggs from fish
     caught in the Napanee River.   (Univ. of Toronto Main
     Ligrary).

17.  Anon.  1924d.  About the Great Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.
          11(5): 108.

     Contains a series of brief notes on various aspects of
     the fishing industry in the Great Lakes.  With refer-
     ence to Lake Ontario, excellent catches of whitefish
     are reported from several points.  (Univ. of Toronto
     Main Library ) .

IS.  Anon.  192Me.  Revival of whitefish.  Can. Fisherman.
          11(5): 109.

     A brief note on the successful whitefish catch in
     Lake Ontario due to restocking operations.  (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library).

19.  Anon.  192lJf.  Spring salmon in Lake Ontario.  Can.
          Fisherman.  11(5): 123.

     A brief note on the take of spring salmon in different
     stages of development and growth up to 30 Ibs. in weight
     as a result of the systematic stocking of Lake Ontario
     with spring salmon of the Pacific coast.  (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library ) .
                           -20-

-------
20.  Anon.  1924g.  Annual meeting of American Fisheries
          Society.  Can. Fisherman.  11(11): 299-302.

     Contains a summary of the proceedings with notes  on
     various aspects of the fishing Industry.  With reference
     to Lake Ontario, the whiteflsh fishery is cited as an
     example of the usefulness of hatchery operations. The
     question was raised, however, as to whether the recovery
     of the fisheries in Lake Ontario could not have been
     brought about equally by the enforcement of adequate
     restrictions.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

21.  Anon.  1924h.  Ontario fishing regulations amended.
          Can. Fisherman.  11(8): 229-230.

     The amended fishing regulations that apply to Lake
     Ontario are as follows:  Sec. 12 size limits - ciscoes
     or lake herring from Lake Ontario cannot be taken if
     less than 8 ounces; Sec. 13. restriction, Bay of
     Qunite - cites fishing regulations for the months of
     June, July and August.   (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

22.  Anon.  1924i.  Looks like late season in Great Lakes.
          Can Fisherman.  11(11): 309-310.

     Notes on the various fishing operations in the Great
     Lakes are given.  With reference to Lake Ontario,
     560,000,000 fry were put into the waters for repro-
     duction, the Pacific salmon was successfully Introduced
     into the lake, fully-matured sockeye have been caught
     in Lake Ontario, and an  average of 200,000 young
     sockeye have been released each year into Lake Ontario.
     (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

23.  Anon.  1925a.  Sudden cold hits Erie fisherman.  Can.
          Fisherman.  12(1):  17.

     Contains a brief note on the good fishing season on Lake
     Ontario despite the rough weather.   (Univ. of Toronto
     Main Library).

24.  Anon.  1925b.  News and  notes of inland waters.  Can.
          Fisherman.  12(4):  92-93.

     Reference to Lake Ontario is made in connection with a
     large catch of burbet caught three miles off shore at
     Belleville and also regarding above average catches
     at Port Credit on Lake Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto
     Main Library).
                           -21-

-------
25.  Anon.  1925c.  Canada's commercial fisheries.  Can.
          Fisherman.  12(4): 99-105-

     Contains an overall view of Canadian fisheries including
     fishing areas, regional divisions, economic value and
     fish resources.  The only reference to Lake Ontario
     concerns the occurrence of the Atlantic salmon in
     Ontario waters.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

26.  Anon.  1925d.  Good haul of whltefish.  Can. Fisherman.
          12(5): 119.

     Report by fishermen on the poor catches at Bronte,
     Lake Ontario versus good catches in the Bay of Quinte.
     (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

27.  Anon.  1925e.  Around the Great Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.
          12(7): 210.

     Contains several brief articles on various aspects of
     the  fishing industry.  An exceptionally large haul of
     carp was reported from Hamilton Bay, a large number of
     fish were caught in Belleville Bay, and a poor fishing
     season was reported for the Bay of Qunite.  (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library).

28.  Anon.  1925f.  Around the Great Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.
          12(12): 367-368.

     Contains various brief articles on the fishing industry
     of the Great Lakes.  Included therein is a report from
     Lake Ontario on the average fishing conditions there.
     (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

29.  Anon.  1928a.  Around the Great Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.
          15(5):
     A brief note on the good fishing and exceptionally
     fine catches of perch, pike and pickerel in Lake
     Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

30.  Anon.  1928b.  Arov-nd the Lakes.  Can. Fisherman.
          15(9): 35.

     A short article concerning the first-rate conditions
     of the trout and whitefish in Lake Ontario, although
     the quantities caught could be better.  (Univ. of
     Toronto Main Library).
                           -22-

-------
31.   Anon.  1928c.  Herring and perch run on lakes.   Can.
          Fisherman.  15(12): 37.

     A brief paragraph on Lake Ontario concerns the  magnifi-
     cant run of herring, which was unfortunately interrupted
     by rough weather.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

32.   Anon,  19^6.  Salmon once in Lake Ontario.  Hunting  and
          Pishing in Canada.  12(6): 18, 32.

     Gives an account of the teeming numbers of salmon which
     used to inhabit the Ganaraska River, which flows into
     Lake Ontario at Port Hope.  (Toronto-Royal Ontario
     Museum).

33.   Anon.  1969-  Great Lakes fishes.  In:  D. V. Anderson
          (Ed.).  The Great Lakes as an Environment.  Great
          Lakes Institute, Univ. Toronto.  Appendix  6 (1).
          PP. 32-39.

     Annotated list of the principal commercial and  sport
     fishes in the Great Lakes including information on
     importance and distribution of each fish in the
     fishery.  Statistics in graph form a comparison to
     total U. S. versus Canadian Great Lakes commercial
     fish production 1914-1961 and Great Lakes landings of
     all species by lake, 1946-1961.  (Canada Centre for
     Inland Waters).

34.   Anon.  1970.  Kokanee:  The sporting goldfish.   Limnos.
          3(4): 18-21.

     The introduction of the kokanee, a freshwater sockeye
     salmon, by the Dept. of Lands and Forests of Ontario
     was attempted in Lake Ontario and Georgian Bay.  These
     plankton feeding salmon have been fairly successful
     at establishing themselves in Georgian Bay but  the
     Lake Ontario program was unsuccessful.

35.   Appleby, A. G. and Ralph 0. Brinkhurst.  1970.
          Defecation rate of three tubificld oligochaetes
          found in the sediment of Toronto Harbour,  Ontario.
          Journal Fish. Research Board Canada.  27:  1971-
          1982.

     The defecation rate of three tubificlds is affected
     by temperature but the effect differs from species to
     species.  Information on defecation rate and weight
     changes at each experimental temperature suggests
                           -23-

-------
     an optimum temperature range of 1*J°C for Pe£0.6c.o£ex
     mu.ttj,&e.to*u.&,  18°C for Tub^ex -tub-t^ex and greater
     than 20°C for LtnwocUx£u4 ho^mtitte.*.*..  Doimward
     trends of defecation rate with time were recorded for
     P. mu.it4.&e.£o&u.-t>, but these were probably due to
     lowered activity prior to the observed mortality.
     Upward trends in defecation rate with time in L.
     ko$6me.j.4tz>i4. may indicate continuing acclimation to
     experimental conditions beyond their 10 to 14 day
     duration, or a need to process increasing amounts of
     less nutritious mud because of selective feeding or
     the richer fractions at the beginning of the assay
     period.  Data on the relative abundance and distri-
     bution of species in Toronto Harbour is used to
     estimate defecation rates of the tubificid populations
     in the field.

36.  Atkins, Charles G.  187^.  On the salmon of eastern
          North America, and its artificial culture.
          U. S. Commission Pish and Fisheries.  Report
          for 1872-1873, Part 2, App. B.  pp. 226-337.

     The above contains a discussion of restocking operations
     and includes the following sections:  Salmon Culture
     from Imported Spawn, Salmon Breeding on the Penobscot,
     Tabular Statements Embodying Observations on Salmon
     and Salmon Rivers In Maine, Local History of Salmon
     and Salmon-Fishing in New England Rivers and Notes on
     the Growth and Migrations of Salmon.

     The following references were made with respect to
     Lake Ontario.   In the spring of 1870 the first salmon
     from Lake Ontario were Introduced into Maine and in 1871-
     1872 the Commission bought eggs of Ontario salmon for
     placement in Housatonic, Farmington, Shetucket and
     Quinnebaug Rivers.

37.  Atwater, W. 0.  1883.  Report of progress of an
          investigation of the chemical composition and
          economic values of fish and invertebrates used
          for food.  U. S. Commission Fish and Fisheries.
          Report for i860, Part 8, App. D.  pp. 231-285.

     Contained in this paper is an analysis of fish and
     invertebrates in relation to their nutritive value.
     Salmon trout or Mackinaw trout and Sa.lve.lJ,nu.A
     namayc.u.&h were listed as occurring in Lake Ontario.

-------
38.   Atwater, W. 0.  1892.   The chemical composition and
          nutritive values  of food-fishes and aquatic
          Invertebrates.  U. S. Commission Pish and
          Fisheries.  Report for 1888, Part 16.  pp. 679-868.

     The investigation includes (1) chemical analyses of the
     flesh of American food-fishes and invertebrates; (2)
     experiments upon the digestibility of the flesh of
     fish and (3) studies of the chemical constitution of
     the albuminoids of the flesh of fish.

     Analyses were made on the flesh of 123 specimens of
     American fishes belonging to 52 species, of 3 specimens
     and 2 species of European fishes and of 6*4 specimens
     representing 11 species of American mollusks, crus-
     taceans, etc.

     Specimens listed as occuring in Lake Ontario were the
     pickerel (p. 706) and lake or Macklnav* trout (p. 709).

     Austin, Thomas - See:   Willis L. Tressler, No. 558, 559.

39.  Bailey, L. W.  1924.  An annotated catalogue of the
          diatoms of Canada showing their geographical dis-
          tribution.  Contributions Canadian Biology, New
          Series.  2(2): 33-67.

     The paper lists the different diatoms that have been
     observed in Canada as well as the location where the
     diatoms have been found.  Mentioned specifically as
     being found in Lake Ontario is Ep-cthem-io. g-cbba.

40.  Bailey, L. W.  1925.  An annotated catalogue of the
          diatoms of Canada showing their geographical dis-
          tribution.  Contributions Canadian Biology , New
          Series.  2(2): 31-68.

     This paper attempts to list some of the diatoms of
     Canada and their geographical distribution.  Due to
     the enormous extent of area, it is not complete but
     rather a basis for further investigation.  Not much
     is mentioned concerning Lake Ontario although  a few
     species are mentioned as occurring there.

4l.  Baillle, J. L.  1958.  Barrows goldeneye  and pomarine
          Jaeger at Niagara Falls.  Prothonotary.   24(3):
          1958.

     Presented here is information on observations  on a
     barrows goldeneye and pomarine jaeger which were
     chilled by going over Niagara Falls.  These species
     are rare in this area.

                           -25-

-------
42.   Baldwin, Norman S.  1952.  Great Lakes fisheries prob-
          lems.  Univ. Toronto, Dept. Zoology.   6 p.
          Unpublished,

     The statistics of the Great Lakes fisheries Indicate a
     decline in the catch of most valuable commercial species
     during the last thirty years.  It is generally believed
     that this decline is due to heavy fishing or unwise
     fishing practices, but there is some doubt that the
     decline can be attributed to these factors entirely.
     One thing is certain, there is no clear understanding
     of what regulations or other management techniques are
     required to give a sustained and economic yield of
     fish.

     There are three basic questions which are considered in
     this report regarding the Great Lakes fisheries:  (1)
     What are the factors controlling the abundance of
     certain commercial and game species?, (2) What use can
     be made of large stocks of fish that are not presently
     exploited? and (3) What steps can be taken to expedite
     international control of the fisheries?  (Toronto,
     Ontario Pish. Research Lib. Zoology Library).

43.  Baldwin, Norman S.  1958.  Fisheries.  Ontario Dept.
          of Lands and Forests, Division Research Tech.
          Series.  Annual Research Progress Rept. 1956-57.
          pp. 31-36.

     Presented here is -a short account of fisheries research
     in Canada.  On Lake Ontario U,829 whitefish were  sampled
     from 65 commercial catches.  Tagged whitefish recoveries
     were very high (5l£) indicating high exploitation of the
     populations.  The undersize whitefish in the catches
     were abundant.  Tagged lake trout recoveries indicate
     a high survival of New York State plantings.  (Ontario
     Dept. Lands & Forests Maple).

44.  Baldwin, Norman S.  1965.  Lampreys in the Great  Lakes.
          Ward's National Science Bulletin.  4(28): 1-7.

     This article described the life cycle, distribution
     and attempts to control the five species of lampreys
     (petromygonidae) which now exist throughout the Great
     Lakes.  A brief description of the advance of these
     parasites is also given.   (Toronto, Ontario Fish.
     Research Lib. Zoology Library).
                          -26-

-------
45.  Bams, Robert A.  1959.  Review of the Sea Lamprey
          Problem.  Proceedings Can. Committee Freshwater
          Research, 12th Meeting.  Appendix D: 14-15.

     Sea lampreys appeared very early in Lake Ontario.  The
     first Lake Erie record was in 1921 and by 1932 evidence
     that they were breeding in Lake Erie tributaries  was
     obtained.  A brief life history is described as well as
     methods for control.  (Toronto, Ontario Fish. Research
     Lib. Zoology Library).

46.  Barnett, J. M.  1971.  Ashbridges Bay.  Ontario
          Naturalist.  9(4): 24-26.

     Ashbridges Bay has undergone and is undergoing vast
     changes that will drastically effect the wildlife of
     the area.  A history of the area since 1793 is pre-
     sented with many references to the changes and problems
     experienced in the waterfowl populations.  Some des-
     criptions of early fishing in the bay is mentioned.

     Bastien, J. A. P. - See:  A. D. Tennant , No. 550.

     Batoosingh, E. - See:  R. 0. Brinkhurst, No. 75.

47.  Bean, Barton A. and Alfred C. Weed.   1911.  Notes on
          the genus Lepom-U.   Proceedings  U.  S. National
          Museum.   40(1824): 369-376 + plates.

     This group of  fresh-water sunfishes has  been variously
     divided by different  authors based mainly on the pre-
     sence or absence of a supplemental maxillary and the
     shape of the lower pharyngeal bones,  the character of
     their teeth, the length and shape of  the pectoral fin
     and the presence or absence of a red  spot on the
     opercular flap.

     The paper is essentially  a taxonomic  hassle with des-
     criptions presented.
48.  Bean, Tarleton H.   l884a.  The Burbot -  Lata
          In:  Goode, George Brown  (Ed.).  The Fishery
          Industry of the United  States.  U.  S. Commission
          Fish and Fisheries,  pp.  235-240.

     This article gives  the size, habitat, abundance, dis-
     tribution,  feeding  habits, economic value and
     reproduction activities of the Burbot.   In Lake Ontario
     the Burbot  is known as the "Ling" and generally its
                            -27-

-------
     average weight is two and a half pounds.   In the region
     of the Great Lakes, the Burbot is considered worthless
     whereas in other parts of the world it is highly
     esteemed.   It is stated that not much is  known of the
     life history of the Burbot and this is exemplified by
     the fact that the author requested that anyone who has
     information on the Burbot to submit it to the Commiss-
     ioner of Fisheries.

49.   Bean, Tarleton H.  l884b.  On the occurrence of the
          Branch Alewife in Certain Lakes of New York.  In:
          Goode, George Brown (Ed.).  The Fishery Industries
          of the United States, U. S. Commission of Fish and
          Fisheries Section III, Part S(177).   pp. 588-593-

     The article discusses the occurrence of the branch
     alewife in Lake Ontario, Cayuga and Seneca Lakes.  The
     author attributes the presence of the alewife in Lake
     Ontario through accidental introduction of it when
     Shad was introduced into the lake.  Also  discussed are
     the movements of schools of alewife, enemies and
     fatalities, and the methods of capturing  and utilizing
     the alewife.

50.   Bean, Tarleton H.  1902.  Food and game fishes of New
          York.  7th Annual Report, Forest, Fish and Game
          Commission, State of New York Assembly Documents.
          25(63): 251-460.

     This article is a compilation of food and game fishes
     numbering 149 species.  The habitat of these fishes
     is in the drainage systems of New York State, much of
     which in some way communicates with Lake  Ontario.
     These belong to 36 families of which the  most important
     are the Catfish, Sucker, Minnow, Herring, Salmon, Pike,
     Mackerel, Sunfish and Weakfish families.

51.   Beardslee, Clark S.  1944.  Bonapartes' gull on the
          Niagara River and Weatern Lake Erie.  The Wilson
          Bulletin.  56(1): 9-14.

     A study was made on the group movements,  dates of
     molting and variant plumage of Bonaparte's Gulls on
     the Niagara River and eastern Lake Erie from 1921 to
     1943.

     The adults arrive in late March and early April, leave
     during May, return in late July and August, and depart
     in September, October and November.  The  young of the
     previous year arrive in May, drift northward in late
                           -28-

-------
     May and early June and probably  compose  a  large portion
     of the great November and December flocks.   Juveniles
     are rare in the fall.  Rates of  prenuptial and post-
     nuptial molts are given.   The band-headed  plumage  of
     adults and immature birds is described.

52.  Beardslee, Clark S. and H. D. Mitchell.   1965-  Birds  of
          the Niagara Frontier Region.   An annotated  check
          list.  Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural
          Sciences.  Vol. 22.   M?8 p.

     This check list of birds in the  Niagara Frontier Region
     includes information on waterfowl, gulls,  shorebirds
     from the Niagara River and nearby Lake Ontario.   Infor-
     mation includes general information on the birds,
     observation dates and exact areas.  Information  on
     seasonal status, nomenclature, classification and
     relation to climate is included.

     Beeton, Alfred M. - See:  John E. Gannon, No. 177.

53.  Beeton, Alfred M.   1965.  Eutrophication of the St.
          Lawrence Great Lakes.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  10(2):
          240-25**.

     Lakes Huron, Michigan and Superior are  classified as
     ollgotrophic lakes  on the basis of their biological,
     chemical and physical characteristics.  Lake  Ontario,
     although rich in nutrients, is morphometrically
     ollgotrophic or mesotrophic because of  its  large area
     of deep water.  Lake Erie,  the most productive of the
     lakes and  the shallowest, is  eutrophic.   Several
     changes commonly associated ivith  eutrophication in
     small lakes  have been observed  in the Great  Lakes.
     These changes apparently  reflect  accelerated eutro-
     phication  in the  Great Lakes  due  to man's activity.

54.  Beeton, Alfred M.   1966.  Indices of Great  Lakes
           eutrophication.  Univ.  Michigan, Great  Lakes
           Research Division.   Proceedings 9th  Conference
           Great Lakes  Research.   15:  1-8.

     The  concept  of eutrophication is  discussed  in terms
     of its  relationship to aging of lakes,  environmental
     changes and  pollution.   Various  changes in  physical,
     chemical  and biological  characteristics of  the Great
     Lakes are  reviewed.  Increases  in nitrogen,  phos-
     phorus, changes  in species  composition  and  increases
     in the  abundance  of plankton, decreases in  the
     dissolved oxygen  content of bottom waters,  changes
                            -29-

-------
     in fish populations in Lake Erie, the replacement of
     Bo^rno. cotie.gon.ji by B. tonQ
-------
57.   Beeton,  Alfred M.  1970a.   Statement  on pollution  and
          eutrophlcation of the Great Lakes.  Univ.  of
          Wisconsin, Center for Great Lakes Studies.
          Report No. 11.  35 P•

     The St.  Lawrence Great Lakes constitute one of the most
     important resources of North America because of their
     size and generally excellent quality of their waters.
     The multiple use of the Lakes has resulted in a number
     of serious problems for which we are attempting to find
     solutions.  Some problems have been:  the collapse of
     certain fisheries due to the invasion and population
     explosion of the alewife, a marine fish, the periodic
     die offs of which have made many beaches unstable and
     worked a great economic hardship on the tourist industry;
     pollution which has resulted in accelerated eutrophica-
     tion of the lakes; and regulation of water levels to meet
     the needs of shipping, hydroelectric power and shoreline
     property owners.

58.  Beeton, Alfred M.  1970b.   Statement on pollution and
          eutrophication of the  Great Lakes to  Sub-committee
          on Air and  Water Pollution of the Committee  of
          Public Works  U. S. Senate.  Center  for Great Lakes
          Studies,  Univ. Wisconsin,  Milwaukee.   39 p.

     Included in this report is  a review  and  general statement
     on the eutrophication  and changes in all the Great Lakes.
     Concerning Lake  Ontario is  the  discussion  of the  changes
     In the planktonic  algae and commercial fisheries  both in
     species" and quantity  changes and some reasons  for the
     change-graphs  are  included. A  discussion  of the  eutro-
     phication problem  and  its significance in  the  accelerated
     changes  in*the Great  Lakes the  pollution problem  is
     summarized.   The phosphorus sources  of Lake Ontario are
     included in a chart  and  its specific effects  on biota of
     the  Lake.  Some  remedial  measures  and specific  recommen-
     dations  of the problems  concerning the Great  Lakes  are
     made.

 59.  Beeton,  Alfred M.and David C.  Chandler.   1963.   The St.
           Lawrence Great  Lakes.  In:  Frey, D.  G.  (Ed.).
           Limnology in  North  America.   The Univ. Wisconsin
           Press,  Madison,  Wisconsin,  pp. 535-558.

      This paper includes  a general overview of some of the
      biological,  chemical and physical characteristics of
      the St.  Lawrence Great Lakes.   A discussion of the
      characteristic organisms of all the Great Lakes
                            -31-

-------
     including Lake Ontario Is Included.  Changes in relative
     species composition and quantity is noted.  A history of
     Great Lakes research including biology is discussed along
     with the agencies involved.

60.  Belknap, John B.  1955.  The expanding range of the ring-
          billed gull.  The Auk.  5(3): 63-64.

     The ring-billed gull (Lou/ta rfe^eva>tew4^4 ) is an Inland
     species, its home originally being the prairie regions
     of the United States and Canada.  However, the breeding
     area has been expanding and by 1927 it had secured a
     toehold in northeastern Lake Ontario.  It is believed
     the first breeding record of this species was on Gull
     Island off Hevderson Harbor, Lake Ontario.  This popu-
     lation increased to 45,000 pairs in 1955.

     Bell, James B. - See:  Bernard J. Dutka, No. 138, 139,
          140.

     Bell, James B. - See:  H. VanOtterloo, No. 572.

61.  Bellis, V. J. and D. A. McLarty.  1967.  Ecology of
          Ctadophoia. Qtomo.na.ta. (I.) Ku-tz. in Southern
          Ontario.  Journal Phycology.  3(2): 57-63.

     Ctadopkona glome.ia.ta (I.) Ku-tz. was identified as the
     most conspicuous alga in streams and along the shores
     of the lower Great Lakes.  This species was the plant
     most frequently associated with nuisance accumulations
     of algae along beaches in Lakes Erie and Ontario.
     Included in the paper is an ecological and morphological
     discussion of Cladopkoia.
62.  Bennett, Elizabeth A.  1969a.  Bacteriology of the
          Great Lakes.  In:  Anderson, D. V. (Ed.).  The
          Great Lakes as an Environment.  Great Lakes
          Institute, Univ. Toronto.  Appendix 6(4): 87-107.

     This paper presents some information on bacteriology of
     the Great Lakes.  Each lake is considered in terms of
     "Indicator" bacteria, which are bacteria of public
     health significance, pathogenic bacteria, indigenous
     bacteria and types of heterotrophic bacteria in water
     and sediments.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).
                           -32-

-------
63.  Bennett, Elizabeth A.  1969b.  Investigations of daily
          variations in chemical, bacteriological and biolo-
          gical parameters at two Lake Ontario locations near
          Toronto.  Part II - Bacteriology.  Proceedings 12th
          Conference Great Lakes Research,  pp. 21-38.

     Daily variations in densities of coliforms, fecal celi-
     forms, enterococci and total plate count were investigated
     using samples collected five days a week from Toronto
     Harbour (TH-1) and the raw water intake of the R. C. Harris
     Filtration Plant (LO-6).  Weekly depth and sediment samples
     were collected to complement information from daily sampl-
     ings.  Bacterial populations at the two stations were log-
     normal distributed and deviations occurred in response to
     changing meteorological conditions.  At TH-1, increases in
     numbers of bacteria within 24 to 48 hours following rain-
     fall.  At LO-6, increases were generally associated with
     epillmnetic water and off-shore wind.  Densities of total
     coliforms and enterococci exhibited seasonal variations,
     the numbers of coliforms being the highest in summer and
     lowest in winter, while those of enterococci were the
     reverse.

     The genus Aetomcma.6, non-coliforms, comprised a  signifi-
     cant proportion of the sheen and non-sheen colonies from
     m-Endo coliform plates.  Among total plate count isolates
     increase in the percent incidence of the genus Ac
-------
     Berg, C. 0. - See:  W. M. Herman, No. 231.

65.  Best, T. P.  1912.  Lake Ontario and Bay of Qulnte.
          Ontario Game and Pish Dept.  5th Annual Report
          (1911): 39-50.

     The paper reports a summary of the findings of the
     overseerers in each of their districts.  It was noted
     that most fishermen had obeyed the fishing regulations
     during the year.  The inspectors mentioned an increas-
     ing carp problem, having had several complaints that
     the perch fishing is being spoiled by the carp eating
     up all the spawn.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

     Bldgood, B. - See:  H. R. McCrimmon, No. 351.

66.  Bigelow, N. K.  1922.  Representative Ctadoma, of
          Southwestern Ontario.  Univ. Toronto Studies,
          Biological Series Nos. 17-21: 111-128.

     During  the past two years the author of this paper made
     a  special  study of the Cta.doc.ifia in various parts of
     the  Province of Ontario.  The occurrence of forty-nine
     species of Ctadoce.** is recorded according to  the
     classification and arrangement based on Birge  (1918).
     Samples were studied from Georgian Bay, Port Sydney,
     Toronto, Lake Ontario, Bond Lake, Wilcox Lake, Lake
     Erie and Point Pelee.  Drawings used to illustrate the
     papers  were made  from specimens collected in the various
     localities mentioned above.

     Bishop, S*  C. - See:  J. R. Greeley, No. 216.

     Blahaslee,  C. L.  - See:  Imogene Robertson,  No. 488.

 67.  Blaln,  A.  W.  1904.   Holboell's grebe  at Niagara Palls.
          The Auk.  21: 276-277.

     While  on a trip to Niagara Palls  (Sept.  20,  1903), the
     author found a fine specimen of Holboell's  Grebe  (Cotym-
     bu.6  ha.tboe.lti) on the Canadian  side  Just opposite  the
     American Palls.   It had  been shot by the proprietor  of
     a  curio shop while it was  swimming  out in  the  rapids.

 58.  Blair,  A.  A.  1938.   Scales of  Lake  Ontario salmon
          indicate a  landlocked form.  Copeia.   4:  206.

     Scale  analysis shows  that  the difference between  the
     ouananiche salmon from  Lake St. John and the Lake
     Ontario salmon Is not significant but  the  difference
     between Lake Ontario  salmon and the  sea salmon from
     Mlramichi  Bay is  significant.


                           -34-

-------
69.  Bligh, G, E.  1971.  Environmental factors affecting
          the utilization of Great Lakes fish as human food.
          Limnos.  4(1): 13-18.
     Factors affecting the utilization of Great Lakes fish
     as human food are discussed in this report.  Included
     were changes in species quantity and quality due to
     increased rate of eutrophication.  Contamination of
     fish from bacteria and industrial wastes is included.
     Concerning pesticides and mercury, data is in tables.
     In Lake Ontario, fish approaching or exceeding allow-
     able limits of pesticides are whitefish lake herring
     and white perch.  Average mercury levels of some fish
     in Lake Ontario Is included with the breakdown into
     basins and areas as to area analyzed.  Lake Ontario
     appears to be suffering most from mercury pollution with
     only smelt, lake herring and whitefish running consis-
     tently below the 0.5 ppm limit.

     Brinkhurst, Ralph 0. - See:  A. G. Appleby, No. 35.

     Brinkhurst, Ralph 0. - See:  M. Waure, No. 579.

70.   Brinkhurst, Ralph 0.  1964.  Studies on the North
          American aquatic oligochaeta I. Wax.d-t.dae and
          Op4.4toc.y&t4,dae..  Proceedings Academy Natural
          Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  116: 195-
          230.

     The occurrence and distribution of North American aquatic
     oligochaeta has been reviewed from a study of museum
     collections at the American Museum of Natural History,
     New York; the Academy of Natural Science, Philadelphia;
     and the United States National Museum, Washington, as
     well as collections loaned by limnologists from all
     over North America and some material collected by the
     author.  Most of the Na-cd-tdae recorded in North American
     literature have been found, together with some not yet
     previously recorded, and these are described and figured.
     Keys to the species are also erected.  The geophysical
     distribution of the species found Is briefly discussed.

71.   Brinkhurst, Ralph 0.  1969a.  The fauna of pollution.
          In:  Anderson, D. V. (Ed.).  The Great Lakes as
          an environment.  Great Lakes Institute, Univ.
          Toronto.  Report PR 39.  pp. 97-112.
                           -35-

-------
     The paper  deals with  the  different  types  of  fauna  found
     in polluted waters  from plankton to fish.  Discussed is
     the concept of an ecosystem of a lake  and the  changes
     which occur when  the  lake undergoes eutrophication
     through the addition  of sewage, meat packing wastes,
     dairy and  cannery wastes.  An emphasis is placed on the
     changes in the benthic community under enrichment  con-
     ditions.  The article generally covers the Great Lakes
     with  a specific remark on the Bay of Qunite  and Toronto
     Harbor.  (Canada Centre for Inland  Waters).

72.  Brinkhurst, Ralph 0.   I969b.  Changes  in the benthos of
          Lakes Erie and Ontario.  In:  Sweeney,  R. A.  (Ed.).
          Proceedings of the Conference  on  Changes  in the
          Biota of Lakes Erie  and Ontario.   Bulletin of the
          Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.  25(1):  45-65.

     Recently a few pieces of evidence have come  to light
     which suggest that a lake Is as productive as  its water-
     shed and nutrient input.   It is suggested that if we
     control the input of nutrients we can  control  eutrophica-
     tion and perhaps reverse  the process.

     Brinkhurst urges examining regions  of  the Great Lakes
     and  identifying the areas that may  be  considered under-
     going accelerated eutrophication.

     The  benthic organisms may be the best  Indicators of
     change.  These organisms, however,  are very poorly
     known in terms of both systematics  and ecology.  The
     increased  interest in pollution detection using
     biological parameters has led to a greater awareness
     of the  need for study of benthic organisms.

     The  paper  contains a comparative review of the benthic
     Investigations In both lakes Erie and Ontario.  The
     discussion includes the  following organisms:  oligo-
     chaetes, sphaeriids, mollusks and chlronomids.  These
     organisms  can be used as indicators on the basis of
     their  associations and population densities in areas
     of known pollution.  These  relationships  should at
     least  establish some ground rules  for the future inves-
     tigations  of the benthic communities  and  serve as  a
     yearstick  against which  later  changes may be  measured.

73.  Brinkhurst, Ralph 0.   1970.  Distribution and abundance
          of tublficid  (Olegochaeta)  species  in Toronto
          Harbour, Lake Ontario.  Journal  Fish. Research
          Board of Canada.  27:  1961-1969-
                            -36-

-------
     Toronto Harbour, Lake Ontario,  receives  a  considerable
     load of raw, partially treated  and  treated sewage, as
     well as other organic and inorganic pollutants  from the
     Don River, the storm water overflows of  the City  of
     Toronto, large and small ships, summer homes on the
     Toronto islands and surrounding industries.  A  detailed
     study of the relation between the worm population and
     certain constituents of the sediment is  currently being
     undertaken, following the pilot study of Brinkhurst and
     Chua (1969).  In this paper the distribution and  abun-
     dance of species present and some data on  dry weight
     determinations are discussed.  One  set of  samples was
     taken ever 4 hr. for a period of 20 hr.  to check  for
     diurnal changes in vertical distribution of the worms.

74.   Brinkhurst, Ralph 0. and Kian E. Chua.  1969.  Pre-
          liminary investigation of  the  exploitation of
          some potential nutritional resources  by three
          sympatric tubiflcid ollgochaetes.  Journal Pish.
          Research Board Canada.  26: 2659-2668.

     Eight heterotrophic aerobic bacteria were  Identified in
     samples from Toronto Harbour.  The  three tubificid
     species present seem to ingest  most if not all  of these,
     but different species survive passage through the gut.
     One of the three worm species absorbs amino acid  from
     solution in the absence of bacteria in the gut.  It is
     suggested that the results indicate differences in the
     utilization of the potential nltritional resources by
     the worms, which may be reflected in the ability  of
     three unspecialized sediment feeders to  coexist in the
     same mlcrohabitat.

75.   Brinkhurst, Ralph 0., Kian E. Chua  and E.  Batoosingh.
          1969.  Modifications in sampling procedures  as
          applied to studies on the  bacteria  and tubificid
          oligochaetes inhabiting aquatic sediments.
          Journal Fish. Research Board Canada.   26:  258l-
          2593.

     The KB corer has many advantages over other bottom-
     sampling devices including some other coring tubes.
     It may be used to obtain reliable estimates of  the
     standing stock of benthlc invertebrates  inhabiting
     soft sediments and of their spatial distribution  in
     lakes and rivers.  It may be used for studies of  the
     vertical distribution of animals and bacteria,  and
     could be used for a wide variety of studies on  sedi-
     ments.  Multiple-unit versions  have been built  and
     operated, thus, overcoming the  size limitation  imposed
     by the basic design.  This paper communicated some
     results obtained using this sampler.
                           -37-

-------
76.  Brinkhurst, Ralph 0, A. L. Hamilton and H. B.  Herrington.
          1968.  Components of the bottom fauna of the St.
          Lawrence, Great Lakes.  Great Lakes Institute.   Univ.
          Toronto, PR - 33.  50 p.

     During synoptic cruises through Georgian Bay,  Lake
     Ontario and Lake Erie, patterns of 60-80 stations were
     sampled by the crew of the Porte Dauphine, the research
     vessel of the Great Lakes Institute, University of
     Toronto.  The bottom samples were used to determine the
     distributions of the major components of the bottom
     fauna.  Three groups, the oligochaeta, sphaeriidae and
     chlronomidae were studied extensively.  The Identity of
     the species found and their distribution in the lakes
     is discussed.

77.  Brisbin, Angus, et.al.  1911.  Lake Ontario and Bay
          of Quinte.  Ontario Game and Fisheries Dept.
          4th Annual Rept.  pp. JJO-Jjg.  2 plates.

     These reports are summaries given by overseers of the
     areas along Lake Ontario and Bay of Quinte.  Commercial
     fish and angling catches are discussed along with
     illegal activities in each of their districts concern-
     ing fishing.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

7B.  Britten, B. T.  1970.  Observations on the ecology of
          the American Niagara Falls.  Report for the New
          York State Senate.  16 p.  (Unpublished).

     The- dewatering^ of the American Niagara Falls In 1969
     provided an opportunity to study its biology.
     Collection and identification was made on organisms
     living among the talus and within 300 ft. of the
     crest line above the falls and determinations of the
     estimated ecological conditions within the falls area
     were made.  The collections produced a limited number
     of animal species generally represented by many
     individuals.  Collected were mollusks , crustaceans ,
     fish, insects and annelids.  The plants of the area
     Included algae, mosses and vascular plants.  The
     algae Ctadophoia predominated the flora of the area.

     Brown, Dugald E. A. - See:  Carl L. Hubbs, No. 261.

     Bruce, Allan - See:  Bernard J. Dutka, No. 139,
                          -38-

-------
79.   Bruce,  Allan, Arnold Jurkovic and Bernard J.  Dutka.
          1967.   A bacteriological study  of the International
          section of the St.  Lawrence River, conducted  for
          the advisory board on water pollution, International
          Joint  Commission.  Dept. of National Health and
          Welfare, Division of Public Health Engineering,
          Kingston, Ontario.   Manuscript  Kept. No. 67-lB.
          41 p.

     The present report records and summarizes the bacteri-
     ological data obtained from the May  5 to September 14,
     1967 study  of the St. Lawrence River.

     The data show a progressive downstream increase in
     coliform, fecal coliform, fecal streptococcus and
     20°C and 35°C standard plate counts.  The majority
     of the northern stations  (Canadian)  were more pollu-
     ted than the southernmost (U.S.A.) stations.  Data
     also Indicates that there Is no obvious cross-
     boundary drift of pollution.   (Rochester - EPA).

80.   Budd, J. C., R. G. Ferguson and W. J. Christie.  1955.
          Lamprey scar counts  from  Canadian waters of the
          Great Lakes.  Great  Lakes Research Commission,
          Toronto, Ontario.  Annual Rpet. for the Year
          1954.   Appendix.  3: 1-9.

     The lamprey scar counts as reported  for 1953 were
     extended in 1954 to include Lake Superior, Lake Erie
     and Lake Ontario.  The counts  were made by means of
     a questionnaire mailed each month to all  commercial
     fishermen on the four lakes.   These  fishermen were
     asked to count both fresh and  healed lamprey scars
     on their catches of trout and  whitefish taken on a
     single day each month.  In Lake Ontario,  total
     scarring (both fresh  and  healed scars) is  11.6*,
     slightly more than double that found in Lake Huron
     and about three times greater  than  for Lake  Superior.
     (Univ. of Toronto  Zoology Library).

81.  Budden, Frederick, R.  1953.   Where  are  Lake Ontario's
          whitefish?  Can. Fisherman.  40(5):  25.

     The last really good  catch of  whitefish  In Lake Ontario
     occurred around  1942  as illustrated by the fact that
     the fishing  fleet  out of  Port  Hope,  Ontario has
     dwindled to  two boats.  This article contains an
     Interview with some  of the fishermen affected and a
     brief  discussion of  some  aspects  of the whitefish
     fishery.   (Univ. of  Toronto  Main  Library).
                            -39-

-------
82.  Burdick, G. E.  1940.  A biological survey of the Lake
          Ontario watershed.  Studies on the Invertebrate
          fish food in certain lakes, bays, streams and
          ponds of the Lake Ontario watershed.  NYS Conser-
          vation Dept.  Supplemental to the 29th Annual
          Kept, for 1939.  pp. 147-166.

     Studies of the fish food (exclusive of plankton) of the
     Lake Ontario watershed dealt primarily with the areas
     that sustain the greatest intensity of fishing.  One
     hundred eighty-seven collections will serve as a basis
     for calculation of the quantitative data and ecological
     notes on the mollusca.  Stomach analyses of fish were
     undertaken in some of the areas that were studied.
     Pollution studies were made in some of the areas also.
     Graphs to show quantity of food, type of bottom and
     dpeth for each dredge line in several areas accompanied
     by outline maps to show the location of each line are
     included.

33.  Burkholden, P. R. and Willis L. Tressler.  1932.
          Plankton studies in some northern New York waters.
          NYS Conservation Dept.  Supplemental to 21st
          Annual Rept. for 1931., Biological Survey.  6:
          222-251.

     As part of the biological survey carried on in the
     summer of 1931, plankton studies were made in several
     bays of eastern Lake Ontario and the St. Lawrence River
     and certain lakes whose waters flow into the latter.
     Plankton collections were made from four bays in Lake
     Ontario, two large lakes and from the St. Lawrence
     River.  In each of these lakes and bays from one to
     ten stations were selected for monthly observations in
     June, July, August 1931.  At each station, quantitative
     and qualitative determinations of the various kinds of
     plankton organisms were made.

84,  Cain, R. P.  1930.  Porno x-64 annu.la.*44 in Ontario.
          Can. Field Naturalist.  44(6): 149.
     Contains a brief note on the occurrence of
     annu.taA
-------
85.   Cairo,  A.  M.,  R.  Yalkovsky and D.  T.  Meloon,  Jr.   1971.
          Bacterial indicators of water pollution  in the
          upper Niagara River.  Abstract of paper  presented
          at the 14th Conference Great  Lakes Research,
          Toronto,  April 19-21, 1971.   pp. 53-54.

     Water samples  taken from the upper Niagara River between
     Lake Erie  and  Grand Island, and in the Black  Rock  Canal
     were examined  for bacteriological  indicators  of water
     pollution.  Bacteriological parameters used were as
     follows:  the  membrane filter technique on Eosin Methy-
     lene Blue  agar for enumeration of  coliforms,  the
     elevated temperature technique for fecal coliforms and
     the membrane filter technique incubated on Streptococcus
     agar for fecal streptococci differentiation.

86.   Canada Centre  for Inland Waters.   1968a.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Report No. 1.  Canadian Oceanographic
          Data  Centre, Burlington, Ontario.  85 p.

     This report is one on a series containing chemical,
     physical and bacteriological data from the waters  of
     Lake Ontario.   Biological parameters consisted of
     coliforms  and fecal coliform counts.

     Bacteriological data was obtained on one lake-wide
     cruise from April 30 to May 3, which consisted of  77
     sampling stations.

87.   Canada Centre  for Inland Waters.   1968b.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Report No. 3.  Canadian Oceanographic
          Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.  85 p.

     This report is one of a series containing chemical,
     physical and bacteriological data from tae waters  of
     Lake Ontario.   Biological parameters consisted to
     coliform and fecal coliform counts.

     Bacteriological data was collected on two lake-wide
     cruises.  The first was October 5-9, 1956 and consisted
     of 82 sampling stations.  The second cruise was  from
     November 17-22, 1968 and consisted of 45 sampling
     stations.

88.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.   1969a.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No.  1, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          40 p.
                           -41-

-------
     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     from two cruises, May 31-June 5 and June 6-10, 1966, with
     sampling stations which covered the entire lake.

89.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1969b.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 3, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          88 p.

     The report Is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data from a
     cruise on Lake Ontario June 20-26, 1966.  The sampling
     stations covered the entire lake.

90.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1969c.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. U, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          113 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     from a cruise on Lake Ontario June 26-31,  1966.  The
     sampling stations covered the southern side of the lake.

91.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1969d.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 5> 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          125 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     from a cruise on Lake Ontario H-10, with sampling
     stations which covered the whole lake.

-------
92.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.   1969e.   Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No.  6, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington,  Ontario.
          116 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake  Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     on two cruises of Lake Ontario.  The first cruise
     extended from July 11-15, 1966 and consisted of 75
     sampling locations situated over the entire  lake except
     for the far eastern end.  The second cruise  was made
     from July 19-24, 1966 and 88 sampling stations were
     established over the entire lake.

93.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.    1969f.   Limnological
          Data Report No. 7, Lake Ontario, 1966.   (Cruise
          66-9 July 26-29, Cruise 66-10 August  2-7).
          Canadian Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington,
          Ontario.  113 p.

     This report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     This report contains bacteriological sample data on two
     cruises (a) extended from July 26-29 and consisted of
     19 sampling stations which were concentrated in two
     areas in the middle of Lake Ontario.  The  second cruise
     (b) consisted of 79 sampling stations taken over the
     entire lake with concentrations off the Niagara River.

94.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.   1969g.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No.  9, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington,  Ontario.
          119 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government ag3ncles.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     on two lakewide cruises August 14-19, 1966 and August
     29-Septeraber 2, 1966.
                          -43-

-------
95.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1969h.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 10, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          80 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     from two cruises, the first, September 6-11, 1966 and
     the second, September 12-16, 1966.  The cruises covered
     the entire lake.

96.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  19691.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 11, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          109 P.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains biological sample data obtained from
     a  cruise on Lake Ontario from September 20-2U, 1966
     which covered the southern and eastern portions of the
     Lake.

97.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1969J.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 12, 1966.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
          73 p.

     The report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
     and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
     observed by Canadian government agencies.

     The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
     from two cruises, the first September 26-30, 1966 and
     the second September 30-October 3, 1966.  The sampling
     stations covered the entire lake.

98.  Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1970a.  Annual Report,
          1969.  Burlington, Ontario,  pp. 6-10.

     A number of important developments occurred at the
     Canada Centre for Inland Waters in 1969.  Outlines of
     the various departments of the Centre are included in
     the report.  These departments represent a spectrum of

-------
      the  research and activities  occurring  on  the  St. Lawrence
      Great  Lakes.  The Fisheries  Research Board  is  of parti-
      cular  interest because of analysis  of  trace nutrient
      concentrations, nanaplankton and algal growth.

 99.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1970b.  Limnologlcal
          Data Report No.  1, Lake Ontario,  1967.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre,  Burlington, Ontario.
          212 p.

      This report  is one of a series listing chemical, physical
      and  bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
      observed by  government of Canada agencies.  The first
      cruise extended from June 12-17, 1967  and consisted  of
      73 sampling  stations  located over the  entire  lake.   The
      second cruise extended from June 25-29, 1967  and con-
      sisted of 73 sampling stations situated over  the entire
      lake.   The third cruise consisted of 62 sampling stations
      situated over the entire lake.

100.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1970c.  Lake Ontario
          Limnologlcal Data Report No. 2,  1969.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre,  Burlington, Ontario.
          179 p.

      The  report is one of a series listing  chemical, physical
      and  bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
      observed by  Canadian government  agencies.

      The  report contains bacteriological sample  data obtained
      on two lakewide cruises, July 25-30 in which  86 samples
      were taken and August 5-10 in which 80 samples were
      taken.

101.   Canadian Centre for Inland Waters.   1970d.  Lake Ontario
          Limnological Data Report No. 3,  1967.  Canadian
          Oceanographic Data Centre,  Burlington, Ontario.
          232 p.

      The  report is one of a series listing  chemical, physical
      and  bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
      observed by  Canadian agencies.

      The  report contains bacteriological sample  data obtained
      from three lakewide cruises on Lake Ontario from August
      21-26, 1967  in which 78 samples  were taken; September
      5-8, 1967 in which 75 samples were taken and  September
      16-21, 1967  in which 91 samples  were taken.

-------
102.   Canada Centre for Inland Waters.  1970e.   Lake Ontario
           Limnological Data Report No. 4, 1967.  Canadian
           Oceanographic Data Centre, Burlington, Ontario.
           203 P.

      This report is one of a series listing chemical, physical
      and bacteriological data for waters of Lake Ontario
      observed by Canadian government agencies.

      The report contains bacteriological sample data obtained
      on three lakewlde cruises, October 1-6, 196? with 81
      sampling stations; October 17-21, 1967 with 50 sampling
      stations and October 28-November 2 with 83 sampling
      stations.

103.  Canada Fisheries Research Board.  1958.  Technological
           Unit, London, Ontario.  Canada Pish.  Research Board
           Kept, for 1957-58.  pp.  1630165.

      The organizational period of the Unit  consisted in
      establishing contacts with the freshwater fishing
      industry, finding out about its problems,  furnishing
      technical advice and information and carrying out
      investigations when feasible.

      In the Bay of Quinte, hoop nets were used for catching
      yellow perch, yellow pickerel and catfish.  Gill nets
      were used in Lake Ontario proper and analyses were
      made on Lake Ontario alewlfe.

      Chandler, D. C. - See:  A. M.  Beeton,  No.  59.

104.  Chandler, D. C.  1967.  The St. Laurence  Great Lakes.
           Great Lakes Research Division, Univ.  Michigan.
           1: 280-296.

      Presented is a general discussion of biological, chemical
      and physical characteristics  of all the Laurential Great
      Lakes.  Concerning biology species lists  of phytoplank-
      ton, zooplankton, benthos and fish are presented and
      discussed only in general terms as applying to all the
      Great Lakes in general.  A discussion of  the history of
      research organizations and programs is also included.

      Christie, W. J. - See:  J. C.  Budd, No. 80.

      Christie, W. J. - See:  E. T.  Garside, No. 178.

      Christie, W. J. - See:  W. B.  Scott, No.  500.
                           -U6-

-------
105.   Christie, William J.  1955.   Report on Lake Ontario
           investigations.  Annual Kept.  Great Lakes  Research
           Commission for the Year 1954,  Section 2: Appendix
           20:  1-14.

      Between May 19 and September 18, 2441 whltefish were
      examined from 4? commercial catches taken in Eastern
      Lake Ontario.  Data from the monthly reports of the
      fishermen are not yet complete.  The sizes of the
      captured whitefish were measured and attempts were made
      at tagging them in the Bay of Quinte.  This series of
      measurements was being used to determine the optimum
      mesh size for commercial fishermen.  Tagging was used
      in an effort to determine the main migration routes of
      the whitefish in the Bay of Quinte.

      A lake trout rehabilitation programme was Instituted
      which involved stocking marked lake trout and the
      cooperation of commercial fishermen who observed the
      effects of lamprey on these stocked populations.
      (Univ. of Toronto Dept. Zoology).

106.   Christie, William J.  1959.  Ontario-New York Conference,
           Minutes of Meeting, April 9-10, 1959.  Watertown,
           New York,  Appendix A - Lake Ontario lake  trout
           study, 1958 progress report.  5 p. + tables.

      Included in the lake trout study is a discussion of
      plantings and recoveries with information on distri-
      bution, size, food and feeding, sex and state of
      maturity and lamprey scarring.  (Univ. of Toronto
      Dept. Zoology).

107.   Christie, William J.  1963.  Effects of artificial
           propagation and the weather on recruitment in
           the Lake Ontario whitefish fishery.  Journal
           Pish. Research Board Canada.  20(3): 597-646.

      No significant relationship could be found between
      variations in the level of fry planting and ensuing
      variations in the level of catch in the long-term
      statistics of the Lake Ontario whitefish gill-net
      fishery.   An alternate-year planting experiment,
      in which fry were planted in the even numbered  years
      1944 through 195^, similarly fail to show a detectable
      level of contribution of the hatchery fish to the
      fishery.   The supported year-classes averaged larger
      than those not given hatchery support but this  was
      judged coincidental because of a phasing with an
      alternate-year periodicity which characterized  the
                           -47-

-------
      catch statistics over the whole series examined,  and
      was present six years prior to the start of the
      alternate year plantings.

      A possible explanation for this periodicity was
      suggested by a significant correlation between air
      temperatures at times of spawning and hatching and
      the strengths of the produced year-classes.  Cold
      Novembers followed by warm Aprils appeared to provide
      conditions associated with the production of larger
      year-classes, with the opposite combinations relating
      to the weaker broods.

      The disappearance of lake trout and ciscoes from the
      commercial catch resulted in increased fishing pressure
      directed towards the capture of the whltefish.  Increases
      in the efficiency and intensity of the fishing were
      observed during the period of study and were likely
      responsible for the reduction of the average age of the
      fish in the catch by almost one year, and resultant
      restriction of the annual catch to one year-class in
      recent years.  Probably because most of the fish are
      currently caught before first spawning, a decline in
      spawning stock was almost continuous during the study
      period.  The year to year fluctuations in the level of
      the catch increased both because of the reduced age
      and because of a greater variation in year-class strength.
      The year-classes produced in favorable years tended to
      decrease, down to quite low levels of stock.  This gave
      a configuration similar to RlCher's Type C reproduction
      curve, and which differed chiefly in that the limiting
      diagonal representing minimum reproduction fell belo%
      the replacement diagonal.  It was suggested that the
      whiteflsh may require more than one spawning to achieve
      stock replacement.  The present Instability of the
      catch, and the potentially serious effect of any sus-
      tained break in the rythm of the climatic conditions
      suggest a condition of over-exploitation in this case.

108.  Christie, William J.  1965.  Pishing in the Bay of
           Quinte.  Ontario Dept. Lands and Forests.
           Special Publication.  12 p.

      Some aspects of the Bay of Quinte fishery resource
      and fisheries, both commercial and sport Is presented
      here.  The fish considered are almost exclusively
      commercial and consist of whitefish, bullheads, carp,
      eels and channel catfish.  Exclusively sport fish
      consist of large and smallmouth bass, pike and mask-
      inonge.  Pish shared by both fisheries included
                           -48-

-------
      percheral (walleye)  smelt,  perch,  rock bass,  sunfish and
      bluegills.   Research is currently  being done  of  these
      fisheries.   The problem of  the Joint use of the  yellow
      pickerel is under investigation.   The yellow  pickerel
      is the most important species for  both the sport and
      commercial  fisheries.  A summary of the growth repro-
      duction and ecology  of the  yellow  pickerel is included.
      The white perch, a recent arrival  to these waters,  is
      now the most abundant fish  and it  is hoped to contribute
      to the sport fishery.

109.   Christie, William J.  1968.  Possible influences of
           fishing in the  decline of Great Lakes fish  stock.
           Proceedings 13th Conference Great Lakes  Research.
           pp. 31-38.

      The policy  of liberalized fish management which  has
      been in effect in the Great Lakes  is assessed in the
      light of the seriously depreciated condition  of  many
      of the premium stocks, and  xtfith reference to  recent
      information on the over-fishing problem.  It  is
      suggested that year  class irregularity may result
      from excessive fishing pressure and that the  rebound
      of a stock  is not necessarily to be expected  after  a
      collapse.  It is proposed that in  situations  where
      environmental change is not obviously involved,  repro-
      duction difficulties should be dealt with by  means
      of restrictive environmental management.

      The eastern Lake Ontario whitefish population is a
      good example of an over-exploited  fish stock. The
      analysis of data on  spawn deposition, average year
      class, strength and  survival points to the fact  that
      stock reduction is primarily due to the fishery  in
      that area.

110,   Christie, William, J.  1971.  Fish species succession
           in Lake Ontario.  Ontario Dept. Lands and Forests
           Glenora Fisheries Station, Picton, Ontario.
           Unnumbered.  (Unpublished manuscript).

      It has been many years since the publication  of  the
      last comprehensive description of  the fish stocks of
      Lake Ontario.  These years  have unquestionably been
      most important in the history of the lake insofar as
      species change is concerned and this paper is offered
      primarily as a chronicle of these  events.  The
      succession  of fish species  is moreover presented
      against known changes, both biotic and abiotic,  in

-------
      the  fish environment and to the extent  that  interpre-
      tation seemed allowable, possible relationship has been
      suggested.   These are of course largely speculative, but
      they are offered as a background of hypotheses however
      fragile, to provide directions for future research.

      General observations on successional changes, individual
      species change including most of the cold and warm water
      fish found in Lake Ontario are discussed.  Statistics of
      fish catches by species since 1900 are  Included  with
      differentiation between the eastern, western and central
      portion and Bay of Quinte in many instances. The names
      of the known fishes which have inhabited or still live
      in Lake Ontario are included.  (Univ. of Toronto Dept.
      Zoology).

      Chua, K. E. - See:  R. 0. Brinkhurst, No. 74, 75.

111.   Claassen, P. W. and N. L. Cutler.  1928,  Biological
           studies of polluted waters in the  Oswego watershed.
           State of New York Conservation Dept., Supplemental
           to 17th Annual Rept. for 1927.  A Biological Survey
           of the Oswego River System,  pp. 133-139.

      The object of this investigation was to determine the
      types of pollution present in the Oswego watershed.
      The exact location or source of each case of pollution;
      a study of the plants and animals which are found in
      polluted water and a study of the extent of the  pollu-
      tion present with a view of determining what effect  the
      various types of wastes have upon fish and other fresh
      water organisms which normally inhabit clean waters.
      The effluents from sewage outfalls, milk wastes, paper
      and woolen mill wastes, canneries and sulphur and oil
      wastes all destroy the environment suitable for clean
      water organisms, such as most fish, mayflies,  caddisfly
      and stonefly nymphs and favors the foul water organisms
      such as blue-green algae, sludge worms, rat tailed
      maggots and sewage fungus.

      Clayton, D. - See:  D. V. Anderson, No. 6.

112.  Clark, Prank N.  1889.  Whitefish distributed from
           Northville and Alpena stations.  Bulletin U. S.
           Pish Commission  for 1887.   7(10: 64.

      The distribution of whiteflsh fry from the Northville
      and Alpena stations from March 25 to May 24, 1887 is
      given.  A total of 3,000,000  fry were planted in Lake
      Ontario in the spring of 1887 from the two stations.
                           -49-

-------
113-  Clausen, R. T.  1940.  A biological survey of the Lake
           Ontario watershed.  VII.  Aquatic vegetation of
           the Lake Ontario watershed.  NYS Conservation Dept,
           Supplemental to 29th Annual Kept, for 1939,
           Biological Survey,  pp. 167-187.

      A survey was made of the larger aquatic vegetation in 58
      bodies of water in the Lake Ontario watershed.  These
      areas may be classified as bays, 14; mouths of streams,
      12; natural ponds, 20; and artificial ponds, 12.  The
      bays were of two types, those open to Lake Ontario and
      those either completely or partially closed.  There was
      a marked variation in the amount of vegetation in the
      bays surveyed.  This seemed correlated chiefly with the
      degree of pollution and the degree of outflow into Lake
      Ontario.  Most of the natural ponds examined were bog
      ponds.  Although there was great variation in abundance
      and in number of species present, the general association
      in most of these was similar.  The artificial ponds too
      displayed a general similarity, but there was less
      variety in the species represented.  Many of the stream
      mouths supported a varied aquatic flora.  The lower
      Salmon River, with 40 species, many of them abundant,
      was particularly rich in plants.

      In the course of the survey of the larger aquatic plants
      of the watershed, there were recorded il9 species of
      vascular plants, 5 species of bryophytes and 7 species
      of Characeae.  In addition, several other species, not
      seen in the field in the 1939 season, were noted from
      the watershed as a result of the study of earlier
      herbarium specimens.

114.  Clemens, W. A.  1921.  Some results of a study of the
           herring of Lake Erie.  Can. Fisherman.  8(4): 101.

      Contains extracts taken from an illustrated lecture.
      Only a few specimens of the Lake Ontario herring were
      taken from Lake Erie which agreed with the descriptions
      and measurements given for the shallow water herring of
      Lake Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto Main Library).

115.  Cobb, John N.  1898.  Fisheries of Lake Ontario in 1897-
           3rd Annual Rept. of the Commissioners of Fisheries,
           Game and Forests of the State of New York.  New
           York Assembly Documents.  24(74): 205-221.

      Contains the results of an investigation of the fisheries
      of Lake Ontario for the year 1897.  Presented in tabular
      form is the following information:  the men, vessels,
                           -50-

-------
      boats, apparatus and shore property per county employed
      in the fisheries of Lake Ontario in 1897; the species
      and yield per county; and the comparative yields in
      i860, 1885, 1890, 1893 and 1897.

116.   Cobb, John N.  1900.  The commercial fisheries of Lake
           Erie, Lake Ontario and the Niagara and St. Lawrence
           Rivers.  New York Commission Pish, Game and Forests,
           5th Annual Report,  pp. 189-239.

      The comparative yield (in pounds) of the fisheries of
      Lake Ontario in i860, 1885, 1890, 1893, 1897 and 1899 is
      given.  Presented in tabular form is the following infor-
      mation:  a complete breakdown by county, apparatus and
      species of the yield of the fisheries in 1899; a table
      showing per county the men, boats, apparatus and shore
      property employed in the fisheries of the Niagara River
      in 1899; and a table showing by county the apparatus
      and species of the yield of the fisheries of the Niagara
      River in 1899.  Also included is a discussion on the
      imports of Canadian fish in 1899.

117.   Cole, Charles P.  1965.  Additional evidence for
           separation of Ethto&toma. otmttzdi. Storer from
           Ethto&toma n-cg/ium Rafinesque.  Copeia. No. 1: 8-13.

      Specimens upon which the following information was
      based were taken from the Lake Ontario drainage of
      New York State.  A revised discriminant function
      based on merlstic data from 184 specimens of Ethto-
      Atoma n4.gJium and 269 specimens of Ethe,o&toma otm&ttd
-------
      Reported here are the summaries of the overseers of
      the areas along Canadian Lake Ontario and the Bay of
      Quinte.  Commercial fishing, angling and illegal
      fishing are discussed.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology
      Library).

120.  Couch, John H.  1922.  The rate of growth of the white
           fish Co^iegonu* a£6u4 In Lake Erie.  Univ. of
           Toronto Studies, Biological Series,  Nos . 17-21.
           pp. 99-107.

      The purpose of this investigation has been to obtain
      some definite information concerning the rate of
      growth of whitefish in Lake Erie,  The specimens were
      procurred from points along the north shore of Lake
      Erie (Kingsville, Merlin, Ridgetown and Nanticoke).
      For purposes of comparison, eight speciment of white-
      fish were obtained from Port Credit on Lake Ontario
      and two from Hudson Bay at the Great Whale River.
      The Lake Erie and Lake Ontario fish have a very close
      resemblance and are considered to be from the species
      C.
121.  Covell, John, et.al.  1908.  Lake Ontario and Bay of
           Quinte.  Ontario, 1st Annual Kept. Game and Fish
           (1907).  pp. 26-30.

      This article consists of reports by overseers concern-
      ing the type and quality of fish caught as well as the
      type of fishing occurring in their districts during the
      year 1907.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

122.  Coventry, A. F.  1S22.  Breeding habits of the land-
           locked sea lamprey CPntiomtiyzon ma.n.A.nu.6 var.
           rfo>ua*u4 Wilder).  Univ. of Toronto Studies,
           Biological Series No. 20.  pp. 129-135.  (Pubs.
           Ontario Fisheries Research Lab No. 9).

      For many years It has been known locally that a lamprey
      occurs in Lake Ontario at least some miles east and west
      of Toronto.  This lamprey has been confused to some
      extent with the silver lamprey (1c.thyomyzon brfe-fc-ktum
      Jordan).  No young have been recorded hitherto from the
      Toronto area, though there Is a single metamorphosed
      specimen of 13-5 cm. taken in a swamp near Whitly in
      the university collection.  A description of the life
      history of the sea lamprey in the Humber River Just west
      of the city of Toronto in included.
                            -52-

-------
123.   Cowden, Sumner II.  1926.  Proper methods of fish planting
           New York Conservation Commission, 15th Annual  Kept.
           for 1925.  pp. 73-86.

      Contains a discussion of fish planting with directions
      for planting various species.  With reference to Lake
      Ontario, the common whltefish, Co/ie.gonu-4 ctupzafio Junta,
      was mentioned.

124.   Greaser, Charles W.  1933.  The parasitic lamprey of the
           lakes.  Fisherman.  2(6): 3-4, 12.

      The article discusses the physical characteristics  of
      the lamprey, the differences between parasitic and non-
      parasitic forms, habitat, life cycle and its projected
      relation to the commercial fishermen.   (Univ. of
      Toronto Zoology Library).

125.   Grossman, E. J.  1968.  Changes in the Canadian fresh-
           water fish fauna.  A Symposium on Introduction of
           Exotic Species, Ontario Dept. Lands and Forests.
           Research Kept. No. 82.  pp.  1-20.

      The entire freshwater fish fauna  of Canada is a small
      one (186 species) compared with that of the United
      States or even that of the restricted area of the Great
      Lakes (U. S. and Canadian xvaters  combined).  Seven of
      the total of 27 families contain  12% of the species.
      Its present status has been the result of:  Increase
      in knowledge due to Increase in collecting and inventory
      activity; immigration into the area by natural popula-
      tion expansion; Intentional introduction of exotic
      species; and the loss of species  through extirpation.
      Our fauna has lost at least three species by extirpa-
      tion:  the paddleflsh, the blue walleye and the longjaw
      ciscoe.

126.   Grossman, E. J.  1969.  Changes in Great Lakes fish
           and fishing.  In:  Anderson, D. V.  (Ed.).  The
           Great Lakes as an Environment.  Great Lakes
           Institute, Univ. of Toronto  Report.  PR 39:
           150-175.

      Presented in this paper is a good account of the history
      of the fishing on the Great Lakes, including Lake
      Ontario and many of Its tributaries since the Indian
      times.  Changes in the fish fauna, environment
      commercial fishing and exploitation of  the Great Lakes
      is discussed.  Some statistics concerning the fisheries
      in the Great Lakes is listed.  Photographs and drawings
                           -53-

-------
      of the different types of nets and equipment used by
      commercial fishermen is included.   The future of the
      Great Lakes fisheries in terms of reclamation, intro-
      duction of exotics, stocking and better utilization of
      existing conditions is discussed.   (Canada Centre for
      Inland Waters ) .

      Cutler, N. L. -  See:  P. W.  Claassen, No.  111.

127.   Cutler, N. L.  1929.  A biological survey  of the Erie-
           Niagara System.  IV.  The biological  investigations
           of pollution in the Erie-Niagara watershed.
           Supplemental to 18th Annual Kept, for 1928.  NYS
           Conservation Dept.  pp.
      The biological investigations of the conditions of
      pollution in the Erie-Niagara watershed were divided into:
      Lake Erie and Niagara River and streams.  A description
      of the Niagara River and Its pollution load.  A list of
      indicators tolerant of sewage pollution has been compiled
      from those found in this area.

128.  Czaika, Sharon C. and Andrew Robertson.  1968.  Identi-
           fication of the copepodids of the Great Lakes
           species of Vcu,ptQmu.& (Calanoida, Copepoda).
           Proceedings llth Conference Great Lakes Research.
           pp. 39-60. .
      Six species from the calanoid copepod genus
      are found in the St . Lawrence Great Lakes .   Each of
      these species possesses 12 post -embryonic life history
      stages, six naupliar followed by six copepodid with the
      final copepodid stage being the adult.   There is
      currently no way to separate the nauplll or immature
      copepodids to species.  The identification  of the
      adults depends on secondary sex characters, but these
      are not developed on the immatures .  At times even
      the identification of adult females is  difficult because
      the taxonomic characteristics are quite similar for some
      of the species.

      It is the purpose of this paper to held provide means
      for identifying the Great Lakes diaptomld copepodids.
      A method is presented that allows the separation of
      copepodids to species, stage and for the last three
      stages, sex.  This method simplifies identification
      of the adult females by using clear cut traits for
      their separation.

-------
     The means  for the  identifications were  developed by
     comparing  the armature  of all  the appendages  from each
     copepodid  stage of each species.  A number of differen-
     ces in  the armature have been  noted among the different
     stages.  Many of these  vary  only with stage but not
     with  species  or sex.  A few  differences in armature
     were  found that varied  within  a given stage as to
     species  but not as to sex.  Several differences in
     armature were found within the last three stages that
     varies  by  sex but  not by species.   In addition to the
     changes  allowing separation  by stage, species and sex
     a key is included  which summarizes  the means  of
     identifying Great  Lakes calanoid  copepodids to species,
     to stage and  to sex.

129.  Davis,  Charles C.   1966.  Plankton  studies in the
           largest  Great Lakes of  the world with special
           reference to  the St. Lawrence  Great Lakes of North
           America.  The Univ. of  Michigan, Great Lakes
           Research Division.  Publ. I1*,  pp. 1-36.

     The purpose of the present communication is to survey
     critically and In detail the plankton investigations,
     exclusive  of  studies of primary productivity, that  have
     been accomplished to date in the  St. Lawrence Great
     Lakes of North America, to compare  these results with
     those obtained from certain others  among the  largest
      lakes of the  world, and to suggest  fruitful avenues for
      further study.

130.  Davis,  Charles C.    1968.  Plants in lakes Erie  and
           Ontario and changes in their numbers and kinds.
           In:  Sweeney,  R. A.  (Ed.).  Proceedings of the
           Conference on  Changes in the Biota of Lakes  Erie
           and Ontario.    Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of
           Natural Sciences.  25(1): 18-41.

      This paper is essentially a literature survey on the
      changes In the vegetation of Lakes Erie and Ontario
      with sections on the causes of these changes.  Lake
      Erie has been studied much more extensively than
      Lake Ontario, and  therefore in comparison, Lake
      Ontario data is much deficient.

      As far as  the phytobenthos of Lakes Erie  and Ontario
      goes, the investigation of non-parasitic  fungi have
      amounted to nothing more  than a few records of species.
      The macrobenthos have been studied more  extensively
      but with  little continuity.  The studies  dealing with
      periphyton are few and mostly dealing  with taxonomy.
                            -55-

-------
     Phytoplankton  studies  on Lakes  Erie  and Ontario have been
     much more  complete  but still do not  allow for any detailed
     reliable Judgement  concerning community changes over the
     years.  Nevertheless,  there have been tabulations of what
     is  considered  to be long range changes of dominant phyto-
     plankters  and  relative quantities in cells/ml with the
     general trend  from diatoms to replacement in parts by
     greens and blue-greens, with longer and more pronounced
     pulses .

     This points to a need for extensive taxonomic surveys of
     benthic phytoplankton.  In both lakes further quantita-
     tive studies on the phytoplankton are necessary along
     with the  dynamics of primary productivity.  Lake Ontario
     should be studied to a much greater degree because of
      little information on it as compared to Lake Erie.  We
     do not have a clear quantitative conception of any of
     these  matters and we badly need to develop clarity if we
      are to understand the ecosystems in our lakes.

131.  Day,  D.  P.  1882.  The plants of Buffalo and its vicinity.
           Bulletin Buffalo Society Natural Science.  290 p.

      This  collection is the result of research which began in
      1863.   It is the most comprehensive report of its time,
      which is concerned with the Buffalo area.  It Includes
      the areas of the Niagara River and a small portion of
      Lake Ontario on the eastern and western sides of the
      mouth of the Niagara River.

      Deason, H. J. - See:  R. Hile, No. 25**.
      Deason, H. J. - See:  J. Van Oosten, No. 571.

132.  Dechtiar, Alex.  1967.  NeocH-two*foj/wcftu4 notimigoni n.
           sp.  (Acanthocephala:  Neoechenorhynchidae) from
           golden shiner of Lake Ontario:  Canadian Journal
           Zoology.   45(2): 155-159.
      A new species of acanthocephalan ,
      note.mj.goni, from the Intestine of Nottm-igonu^ cfiy4ote.u.c.a.A
      (Mithcell) is described.  This is the 23rd species of the
      family Neoechinorhynchldae Van Cleave, 1919 and the 15th
      species of the genus WececfucnoAfit/ncftad Hamann, 1892,
      known from North American fish according to various
      authors.  It is the sixth species of the genus Neoecfi-cw-
      oifotfncfitu which does not utilize catostomids as
      definitive hosts in North America.
                            -56-

-------
133.  Dence, Wilford A.  1952.  Establishment of white perch.
           Ma-tona ameA.-ic.ana, in Central New York.  Copeia.
           No. 3.  pp. 200-201.

      A brief note on white perch which has not been found in
      Lake Ontario or the Finger Lakes or Oneida Lake but has
      now been established in Cross Lake and the Seneca River.

131*.  Dence, Wilford A.  1956.  Concretions of the alewife,
           Pomotobu.6 pAtu.dohane.ngu.A  (Wilson), at Onondaga Lake,
           New York.  Copeia.  No.  3.  pp. 155-158.

      The alewife represents one of the few marine fishes that
      has successfully adapted itself to freshwater environ-
      ments.  The species has been knox^n to inhabit Lake
      Ontario in immense numbers for a least a century.  Its
      occurrence in waters of Central Net-/ York, including
      Onondaga Lake, may be due to migration from Lake Ontario
      or to direct stocking but there is no factual basis for
      either theory.

      A discussion of the concretions of the alewife,  descrip-
      tion, chemical analysis, deposition on beaches,  etc. is
      discussed with comparisons on  Lake Ontario and Onondaga
      Lake.

135.  Department of National Health  and Welfare, Public  Health
           Engineering Division, Canada.  1967.  Progress
           report to the International Lake Erie Water Pollu-
           tion Board and International Lake Ontario - St.
           Lawrence River Water Pollution Board  on Water
           Quality studies  conducted during  1965-66.   Presented
           at the Board Meetings,  Cleveland, Ohio.  Unnumbered.

      Water quality studies were conducted  during  1965-66 on
      the International section of the St.  Lawrence River, the
      Bay of Qulnte - eastern  end  of Lake Ontario  and  the deep
      water section of Lake Ontario.  The biological parameters
      used were MP conforms,  MF  Ente,tiococ.c.
-------
      The  water-meals of the genus Wo-t^-ta,  tne smallest of
      all  flowering plants in the world are  of relatively
      restricted occurrence in Canada.  This paper deals
      primarily with their diagnostic characters, geographical
      distribution and occurrence and preparation of preserved
      specimens.  Two species of Wot^Jia. have been described
      occurring in Lake Ontario, Wot^-ia coeumb-tana and
      WotAfaa pu.nc.tata.  Examination of early records on
      these plants makes it difficult to decide whether or
      not  the two species of Wot^ta were original elements
      of the Lake Ontario flora.

      Douglass, E. J. - See:  Glen C. Leach, No. 327.

      Duthle, H. C. - See:  M. R. Sreenivasa, No. 537.

137.  Duthie, H. C. and M. R. Sreenivasa.  1971.  Evidence for
           the eutrophication of Lake Ontario from the sedi-
           mentary diatom succession.  Abstract of paper
           presented at the 14th Conference  Great Lakes
           Research, Toronto, April 19-21, 1971.  pp. 119-120.

      Seventy-three taxa of diatoms were identified from a
      sediment core taken from Lake Ontario.  Quantitative
      analyses were subsequently made and the dominant forms
      noted.

      Dutka, Bernard J. - See:  Allan Bruce, No. 79.

      Dutka, Bernard J. - See:  A. S. Menon, No. 364.

      Dutka, Bernard J. - See:  J. M. Vanderpost, No. 568.

      Dutka, Bernard J. - See:  H. Van Otterloo, No. 572.

138.  Dutka, Bernard J.and James B. Bell.  1967-  The
           classification of coliform bacteria isolated from
           Lake Erie and Lake Ontario.  Dept. of National
           Health and Welfare, Division of Public Health
           Engineering, Kingston, Ontario.  Manuscript Rept.
           No. 67-21.  36 p. + tables.

      A total of 1,479 representatives, typical "sheened"
      coliform colonies appearing on the filter membranes
      were isolated for pure culture study onto Bacto-Mac-
      Conbey Agar.  The present report concerns the bio-
      chemical classification and distribution patterns of
      these coliform strains in Lakes Erie and Ontario.
                            -58-

-------
Prom the data presented, it may be concluded that:

1.  There was a high degree of similarity in collform
biotype incidence in Lake Erie and Lake Ontario; however,
on comparing 1966 biotype incidence data from Lake
Ontario with that collected in 1967, a greater variation
in biotype incidence was noted, than was observed
between the 1967 studies of Lakes Ontario and Erie.

2.  The low-density collform flora of the off-shore Lake
Ontario and Erie study areas, were characterized by a
high incidence of Ente.tiobac.ttri biotypes, and a relatively
low incidence of E&c.he.>Uc.h.4.a. biotvpes and fecal coliform
strains.  This coliform biotype distribution pattern is
considered to be typical of "remote" pollution originating
from distant sources, and is probably of minimal public
health significance.

3.  There was a remarkable degree of uniformity in coli-
form biotype distribution patterns found at all sampling
depths and all basins and sectors of both Lakes; no
significant basin-to-basin and sector-to-sector trends
in coliform biotype incidence were apparent.

4.  The fidelity of a fecal coliform test applied to
Lake Ontario and Erie waters as an estimate of E. c.otL
type I densities may be expected to be unusually low
because of the relatively high incidence of other EC
(M.5°C) gas positive coliform biotypes, principally
Irregular 22.

5.  A typical slow-or non-lactose fermenting strains
displayed a greater variation in their distribution
patterns on both lakes than did typical lactose fermen-
ting strains.

6.  A typical slow-or non-lactose fermenting strains
constituted 29.555 and 35.3* of the isolates from
typical "sheened" coliform MF colonies collected from
Lakes Ontario and Erie.

7.  Only four enteropathogenic E. co£>t strains were
Isolated, two from each Lake; all were isolated from
different areas in each Lake and from water samples
with relatively low coliform MP counts. (Rochester-EPA).
                      -59-

-------
139.   Dutka, Bernard J., Allan Bruce, James Bell and Alan D.
           Tennant.  1966a.  A bacteriological study of the
           St. Lawrence River and the Bay of Quinte, conducted
           for the advisory board on water pollution, Inter-
           national Joint Commission.  Dept. of National Health
           and Welfare, Division of Public Health Engineering,
           Kingston, Ontario.  Manuscript Rept. No.  67-2.
           Unnumbered,

      A water quality study of the international section of the
      St. Lawrence River and the eastern near-shore  portion of
      Lake Ontario as far west as Trenton, Ontario including
      the Bay of Quinte was conducted from August 16 to October
      21, 1965 and May 15 to October 15, 1966.

      During the 1965 preliminary study of the international
      section of the St. Lawrence River, a total of 311 water
      samples collected from 106 stations on 22 ranges were
      subjected to coliform density lists.  In 1966, 3,535
      individual bacteriological tests were conducted on 1,23^4
      water samples collected from 103 sampling stations on 29
      ranges.

      A  total of 1,783 bacteriological tests were conducted on
      667 water samples collected from 53 stations of 14 ranges
      in the Bay of Quinte in 1966.

      Two general trends can be seen from the St. Lawrence
      River coliform data.  Most of the northern sample
      stations have higher coliform MF and MPN densities while
      the southern sampling stations have the lowest MP and
      MPN densities.  Also, there were lower coliform densities
      upstream as compared with those recorded for the down-
      stream sector.

      There appeared to be a trend to higher coliform MP counts
      throughout the study area in May and again during the
      mid-July to Lake September period.  (Rochester-EPA).

140.  Dutka, Bernard J., Allan Bruce, James Bell and Wolfgang
           Winter.  1966b.  Classification of coliform bac-
           teria isolated  from the St. Lawrence River and the
           Bay of Quinte.  Dept. of NatlonalHealth and Welfare,
           Division of Public Health Engineering, Kingston,
           Ontario.  Manuscript Rept. No. 67-1*1.  31 p.

      A  water quality study of the international section of the
      St. Lawrence River and eastern near-shore portion of Lake
      Ontario including the Bay of Quinte, was conducted from
      May 15 to October 15, 1966.
                            -60-

-------
      Bacteriological data obtained from 1,234 water samples
      from the  St.  Lawrence River and 66? water samples  from
      the  Bay of Quinte, were recorded and discussed in
      Manuscript Report 67-2.  A total of 3,569 typical  and
      atypical  colonies appearing on Bacto-M-Endo MF pre-
      parations and cultures isolated from gas-positive  Most
      Probable  Number tests from water samples from selected
      sampling  stations were isolated in pure culture for
      further study and classification.  The present report
      concerns  the  identification of these cultures, the
      incidence of  collform and fecal coliform biotypes  and
      enteropathogenic 5A.cfte/t^c/i>ca co-6c Serotypes, in the
      various sectors of the study area.

      When the  coliform biotype distribution pattern for the
      St.  Lawrence  River study area is compared to that  for
      the  Bay  of Quinte, only three major differences are
      evident:

      1.   En.te.fLobcLC.te.tL biotypes are most predominant in the
      Bay  of Quinte (53.1 as compared to 44.6 percent).

      2.   Irregular coliform biotypes are more common in the
      St.  Lawrence  River (17.4 as compared to 7.9 percent).

      3.   The  Bay of Quinte had the greater incidence of
      gelatin liquifying strains  (23.6 as compared to 15-2
      percent).  (Rochester-EPA).

l4l.  Dutka, Bernard J., J. Popplow and J. Yurack.  1967.
           The  Isolation of Sa£m
-------
142.  Dutka, Bernard J., J. Popplow and J. Yurack.  1968.
           Sa.tmone.ttaz. isolation from surface waters.  Pro-
           ceedings llth Conference Great Lakes Research.
           PP. 531-537.

      A search for Satmontttaz was conducted during the  summer
      of 1967 In the eastern near-shore sector of Lake Ontario
      between Kingston and Trenton, including the Bay of Quinte
      and in the International Section of the St. Lawrence
      River.  Modified Moore gauze pads (swabs) were used for
      the collection of specimens from 16 water sampling
      stations in the study areas.  The elevated-temperature
      technique of Spino (1966) was used, with minor modifica-
      tions,  for isolation of Satmontttae..

      Of a total of 30 Moore swabs recovered after a seven-day
      exposure period, 14  (46.730 yielded one or more Satmon-
      e.tta serotypes.  A total of 195 Sa.tmone.lta. isolates were
      made from five of eleven Bay of Quinte sampling stations,
      from one of three St. Lawrence River stations and  from a
      sampling point on the Kingston, Ontario waterfront.
      Sa.tmone.ttae. were Isolated from waters with coliform and
      fecal coliform (membrane filter) counts as low as  33 and
      6 per 100 ml, respectively; the frequency of Sa.tmone.tta
      isolation Increased, however, with increasing coliform
      and fecal coliform densities.  Sa.tmone.tta serotypes
      isolated were:  5. taint pau.t, S. £en»te-&4ee, S. -tntfan-txU,
      S. tt/ph4.mu.fL4.am, S. btiande.nbu.Jig and Group C, non-motile.
      A Moore svrab elevated temperature Satmonztta isolation
      technique proved to be an efficient and practical  method
      for the examination of suspected waters for Satmone.tta
      and the routine application of this procedure is advocated.
      (Rochester-EPA).

143.  Dutka,  Bernard J., John E. Reid, Allan Bruce and Wolfgang
           Winter.  1966.  A bacteriological study of Lake
           Ontario and Lake Erie, conducted for the advisory
           board on water pollution, International Joint
           Commission.  Dept. of National Health and Welfare,
           Division of Public Health Engineering, Kingston,
           Ontario.  Manuscript Report No. 67-1.  101 p. +
           tables.

      A water quality study of Lake Ontario was conducted by
      the Kingston Branch of the Public Health Engineering
      Division, Department of National Health and Welfare from
      June 6 to September 30, 1966.
                            -62-

-------
      Forty-seven monitor stations were established on Lake
      Ontario on a 12-mile triangular grid pattern.  Five
      areas, Toronto, Niagara River, Rochester, Oswego and
      Black River were studied more intensely ivith sampling
      stations placed every 3 miles.  Upon comparing bacterial
      densities from all the dpeths sampled, there appears to
      be little or no stratification of any statistical
      importance.  (Rochester-EPA).

      Dymond, John R. - See:  W. J. K. Harkness, No. 229.

      Dymond, John R. - See:  A. G. Huntsman, No. 278.

      Dymond, John R.  1927.  Guide to the game fishes of
           Canada.  Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.  No.  15.
           18 p.

      The purpose of the guide is to describe briefly the more
      Important game species of Canada.  It includes the
      relationship of each fish to other species, its standing
      as a game fish, distribution, habits and size to which
      it grows.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

145.   Dymond, John R.  1928.  Some factors affecting the
           production of lake trout (CniAt4.vome.ii namat/cuife)
           in Lake Ontario,  Univ. Toronto Studies, Biological
           Series No. 31.  pp. 27-41.  (Publications of the
           Ontario Fisheries Research Laboratory, No. 33).

      The lake trout is one of the most important Canadian
      fresh-water fishes, ranking second only to whlteflsh
      in commercial importance.  The Canadian waters of the
      Great Lakes produce 80 to 90 percent of the lake trout
      caught in Canada, about 15 percent of which is from
      Lake Ontario.  Unlike either Lake Huron or Lake Superior,
      Lake Ontario has a smaller volume of water deep enough
      for lake trout thus accounting for its relatively small
      production of this species.

      The food habits of lake trout were studied by examination
      of the stomach contents.  Analysis showed that alex^ives
      are the favorite food of lake trout in Lake Ontario In
      the summer, with ciscoes ranking second in importance.
      Examination of the stomach contents of the ling indicate
      it is a serious competitor of the lake trout for food,
      it also preferring alewives to other species.
                            -63-

-------
      Lake  trout  In Lake Ontario spawn for the first  time  when
      about 6 pounds in weight.   Those weighing from  6  to  10
      pounds produce from 3000 to 10,000 eggs whereas those
      weighing from 20 to 25 pounds produce 15,000 to 18,000
      eggs.
146.  Dymond, John R.  1944.  Spread of the smelt
           Mo/tdax) in the Canadian waters of the Great Lakes.
           Can. Field Nat.  58: 12-14.

      The paper discusses the introduction of the smelt in
      the Great Lakes.  Includes when the first smelt was
      taken from each individual lake and the different uses
      of smelt.

147.  Dymond, John R.  1955.  The introduction of foreign
           fishes in Canada.  Proceedings International Asso-
           ciation Theoretical and Applied Limnologists .
           12: 543-553.

      Only four species of fishes not native to North America
      are known to have been introduced and to have survived
      in Canada and only two of these, the carp and the brown
      trout  are of significance.  In addition to species not
      native to North America, there are a number that have
      been transferred from one part of North America where
      they are native to parts of Canada in which they do not
      naturally occur.  The rainbow trout is an outstanding
      example  of species in this category, although there are
      several  others whose success or failure is worthy of
      note.

      Included in this report is a discussion of the following
      introduced fish:  carp, goldfish, tench, brown trout,
      rainbow, atlantic salmon, pacific salmon, eastern brook
      trout, American smelt and the smallmouth bass.   (Univ.
      of Toronto Zoology Library).

148.  Dymond,  John R.  1956.  Artificial propagation in the
           management of Great Lakes fisheries.  Transactions
           American Fisheries Society.  86: 384-392.

      No positive evidence has been found to suggest that
      artificial propagation has ever been successful  in
      significantly increasing the yield of a native species
      in the Great Lakes.  Failure to find a correlation
      between  the number of whitefish fry planted in the  Bay
      of Quinte and the commercial production has been reported.
                             -64-

-------
      Several  other instances  concerning many  species of fish
      are  presented.   The possible contribution of artificial
      propagation to the populations of Great  Lakes fish has
      been investigated in three ways:   by looking for
      correlations between the numbers  of fry  planted and the
      size of  the commercial catch when the resulting indivi-
      duals would have entered the fishery; through experiments
      in which marked lake trout fingerllngs are planted and
      the  number subsequently  caught recorded; through  experi-
      ments where fry are planted only  in alternate years and
      the  relative strengths of year classes in appropriate
      number of years later determined  whether or not these
      last two experiments have been carried out long enough
      to yield decisive results.  It Is concluded that  the
      size of a year class is  determined by the conditions
      affecting hatching and survival rather than by size of
      spawning or released stock.  (Canada Centre for Inland
      Waters).

149.   Dymond,  John R., J. L. Hart and A. L. Pritchard.   1929-
           The fishes of the Canadian waters of Lake Ontario.
           Univ. Toronto Studies, Biological Series No. 33-
           pp. 1-35.  (Publications of the Ontario Fisheries
           Research Laboratory, No. 37).

      This paper includes records of fishes from Lake Ontario
      and  some of its tributaries streams based largely on
      collections made during the summers of 1927 and  1928.
      Records of occurrence, life history observations  and
      habitat descriptions.  Some interesting notes on  the
      lake lamprey are included.  Records of the release of
      Chinook salmon  in the l800's are Included.  An annotated
      list of species of fish taken in the Lake Ontario drain-
      age  Is also Included.

150,   Eaton, E. H.  1901.  Birds of Western New York.   Pro-
           ceedings of the Rochester Academy of Science.
           4:  1-64.

      This account describes in detail, the occurrences of
      those species of birds which inhabit the area of  Western
      New  York, known as the Alleghanian  faunal area.   This
      includes the area along the southern shore of Lake
      Ontario.  The description includes  relative abundance,
      migration, habitat, nesting dates and economic values
      in regards to the food of the different  species.
                            -65-

-------
151.  Edmunds, M. C.  18?^.  Obstructions in the tributaries
           of Lake Champlaln.  U. S. Commission Fish and
           Fisheries, Kept, for 1872-1873.  Part 2: 622-629.

      An examination of the rivers of the Lake Champlain Valley
      and the south shore of Lake Ontario was made for the
      purpose of obtaining more accurate Information as to the
      accessibility of certain Interior waters to salmon, shad
      and other anadromous fishes passing from the ocean or the
      Great Lakes.

      Black River and Chaumont were inspected but were found
      unsuitable for the introduction of salmon due to high
      and impassable dams.  The Oswego River was also found
      unfit due to  the canal.  Big Sandy Creek and the Salmon
      River were found to be the best to commence the breeding
      of salmon artificially.

 15>.  Embody, G. C.  1927.  Stocking policy for the Oenesee
           River system.  Supplemental to l6th Annual Kept.,
           NYS Conservation Dept., Biological Survey, Albany,
           New York.  pp. 12-28.

      It is desirable to have a well defined stocking policy
      for each drainage system of the state.  One of the
      chief purposes of the present survey has been the
      development of such a policy for the Genesee River
      system.  The  following conditions should be considered
      in the  formulation of such a policy:  what kinds of
      fish are likely to find conditions suitable for repro-
      duction, normal growth and the escape of enemies; and
      hov: many should be planted to utilize the water to its
      fullest extent.

 153.  Embody, G. C.  1929.  A biological survey of the Erie-
           Niagara  system.  I.  Stocking policy for the
           streams, lakes and ponds of the Erie-Niagara
           Watershed.  Exclusive of Lake Erie.  Supplemental
           to 18th  Annual Rept., NYS Conservation Dept.,
           Albany,  New York.  pp. 19-38.

      In the present survey, the same methods have been used
      as heretofore described for the Genesee and Oswego water-
      sheds.  A discussion of the factors involved in the
      development of a stocking policy has already been given
      in the reports on the Genesee and Oswego surveys.  A
      discussion focusing  on the stocking recommendations for
      trout is included along with tables of trout conditions
                            -66-

-------
      in streams,  i.e.  temperature relationships  betvreen air
      and water; and a planting table for trout streams.
      Following the discussion is a policy which was formulated
      for rainbow trout.

154.   Evans, Kelly.  1912a.  The effects of legislation on  the
           whitefish fisheries.  Final Rept. (1909-1911)
           Ontario Game and Fish Commission, Toronto,  pp.
           13-22.

      When the elimination of the whitefish catch became
      apparent the most obvious remedies in hopes of checking
      it were in regulation of the fisheries.  Discussed in
      this light is mention of regulation of equipment, methods
      of capture and size of net mesh, limitation of the numbers
      of nets and closing certain areas and seasons.  Some
      statistics on pond and gill nets in use in Canadian Lake
      Ontario between 1892 and 1906 are included.

155.  Evans, Kelly.  1912b.  The effect on the whitefish
           fisheries of extensive hatchery operations.  Ontario
           Game and Fish Commission, Toronto.  Final Report
           (1909-1911).  PP. 22-43.

      As a remedy of the whitefish fisheries problem on the
      Great Lakes the author suggest the use of artificial
      propagation as a means of promoting large catches.
      Also discussed is some of the regulations and  fees on
      the Great Lakes including Lake Ontario.  Prohibition of
      export of whitefish  and  a Provincial Fish Agency also
      presented as means of remedy.   (Univ.  of Toronto Zoology
      Library).

      Evermann,Barton W. - See:   D.  S.  Jordan, No.  303.

156.  Evermann, Barton  W.  1902.   List  of species of fishes
           known to occur  In the  Great  Lakes or  their
           connecting waters.  Bulletin U.  S.  Fish  Commission.
           21:  95-96.

      A list of 152 species  and  subspecies  of  which 27 were
      solely found in the  Great  Lakes  Basin.   Did not  note
      which species were found in what  lake.

1CJ7.  Evermann, Barton  W.  and  William C.  Kendall.   1902.
           Notes on the fishes of Lake  Ontario.  U.  S.
           Commission Fish and Fisheries,  Rept.  for 1901.
            Part 27.  pp. 209-216.
                             -67-

-------
      The  present paper contains a list of approximately 73
      species of fish found in Lake Ontario and the streams
      tributary to it, together with notes on their relative
      abundance and any structural peculiarities noticed.

158.  Faber, Daniel J., E. G. Jermolajev and E. G. Kosslakina.
           1966.  A new copepod genus in the plankton of the
           Great Lakes.  Limnology and Oceanography.  11(2):
           301-303.

      The  genus EtiJiytzmotia. (Copepoda, Calanoida) is common in
      the  plankton of brackish waters around the work, but
      there are relatively few observations of it in the
      plankton of freshwater lakes.  This report confirms and
      discusses the existence of this copepod in Lakes Ontario,
      Erie and Huron.

      Fahy, W. E. - See:  J. R. Westman, No. 584.

159   Faigenbaum, H. M.  19*10.  A biological survey of the
           Lake Ontario watershed.  V.  Chemical investigation
           of the Lake Ontario watershed.  NYS Conservation
           Dept.  Supplemental to 29th Annual Kept, for 1939,
           Biological Survey, Albany, New York.  pp. 117-146.

      Any substance or set of conditions which directly harms
      the fish or adversely alters its natural environment cr
      depletes its food supply may be considered a pollutant.
      The physical and chemical determinations employed in
      this investigation are designed to determine the location,
      intensity and extent of the various types of pollution
      present.

      In the table, "Chemical Analyses - Lakes and Ponds of the
      Lake Ontario Watershed" notes on the fish collected and
      remarks and stocking recommendations are given.

joO.  Farrell, M. A.  1932.  Pollution studies.  NYS Conserva-
           tion Dept., Supplemental to 21st Annual Kept, for
           1931.  Biological Survey, Albany, New York.  6:
           189-198.

      The primary object of the study was to determine the
      stream mileage affected by various kinds of polluting
      substances.  Special attention was given to the effect
      of dairy wastes on streams.  In addition, an attempt
      was  made to correlate the bottom fauna In polluted areas
      with the food taken by fish caught In such areas.
                            -68-

-------
161.   Paull, J.  H.   1913.   V.   The Algae.   In:   Faull,  J.  H.
           (Ed.).   The natural history of the Toronto region,
           Ontario.  Canadian Institute, Toronto,   pp.  17^-179.

      A list of blue-greens,  diatoms and preens found in the
      Toronto area is given.   (Toronto-Royal Ontario Museum).

152.   Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.  1966a,
           Lake Ontario program, Great Lakes-Illinois river
           basins  project for water pollution control,
           Washington, D.  C.   15 p.

      This informative pamphlet deals with the water pollution
      control investigations  which have been administered by
      the Federal  Water Pollution Control Administration.   It
      is a comprehensive survey of the physical nature  and
      conditions of Lake Ontario and its tributaries.  It
      especially investigates the effects of the toxic  and
      oxygen demanding wastes which are dumped into this water
      system.

163.   Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.  1966b,
           Great Lakes-Illinois river basins project.  State-
           ment on water pollution in the Lake Ontario basin.
           Prepared for the Natural Resources and Power Sub-
           committee of the House Committee on Government
           Operations, Washington, D. C.  Unnumbered.

      Biological sampling consisted of analysis of benthic
      fauna, phytoplankton, attached algae, chlorophyll,
      light penetration and seston.  Evaluation of biological
      conditions in Lake Ontario shows the lake can be
      classified as tending to become eutrophic.  The benthic
      fauna of the lake indicates oligotrophic conditions.
      However, the phytoplankton and attached algae problems
      that occur tend to support a eutrophic nature.  The
      ability of the lake to support algae blooms and great
      masses of Ciadophotia along the littoral zone is a
      definite indication of eutrophication.  Apparently the
      major factor that saves Lake Ontario from becoming
      eutrophic is its deep water.

      The microbiological study of the Lake Ontario basin
      included tributary, mouth, harbor-inshore and extended
      range stations.  The parameters considered in the study
      were total coliform, fecal coliform, fecal streptococcus
      and total plate counts.
                            -69-

-------
      The section on water uses  included a discussion of
      commercial fishing.   The total pounds of fish reported
      by U.  S. fisheries ranged from 233,000 to 351,200  during
      the years 1960-1964.  Yellow perch, carp, eels and white
      perch  were the principal species caught.

164.   Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.  1968.
          Water Pollution Problems and Improvement Needs,
          Lake Ontario and St.  Lawrence River Basins.  U. S.
          Federal Water Pollution Control Administration and
          NYS Dept. Health, Division of Pure Waters, Albany,
          New York.  124 p.

      The report summarizes the water pollution problems of
      the United States waters of Lake Ontario and the St.
      Lawrence River and their tributaries.  It identifies the
      causes of these problems or sources of pollution,
      discusses the Improvements needed and presents a program
      of recommended actions.  The report is based on extensive
      field and office studies, Initiated in 1964 and still
      continuing, by the Federal Water Pollution Control Admin-
      istration's Rochester Program Office; and on information
      on the New York State Health Department.

155.   Fenlon, M. W., D. C. McNaught and G. D. Schroder.   1971.
           Influences of thermal effluents upon aquatic pro-
           duction in Lake Ontario.  Abstract of paper
           presented at the 14th Conference Great Lakes
           Research, Toronto, April 19-21, 1971.  pp. 173-174.

      The effects of both heat and radionuclides upon the
      biotic components of the aquatic ecosystem was determined,
      It was concluded that significant changes in primary or
      secondary production in the area of the outfall of a
      nuclear power plant, or downstream from the outfall were
      not detected.

      Ferguson, R. G. - See:  J. C. Budd, No. 80.

166.   Ferguson, Robert G. and Henry A. Regier.  1963.  Selecti-
           vity of four trawl cod ends toward smelt.
          Transactions American Fisheries Society.  92: 125-
           131.

      Tnree  short-term experiments on selectivity of cod ends
      with various sizes for smelt, 0&me.iu.& mo/tcfax (Mitchell)
      were conducted in Lakes Ontario and Erie during 1961.
      In each experiment the paired tow method was used.  Four
                            -70-

-------
      cod ends were attached alternately to a "Western bottom
      trawl" fished by the MV Erie I.   Estimates of percent
      retention within 0.3-inch length strata were obtained
      from a comparison of length-frequency distributions in
      catches made by the different cod ends fishing approxi-
      mately the same population of smelt on the same date.
      Additional information was gained from the weight of
      catches by different cod ends.

      Under the conditions of the experiment, cod and mesh
      sizes of 1 and 3/16 to 1 and 3/8 inches appeared most
      suitable for smelt trawling given market preferences
      as they existed in October, 1961.

      Fernando, C. H. - See:  Shibru Tedla, No.

167.  Fleming, J. H.  1912.  The Niagara swan trap.  The Auk
           29;
      This paper gives descriptions and histories of the
      destruction of whistling Swans (Ototi c.otu.mbj,a.nu.& }  in
      the Niagara River.  The destruction results from being
      caught in the rapids above the Niagara Falls.  The
      birds float down the river and over the falls in both
      night and day .  It is suggested that some method of
      driving the swans away from the falls before they are
      caught and killed by the rapids.

168.  Follett, Richard.  1932.  S&lmo Sata* of the St. Lawrence
           River.  Transactions American Fisheries Society.
           62: 366-368.

      The purpose of this paper is to give a brief account of
      what has happened to the salmon of Lake Ontario and the
      Upper St. Lawrence during the 19th century.  This account
      cites reports of great quantities of salmon which were
      taken throughout the l800Ts at various points along the
      tributaries of the entire lake.  All descriptions seem to
      agree that the demise of the salmon was complete by the
      mid 1870 's.  The causes of this demise are many and
      varied, but one factor seems prevalent; the construction
      of dams along the paths that the salmon must follow to
      appropriate spawning grounds.

169.  Ford, Marjory A.  19^3.  Annual landings of fish on the
           Canadian side of the Great Lakes from 1867 to 1939
           as officially recorded.  Board of Inquiry for the
           Great Lakes Fisheries.  91 p.
                            -71-

-------
     This report  contains  a  compilation  and  arrangement  from
     the official statistics of the  fisheries  of the Canadian
     portion  of the  Great  Lakes for  the  period 1867 to 1939.
     Lake Ontario returns  are presented  in three divisions  -
     the western  portion,  the central  portion  and the eastern
     portion.  Tables  162-221 concern  Lake Ontario and include
     data on  the  annual landings of  black bass, carp, catfish,
     eel, lake herring, maskinonge,  yellow perch, pike,  pike-
     perch, blue  pikeperch,  sturgeon,  lake trout, whltefish
     and all  fish combined for Lake  Ontario  as a whole (Niagara
     Palls  to Gananoque),  western Lake Ontario (west of  Rouge
     River),  central Lake  Ontario (Rouge River to Brighton)
     and eastern  Lake Ontario (east  of Brighton).  The data
     for eels, herring, perch, pike, blue pikeperch, sturgeon,
     trout  and whitefish have been plotted separately to form
     eight  illustrations each of which is divided into four
     parts  for the total,  western, central and eastern portions
     of Lake  Ontario.   (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

     Forney,  John L. - See:   Dwight  A. Webster, No. 580.
170.  Pox, W. Sherwood.   1930.   The  literature  of Satmo
           in Lake Ontario and  tributary  streams.  Transactions
           Royal Society Canada.  Section 2,  3rd series.   24:
           45-55.

      Presents a summary of the literature on ScLtmo total in
      Lake Ontario from the early  1800*8  through the early
      1900's.

171.  Prick, H. C.  1965.  Economic  aspects of  the Great  Lakes
           fisheries of Ontario.  Fisheries Research Board of
           Canada, Bulletin No. 149.   160 p.

      In Lake Ontario there have been  problems  with the
      fishing industry.   Some of these are inherent in the
      industry and some are arising  out of new  developments
      in the supply.  Due to its structure the  fishing indus-
      try is faced with high fixed costs  of operation and
      declining catch revenues. This  is  primarily due to a
      decline in landings of prime species such as lake trout,
      whitefish, walleye and blue  pike.   Environmental factors
      affected by man seem to be favoring Increases in low
      value species such as carp and sheepshead.   These problems
      point to a need for lower unit fishing costs and Increased
      efficiency.  The introduction  of trawls may be of some
      help.  Other problems with the industry are deficiency
      of credit, poor management and out-dated  processing
      operations.  Changes in market demand along with unethical
                            -72-

-------
      exploitation at times by wholesale buyers  have caused
      the Lake Ontario fishermen problems.   A fish marketing
      board controlled by the fishermen to  Increase his
      bargaining power and mode of operation along with  changes
      of fishery regulations is discussed as a solution.   A
      brief history of the fisheries development on Lake  Ontario
      is included, as well as data on estimated value of  fish-
      eries, total landings in pounds of fish, landing of
      selected species, number of fishermen and many other
      associated statistics.

172.   Pry, P. E. J.  1933a.  Spawning dates of sucker and
           perch at Toronto.  Department of Zoology, Univ.
           Toronto.  (Unpublished).

      A brief article on the collection of sucker and perch
      eggs at the Humber River on April 17 and April 20,  1933.
      (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

173.   Pry, P. E. J.  1933b.  A preliminary investigation into
           the effect of the temperature of incubation of the
           myamere count of ciscoes.  Univ. Toronto, Dept.
           Zoology).  13 p.  (Unpublished).

      This report is concerned with the racial variations of
      fishes due to influences of the environment on the
      embryo during genesis and early development.  It has
      been shown that if the normal environment of developing
      embryos is altered, "great aberrations" can result in
      the nature of the organism.  The myamere counts which
      were obtained from this research were unreliable because
      of the lack of successful hatches of fry.  (Toronto,
      Ontario Fisheries Research Library - Zoology Library).

      Fry, P. E. J.  19^9.  Synopsis of activities in
           fisheries research in Ontario, 19*»8.  Univ. Toronto,
           Dept. Zoology.  7 p.  (Unpublished).

      This is a list compiled by Pry which described the
      current research which is in progress at this time
      throughout the province of Ontario.  Listed as one of
      the projects under way is an Atlantic salmon experiment
      at Duffin Creek in Lake Ontario.  Another project  is
      the relation of commercial fishing to fish taken by
      angling in the Bay of Quinte, Lake Ontario.  Also listed
      are the coordinating supervisors, members of the staff
      and recent publications.  (Univ. of Toronto Dept.  Zoology)
                            -73-

-------
175.  Gage, Simon H.  1893.  The lake and brook lampreys of
           New York, especially those of Cayuga and Seneca
           lakes.  Wilder-Quarter-Century Book: 421-493 +
           plates.

      Two species of lampreys Inhabit the chain of lakes in
      western New York.  One, the brook lamprey CPttttomyzon
      or AmmocoeteA 6/umcfu.a-ktA) is small in size, few in
      numbers and short-lived, in the adult stage.  It is
      not known in North America outside the Mississippi
      Valley except in the Cayuga Lake basin.  It is probably
      widely distributed, but from its small numbers and
      inconspicuous coloring, it has been overlooked.  The
      other, the lake lamprey (Pttiomyzon un^tco-Cot or
      is of large size, is in great numbers and lives a para-
      sitic life in the lakes for a period of two to three
      and one-half years, and perhaps longer.

      A relatively complete natural history of the lake and
      brook lamprey is presented together with a comparison
      of the two species.

176.  Gage, Simon H.  1928.  The lampreys of New York State -
           Life history and economics.  NYS Conservation
           Dept., Supplemental to 17th Annual Kept, for 1927.
           A Biological Survey of the Oswego River System.
           pp. 158-191.

      This report contains information on the life history
      of the lampreys in New York State.  The distinctive
      characters for identification and distribution of
      lampreys in included.  The economics of the lampreys
      are discussed with the beneficial aspect being lampreys
      are edible and can be used for bait and the harmful
      aspect is their parasitic mode of feeding which kills
      fish.  Included are results of experiments involving
      the predatory habits of the lampreys and an estimation
      of damage by lampreys to the fish.  The brook lampreys
      were determined to be non-parasitic and non-injurious.
      Through experiments, it was determined the lake lamprey
      lives from 1-1/3 to 3-1/3 years as a parasite on fishes
      and four to five years as a non parasitic larval.
      Approximately 3 pounds of blood is required by a
      lamprey to grow to maturity.  Lamprey control methods
      suggested including killing the adults as they entered
      the spawning streams.
                           -74-

-------
177.   Gannon, John E.  and Alfred M. Beeton.  1969.   Studies
           on the effects of dredged materials from selected
           Great Lakes harbors on plankton and benthos.  Univ.
           Michigan, Center for Great Lakes Studies.  Special
           Kept. No. 8.  82 p.

      Changes have been taking place in the environment and
      biota of the Great Lakes, many of which are attributed
      to pollution of the lakes.  The major harbors of the
      lakes are among the most polluted environments in the
      system and concern has developed about the dumping of
      sediments dredged from these harbors in the open lake.
      In the Great Lakes dredging and water quality project,
      field investigations were undertaken to determine:
      (1) the nature of the environments,  (2) the effects of
      dredging on the harbors and  (3) the effects of disposals
      on the lake environments.  Laboratory studies were made
      of the effect on the biota of sediments from the harbors
      along the Great Lakes including Great Sodus Bay, New
      York.

178.   Garside, E. T. and W. J. Christie.   1962.  Experimental
           hybridization among three coregonine fishes.
           Transactions American Fisheries Society,  91(2):
           196-200.

      This study was originally undertaken to assess the
      possible relationship of egg  (or yolk) size to metameric
      differentiation of fish embryos in the series of sizes
      presented by the eggs of the  lake whitefish (Co/iegonu*
      c^upea^o/imx:* Mitchell), cisco  ( LttLC.inu.A .   In:  Goode, George Brown  (Ed.).
           The fishery  industries of the United  States.
           U. S. Comm.  of  Fish and Fisheries.  Section  III.
           Part Q  (168): 507-5^0.

      The whitefish is  found  in  all the Great Lakes,  as well
      as in several of  the small lakes tributary to them.
      The largest  specimens of whitefish are found  in Lake
                            -75-

-------
      Superior, weighing as much as twenty-three pounds, while
      the smallest specimens of whitefish can be found in Lake
      Ontario where the average whiteflsh weighs two and a
      half pounds.  In Lake Ontario, about Port Ontario, it is
      probable that the whitefish migrate from the Canadian
      shore to the American shore regularly.  In 1870, they
      were more plentiful on the American shore; ten years
      before that, again, the reverse was the case.  The food
      of the whitefish is chiefly Crustacea, mollusks and
      insect larvae.  The chief enemies of the whitefish are
      the spawneaters of the Lakes which are a numerous and
      widely distributed list of animals.  The destruction of
      the spawn is Immense and far exceeds the losses while in
      the stage of fry.

      Also discussed in the report is spawning and development,
      artificial propagation and economic importance of the
      whitefish.

180.  Gill, T.  i860.  Notes on the nomenclature of North
           American fishes.  Proceedings Academy Nat. Science,
           Philadelphia.  12: 19-21.

      A brief note on La6/tax 04 cu£a-tt-c which was obtained in
      Lake Ontario.

181.  Glass, Irvine, et.al.  1909.  Lake Ontario and Bay of
           Quinte.  Ontario Game and Pish Dept.  2nd Annual
           Kept. (1908).  pp. 31-35.

      These reports are summaries given by overseers of the
      areas along Lake Ontario and Bay of Quinte.  Commercial
      fish and angling catches are discussed along with
      illegal activities In each of their districts concern-
      ing fishing.  (Univ. of Toronto Zoology Library).

182.  Glooschenko, Walter^A.  1971.  The effect of DDT and
           dieldrin upon   C uptake by In &A,tu. phytoplankton
           in Lakes Erie and Ontario.  Paper presented at
           14th Great Lakes Research Conference, Toronto,
           April 20, 1971.  (Unpublished).

      In 4
-------
      On Lake Ontario,  1 ppb DDT was  sufficient  to  cause  a
      decrease of   C uptake by 12.3%.   On four  stations
      occupied in Lake  Erie in July and,three  in October,
      DDT at 1 ppb caused decreases in    C uptake from 14.2-
      28.1J5 in July and 1.2-29.1% in October.  Dieldrin
      decreased   C uptake to a greater extent.   A  decrease
      of 30.7-74.7/& was found at 1 ppb  in July and  9.0-36.4%
      in October.  At the higher concentrations,used of
      10,100 and 1000 ppb greater reduction of   C  was noticed.
                        14
      The inhibition of   C uptake by DDT and  dieldrin does
      not appear to be  important in the Great  Lakes in situ
      except possibly in local areas of high runoff fTom
      agricultural sources.  The major  problem appears to be
      concentration of these pesticides by algae and transfer
      to higher tropic  levels.

183.   Goode, G. Brown.   1882.  Notes on the life-history  of
           the eel, chiefly derived from a study of recent
           European authorities.  Bulletin U.  S. Pish
           Commission for 1881.  1: 71
      Includes brief sections on the classification,  distri-
      bution, habits, introduction into U.  S,  waters, ancient
      beliefs, Internal and external characteristics  and
      reproductive habits of the eel.   This is followed by  an
      annotated list of papers concerning the  eel and its
      reproduction.

      As to their distribution, they were quite abundant in
      Lake Ontario but unknown in Lake Erie.   A possible
      explanation for their introduction into  Lake Erie was
      given by the captain of a vessel.  He said it was quite
      common to carry live eels in a tub on deck while on
      Lake Ontario and take them through the Welland  Canal.
      When tired of them or upon getting better fish  to eat,
      the remainder of the eels were simply dumped alive into
      Lake Erie.

184.   Goode, George Brown.  l884a.  The fisheries and fishery
           industries of the United States, Section I.
           National History of Useful Aquatic  Animals, United
           States Commission of Pish and Fisheries.  895 p.

      The purpose of the book is to provide a statistical and
      historical monograph of the fisheries.  The book is
      divided into the following sections; (1) natural history
      of marine products, which included the study of the
      useful aquatic animals and plants of the country, as
                           -77-

-------
     well  as  seals, whales,  turtles,  fishes,  lobsters,  crabs,
     oysters,  clams,  sponges,  marine  plants  and inorganic
     products  of the  sea.   (2) The  fishing grounds  which
     covered  the geographical  distribution of all animals
     sought by fishermen and the  location of the fishing
     grounds.   (3)  Apparatus and  methods  of  capture,  includ-
     ing all  the forms of apparatus used  by  fishermen,  boats,
     nets, traps, harpoons,  etc... and the methods employed in
     the various branches of the  fishery.  (4) Products of
     the fisheries which included the statistics of the yield
     of American fisheries,  past  and  present.  (5)  Prepara-
     tion, care of, and manufacture of fishery products which
     included the methods and  various devices for utilizing
      fish after they are caught,  with statistics of capital
      and men employed.  (6)  The economy of the fisheries.

185.  Goode, George Brown.  l884b.  The yellow perch - Pe/tco.
           ame/i-tcana.   In:  Goode, George Brown (ed.).  The
           Pishing Industries of the United States.   U.  S.
           Commission of Pish and Fisheries.   Section III,
           Part 0(139):
      The article describes the distribution of the yellow
      perch In America.  Mentioned is that at Oswego, Port
      Ontario, Chaumont and Sackets Harbour, as well as other
      points on the southern and eastern shore of Lake Ontario,
      the yellow perch are very abundant.

186.  Goode, George Brown.  l884c.  The salmon tribe.  In:
           Goode, George Brown (ed.).  The Fishery Industry
           of the United States.  U. S. Commission of Pish
           and Fisheries.  Section III, Part Q(l60); 468-474.

      This chapter of Mr. Goode Ts book deals vrith the salmon;
      their distribution, abundance, habits, reproduction and
      young fish.  Also included In a sepcific reference to
      the salmon In Lake Ontario, how they were fished and the
      fact that the numbers of salmon have decreased over the
      years — the author attributing their decrease to over-
      fishing and pollution of the waters by the mills and
      factories.

187.  Goode, George Brown.  l884d.  The namaycush or lake
           trout ( Sa£ve£
-------
      The  lake  trout,  or salmon  trout,  is  a  non-migrating
      species inhabiting the  chain of Great  Lakes  from
      Superior  to Ontario,  as well as Lake Champlaln  and
      many other smaller lakes of the United States and of
      British America.  Certain  modifications of structure
      have resulted from access  to nutritious food in almost
      unlimited quantity and  from existence  for many  genera-
      tions in  extensive bodies  of water.  The most striking
      of these  is the  greater size.  The lake trout sometimes
      attains the weight of one  hundred and  twenty pounds.
      They are  almost  always  found In the same lake with  one
      or more kinds of whitefish.

      In Lake Ontario  the lake trout are found in  abundance.
      Although  they rank far  below the  whitefish,  three times
      as many whiteflsh as  trout are usually taken.

188.   Grabill,  L. R.  1889.  Report of  operations  at  the
           shad-hatching station on Battery  Island, near
           Havre de Grace,  Md.,  during  the season  of  1886.
           U.  S. Commission Pish and Fisheries, Kept, for
           1886.  Part 1H:  807-814.

      The  above is a report on the hatching and distribution
      of shad at the Battery  Island, Md. station.   With
      reference to Lake Ontario, 75,000 rockfish were sent
      from the  Battery Island, Md. station for deposit in
      Lake Ontario near Oswego.

189.   Graham,  Joseph J.  1951.  The ecology  and life  history
           of the alewife  (?omotobu& p^eurfoha^enu*)  in Lake
           Ontario.  Univ.  of Toronto,  Dept. of Zoology.   A p.

      A physiological Investigation on the alewife of Lake
      Ontario was begun in the spring of 1951 at the Southern
      Research Station of the Ontario Department of Lands and
      Forests.   Experiments were attempted during the Inves-
      tigation Included studies  on lethal temperatures,
      osmotic lethal and preferred temperatures.  Discussion
      of mortalities in experimental samples and lethal tem-
      perature experiments is included.  The other two
      experiments were not carried out due to extreme
      mortality of  laboratory stocks of alewives due to
      problems with respiration.

190.   Graham, Joseph J.  1954.  The morphometry and mortality
           of the alewife  (PomotobuA P4eucfofca*en3iu,  Wilson)
           in fresh water.   Summary  of Ph.D. thesis, Dept.
           of Zoology, Univ.  of Toronto.  4  p.
                           -79-

-------
      This  paper gives a summary of J.  J.  Grahams  Ph.D.  thesis.
      The major aspect of the problem Investigated was  a study
      of growth and form carried out to evaluate differences
      In growth rates and body proportions between Lake Ontario
      and anadromous, Atlantic alewives.  Particular attention
      was also given to the nature of the  annual mortality
      which is characteristic of P. pAeurfoha/iengtu in Lake
      Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

191.   Graham, Joseph J.  1956.  Observations on the alewife
           (PomoiobtU ptnudohaizngu* (Wilson) in fresh  water.
           University of Toronto, Biological Series No. 62.
           43 p.  (Publications of the Ontario Fisheries
           Research Laboratory, No. 7*0.

      The major study in this investigation was one of  growth
      and form, carried out to evaluate differences in  growth
      rates and body proportions between the landlocked Lake
      Ontario and the anadromous Atlantic  alewives.  Particular
      attention was also given to the nature of the annual
      mortality that is characteristic of  P. paeudofea-tenguA
      in Lake Ontario.  The Atlantic alewife has a more rapid
      rate of growth than the landlocked form.  Both groups
      display early rapid growth followed  by a decrease in
      the growth rate coincident with the  onset of sexual
      maturity.  It is suggested that the  freshwater environ-
      ment  hastens the onset of maturity with its  attendent
      inhibition of growth.  The Lake Ontario alewife matures
      about one year earlier than the Atlantic salmon.   The
      form of the alewife within Lake Ontario is smaller than
      the Atlantic form and several comparisons of measurement
      are presented.

      During the alewifes spring entry into shoal  water, it
      sometimes encounters gradients that  have maximum surface
      temperatures approaching 20°C gradients.  Alewives were
      observed to die principally within the upper ranges of
      these gradients.  A correlation between the  gradual
      Increase in surface temperature from spring  to summer
      with  Increase in mortality was also  found.  Comparison
      of the range of lethal temperatures  found in the  labora-
      tory  with the lethal ranges of the temperature gradients
      observed in the field showed that the early  incidences
      of mortality are related to the entrance of  the alewives
      into  warm shoal waters in spring while they  are still
      acclimated to the low temperatures of the lakes depths.
      (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).
                           -80-

-------
192.  Graham, Joseph J.  1957.  Some observations on the
           schooling movements of the alewife in Lake Ontario.
           Canadian Field-Naturalist.  71(3): 115-116.
      The alewife (Pomotobu.6 pAfcudofea^enguA ) schools of Lake
      Ontario exhibit two characteristic movements:  The
      "mill" and the "roller-coaster."  In the "roller-
      coaster" movement the school undulates from the surface
      of the water to the bottom over a zigzag course fre-
      quently breaking the surface.  The "mill" is produced
      by a school forming a circle.  The "mill" was observed
      when a school approached a semi-circular indentation of
      the shoreline formed by a gravel spit extending into the
      lake.  The school turned toward shore when encountering
      the spit and in consequence turned at an angle of about
      180°.  When a school turns at an angle of about 180°
      fish passing each other in opposite directions exert a
      greater stimulus than those traveling in the same
      direction.  Thus, the fish on the Inside of the turn
      Incline toward each other and members on the outside
      follow them and soon the school is circling.  In
      laboratory studies, schools will "mill" continuously
      once the mill is formed unless disturbed.

193.  Graikoskl, John T.  1965.  Microbiological studies on
           Lake Ontario.  Univ. Michigan, Great Lakes Research
           Division.  Proceedings 8th Conference Great Lakes
           Research.  Pub. 13: 211.

      Water and bottom mud samples were collected from
      approximately 17 stations at various depths from the
      eastern half of Lake Ontario.  Both surface and bottom
      water samples were obtained aseptically.  The total
      number of viable bacteria growing aerobically on
      nutrient agar at 35°C was determined.  Water samples
      from a few selected stations were also tested for
      bacteria growing anaeroblcally .  The number of aerobic
      bacteria varied from 10 to greater than 30,000 per ml
      (depending on the station), the greater numbers being
      in the shallow stations, with slightly greater numbers
      in the samples obtained from the bottom.  In the
      deeper stations, very little differences in the numbers
      growing aerobically or anaerobically were observed.
      As expected, the number growing anaerobically was small,
      although in the samples containing a large number of
      aerobes there was a correspondingly greater number of
      bacteria growing anaerobically.  Samples of fish cultured
      aboard vessel, as well as the mud samples, were trans-
      ported back to the laboratory for analysis as to types
      of anaerobic bacteria present.
                           -81-

-------
19*4.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1961.  Fishery
           Statistical districts of the Great Lakes.  Tech.
           Kept. No. 2.  Ann Arbor, Michigan,  pp. 24.

      Biologists responsible for fishery research on the Great
      Lakes recognized early the futility of attempting to
      follow changes of fish stocks without full and accurate
      statistics on catch and effect.  The only feasible pro-
      cedure is a reporting system in which the individual
      fishermen prepare and submit accounts of their dally
      take and gear fished.  Inasmuch as fishing conditions
      are substantially different in various areas of a single
      lake, the most effective use of catch effort statistics
      can be made only if they are sorted according to local
      areas, or statistical districts.  The report states the
      districts and boundaries found in all the Great Lakes,
      Lake St. Clair and adjoining waters.

195.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1962.  Commercial
           fish production in the Great Lakes 1867-1960.
           Ann Arbor, Michigan.  Tech. Kept. No. 3-  166 p.

      Records of the production of fish from the Great Lakes
      were collected as early as 1867 in Canada and 1879 In
      the United States.  The report is an up-to-date
      record of the production of the fishery from 1867 to
      I960.  Includes fish type, pounds and caught per year
      per species of fish.

196.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1966.  Summary of
           regulations relating to commercial fishing on
           the Great Lakes.  Ann Arbor, Michigan.  60 p.

      This report is a summary of commercial fishing regu-
      lations in the Great Lakes.  Concerning Lake Ontario
      the regulations are broken down into Province of
      Ontario and State of New York regulations.  Included
      are fish size limits, Rill, pound and trap net overall
      size and net mesh size regulations.  Regulations on
      fishing with seines and trawls is included.  Methods
      of measuring mesh size in Ontario and New York are
      discussed.  Regulations on closed areas, license fees
      and requirements on reporting  fish catch statistics
      are included.

197.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1967.  Annual report
           for the year 1966.  Ann Arbor, Michigan.  61 p.
                          -82-

-------
      The  annual report to the Great  Lakes  Fishery  Commission
      for  1966,  includes a brief summary of the  fishing  in
      the  Great  Lakes.   Concerning Lake Ontario  they  briefly
      discussed  the recently depressed sport and commercial
      fisheries  and measures taking to Improve It.  Suggestions
      were presented for Increased studies  concerning the Sea
      Lamprey, chemical and thermal pollution and rates  of
      eutrophlcatlon in Lake Ontario.

198.   Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1968.  Annual  report
           for the year 196?.  Ann Arbor, Michigan.  63  p.

      The  Annual Report for 196? includes a brief summary  of
      the  changes in the commercial fishery in Lake Ontario
      between 1966 and 1967.  The Sea Lamprey is sited as  a
      cause for the decline in whltefish and lake trout
      populations.  Results of Kohanne stocking were  Included.
      Also in 1967 a reward was offered to commercial fisher-
      men for sea lamprey caught by commercial fishing gear.
      A total of 585 were purchased from fishermen on Lake
      Ontario.

199.   Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1969a.  Lake Ontario
           committee report of annual meeting.  Appendix
           VIII.  4 p.  (Unpublished).

      The report discusses the commercial fishery in Canadian
      and U. S.  waters of Lake Ontario.  The six major species
      in 1967 and 1968 were carp, white perch, yellow perch,
      eel, bullheads and smelt.  Most of the commercial pro-
      duction continues to come from the shallow waters at
      the eastern end of the  lake while the relatively large
      expanse of deep-water remains unproductive.  A mention
      of the releasing of coho smolts by the U.  S, and the
      presence of lamprey predatation is Included.   (Canada
      Centre  for Inland Waters).

200.   Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1969b.  Annual report
           for the year 1968.  Ann Arbor, Michigan.  71 p.

      This report Includes summaries of the management and
      research; and of trout  and salmon plantings  on all of
      the Laurentian Great Lakes.  There Is a section dealing
      with the lamprey control program In the U. S. which
      Includes survey reports on chemical treatments, re-
      establishment in treated streams and  population
      assessments.  There is  a section dealing with  lamprey
      control in Canada which described electrical barrier
      operations, lampricide  treatments and re-establishment
      surveys in treated tributaries.   (Canada Centre for
      Inland  Waters).
                           -83-

-------
201.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1970a.  Annual report
           for the year 1969.  Ann Arbor, Michigan.  58 p.

      The Annual Report for 1969 included proposals for
      increased stream survey around Lake Ontario and con-
      struction of electrical barriers.  The results of the
      1969 survey for the Sea Lamprey in Lake Ontario were
      submitted but not fully published here.

      A summary of commercial fishing in Lake Ontario was
      included with comparisons to 1968.  Results of attempted
      establishment of Lake trout, coho and kokanee were
      included and the Sea Lamprey problem associated with
      these species.  Included was data on coho, kokanee and
      Chinook salmon plantinp-s in Lake Ontario.  A brief
      summary of sport fishing in Lake Ontario was also
      included.

      A brief summary of the Sea Lamprey in 135 Lake Ontario
      tributaries on the New York side and Himber River on
      the Canadian side is included.

202.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  1970b.  Report to
           the States (1969-1970).  Ann Arbor, Michigan.
           55 P.

      The report is a general review of significant Great
      Lakes developments in 1969-1970.  Included is a report
      on the Great Lakes fisheries, including catch changes
      between 1964-1968 and 1969-1970 and the plantings of
      hatchery-reared yearlings.

203.  Great Lakes Institute.  1965a.  Annual Report, 1964
           PR 18, Toronto.  Univ.  of Toronto.  47 p.

      A general report on the activities of the Great Lakes
      Institute in 1964.  A summary of Great Lakes Institute
      research projects is given.   Among the projects dis-
      cussed are Great Lakes bottom fauna investigations,
      study on stream crayfish in a Toronto Island canal and
      Great Lakes plankton studies.

204.  Great Lakes Institute.  1965b.  Annual report PR 25,
           Univ. Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.  55 p.

      A general report on the activities of the Great Lakes
      Institute from 1964-1965.  A summary of research papers
      and programs is given.  Included is a study of crayfish
      in streams, plankton sampling and bottom sampling.
                           -84-

-------
205.  Great Lakes Institute.   1968a.   Annual report PR 31,
           Univ.  Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.   70 p.

      A general report on the activities of the Great Lakes
      Institute during 1967.   A summary of research projects
      on the Great Lakes is given.  The projects Include
      studies of the benthos  of Lake Ontario and Lake Erie,
      ecological factors influencing the parasite fauna of
      yellow perch and white  perch in the Bay of Quinte,
      zooplankton investigation in the Bay of Quinte and
      phytoplankton distribution in Lake Ontario in relation
      to the thermal bar.

206.  Great Lakes Institute.   1968b.  Annual report, PR 35,
           Univ.  Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.   42 p.

      A general report on the activities of the Great Lakes
      Institute during 1968.   Included in the report is bio-
      logical, chemical, physical data taken by the Porte
      Dauphine, the research vessel of Great Lakes Institute
      in a survey from January to December in the Great Lakes.
      Included also is a summary of a study that is being
      done on Lake Ontario, it is called Stuides of the Phyto-
      plankton in the Great Lakes, Phytoplankton Distribution
      in Lake Ontario.

207.  Great Lakes Institute.   1969.  Annual report, PR 40,
           Univ.  Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.  31 p.

      A general report on the activities of the Great Lakes
      Institute during 1969.   A summary of research projects
      on the Great Lakes is given.  The projects include a
      study on the phytoplankton in the Great Lakes.

208.  Greeley, John R.  Undated.  Conservation of the black
           bass resource of the Lake Ontario St. Lawrence
           Region.  NYS Conservation Dept. Leaflet, Albany,
           New York.  10 p.

      The waters of Lake Ontario and the St. Lawrence River
      comprise the largest and most important small mouthed
      bass region in New York State.  The supply of bass has
      held up well In this region in general although some
      local areas have decreased in bass population.  Bass
      size average rather samll due to poor growth in early
      age and heavy fishing pressure resulting in few fish of
      the older age groups.  A change of regulation lowering
      the limit of 10 bass per person to 6 is recommended.
      Environmental factors limiting bass production include
      competition of other fish living on the same grounds
                           -85-

-------
      and utilizing the same food.  Control of commercial
      fisheries and other modification of fish population
      have important actual or potential bearing on the
      problem of bass production.  Present bass stocking
      results in these waters are of questionable value and
      improvement of the supply through further expansion of
      planting cannot be assumed.  Consideration of the entire
      fisheries management plan for the unit of water involved
      is recommended as the most likely method for improveing
      bass fishing by developing, testing and applying manage-
      ment fitted to improve carrying capacities, control
      harvesting and assume replacements adequate to maintain
      a sustained level of fisheries.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

209.  Greeley, John R.  1927.  Pishes of the Genesee region
           with annotated list.  Supplemental to l6th Annual
           Report for 1926, NYS Conservation Dept, Biological
           Survey,  pp. **7~66.

      The Genesee River rises in Pennsylvania and flows
      northward across the State of New York to enter Lake
      Ontario.  Sixty-six species of fish are listed as
      occurring in this region including food and game fishes,
      fishes used as food by the game fishes and those mis-
      cellaneous fishes which are of no direct use to man.
      The ecology of the numerous kinds of fishes is also
      described with a special emphasis to the effects of
      pollution on fish.

210.  Greeley, John R.  1928.  Pishes of the Oswego watershed.
           Supplemental to 17th Annual Report for 1927, NYS
           Conservation Dept., A Biological Survey of the
           Oswego River System,  pp.  84-107.

      During the summer of 1927, extensive Investigation of
      the fishes of the entire Oswego watershed was carried
      out.  Included Is a description of the area and dis-
      tribution of fish in the watershed, a list of food and
      game fish, non-habitat preferences, fish associations,
      trout stream associations, vermin fishes, fishes in
      regard to pollution and minnow tests for pollution are
      mentioned.  Color plates of some fish and lampreys,
      an annotated list of fishes occurring in the Oswego
      River drainage, charts on fish distribution and food
      of some Oswego drainage fishes  in included.
                           -86-

-------
211.   Greelye, John R.   1929.   A biological survey  of the
           Erie-Niagara System.   VI.   Pishes of the Erie-
           Niagara Watershed.   Supplemental to l8th Annual
           Report for 1928.   NYS Conservation Dept., Albany,
           New York.  pp.  150-179.

      This program included  a study of the fish life of the
      region.   The problem was:   to gather data regarding the
      distribution and habits of the various fishes; the
      conditions of environment under which they are found;
      their relative abundance; and their relative  economic
      importance.  Collections were supplied for stomach
      examination, physiological examination; and for para-
      site examination.

      Collections were made  from throughout the system, from
      which a distribution of the food, game and commercial
      fishes were compiled.   A group of factors contributing
      to a decline of fish numbers  have been listed which
      are followed by suggestions and recommendations.  A
      chart of fish distribution through the watershed and
      an annotated list of fishes is also Included.

212.   Greeley, John R.   19*10.  A biological survey of the
           Lake Ontario watershed.   II.  Pishes of the
           watershed with annotated list.  NYS Conservation
           Dept., Supplemental to 29th Annual Report for
           1939, Biological  Survey, Albany, New York.  pp.
           42-81.

      The distribution and relative abundance of the fishes
      of the region are discussed from an analysis of 522
      survey collections.   The annotated list of species
      comprises 100 forms  taken in field collections with
      10 additional ones recorded on the basis of literature
      or previous collections.

      Data bearing upon growth rate of 12 species are pre-
      sented.   Various aspects of the problem of managing
      the fish resources on  a sustained yield basis are
      dealt with.  Natural reproduction, Involving various
      population units, is considered more important in
      maintenance of resources than stocking and attention
      is directed toward the need for maintaining and
      improving environments, controlling undesirable
      fish and improving regulations.  Lake Ontario has a
      relatively smaller percentage of shallow, productive
      areas than others of the Great Lakes and its fishing
      areas are under heavy  pressure of commercial fishing
                           -87-

-------
      and angling.   Fisheries of the lake have been depleted
      to the point  of supporting a smaller annual crop than
      would be possible under regulations adjusting the take
      to a maximum  sustained yield.

213.  Greeley, John R.  19**8.  Pour years of landlocked
           salmon study.  NYS Conservation Dept., Pish and
           Wildlife Information Bulletin.  No. 2.  pp. 1-16.

      The article contains a brief note on the presence of
      landlocked salmon in Lake Ontario.   (Univ.  of Toronto
      Zoology Library).

214.  Greeley, John R.  1955.  White bass.  NYS Conservationist
           10(1): 29.

      The white bass is a fine sport fish to be taken in New
      York State.  However, it has a restricted range and
      comparatively few anglers have ever seen it.  Its
      range extends to Lake Ontario.  A few hundred pounds of
      white bass are taken each year in Lake Ontario.  Some
      of its ecology, fishery aspects and identifying charac-
      teristics are discussed.

215.  Greeley, John R.  1956.  The lamprey in New York
           waters.   New York State Conservationist.  11(1):
           18-21.

      Contains a description of the sea lamprey with special
      reference to  its occurrence in Lakes Ontario, Erie,
      Champlain, Cayuga, Seneca and Oneida.  Also included is
      a discussion  of lamprey control as it applies to the New
      York situation.

216.  Greeley, John R, and S. C. Bishop.   1932.  Pishes of
           the area with annotated list.   Supplemental 21st
           Annual Report for 1931, NYS Conservation Dept.,
           Biological Survey.  6: 5^-93.

      This paper is a study of particular fish problems of
      Lake Ontario-St. Lawrence watershed along with a
      general collection of fish from the investigated area.
      The function  of the survey was to discover and define
      fisheries problems that are in need of special study.
      Included In the paper is an annotated list of fish of
      the region, charts on fish distribution in the tvater-
      shed, important economic fishes and information on the
      spawning habits of bass and the nests and fry of lake
      catfish.

-------
217.  Green, Seth.  l874a.  Report on shad-hatching operations
           U. S. Commission Pish and Fisheries.   Report for
           1872-1873.  Part 2.  pp. 405-406.

      The author reports hatching 7,500,000 shad and placing
      50,000 in Onelda Lake and 50,000 in the Genesee River
      in 1872.  The year before he placed 15,000 young shad
      in the Genesee River.  As a result, he  says he could
      take 20 shad averaging over 7" long per haul with a
      twenty-rod seine at the mouth of the river in Lake
      Ontario.

218.  Green, Seth.  l874b.  Shad in Lake Ontario.  Forest
           and Stream.  2(19): 292.

      An account of a successful attempt to propagate shad in
      Lake Ontario is given.  The author reports large quan-
      tities of shad are being caught at Port Dalhousie on
      the north side of Lake Ontario, and quite  a few are
      taken in nets at other points.

219.  Green. Seth.  1882.  Salmon caught in Genesee River,
           New York.  Bulletin U. S. Fish Commission for
           1881.  1: 23-24,

      Contains a brief note on the occurrence of five salmon
      weighing an average of 3-10 Ibs. in the Genesee River.

      Green, C. Willard - See:  Carl L. Hubbs, No. 262.

220.  Greene, C. W.  1940.  A biological survey  of the Lake
           Ontario watershed.  I.  Stocking policy for the
           Ontario watershed with suggestions for other fish
           management methods.  NYS Conservation Dept.,
           Supplemental 29th Annual Report for 1939, Biolo-
           gical Survey,  pp. 20-41.

      Reports on each body of water in the survey area have
      been made by various groups of the survey  organization.
      These data are directed primarily toward acquisition
      of a basis for an improved stocking policy but they
      form a basis also for the improvement of fishing con-
      ditions by other management methods.

      The stream unit is concerned with recording this
      Information on the stream and also with preparing maps,
      assembling survey data for filing and applying the
      data in the formulation of a stocking policy.
                           -89-

-------
      It  is  believed that  characteristics of  fish populations
      of  the waters studied  give the most practical single
      basis  for a stocking policy but  lack  of complete
      information of this  kind  necessitates using additional
      physical  and biological information,  including tempera-
      tures, food and  pool evaluations,  etc.  Improvement of
      the experimental basis for the details  of a stocking
      policy is as necessary as more extensive field data.

      The Salmon River and the  Irondequoit  Creek are the best
      trout  streams of the area.  The  Salmon  River is notable
      for the excellently  preserved natural conditions  and  for
      an  interesting association between the  native brook and
      introduced rainbow trout  in and  above Redfield Reservoir.
      Irondequoit Creek, although located in  a suburban area,
      still  maintains  good fishing for brown  and rainbow
      trout. Other streams  are lowland  waters producing
      principally warm-water fishes; they are generally
      unimportant as fishing waters.

      An  extensive habitat characteristic of  this area  is
      comprised by the estuaries and creek  mouths which
      supplement the fish-producing waters  of Lake Ontario.
      They serve as spawning and rearing places  for several
      Lake Ontario fishes  and  as forage  areas for others.
      They vary considerably in the kind and  extent of
      facilities provided  for  the migrant species.  Periodic
      concentrations of  game fishes in some of these  estuar-
      ies attract corresponding concentrations of anglers.

      Subjects  worthy  of special consideration and study  in
      this area are:   Management of the  estuaries, possibil-
      ities  and competitive  aspects of rainbow trout  in the
      upper Salmon River and the advisability of transfers
      of  wild trout from crowded to underpopulated waters.

221.   Greene, C. W., R.  P. Hunter and  W. C. Senning.   1932.
           Stocking policy for streams,  lakes and ponds in
           the  Oswegatchie and Black River  systems
           (including  also the lesser  tributory  streams of
           the  Upper St. Lawrence and  of Northeastern Lake
           Ontario).   Supplemental  21st  Annual Report  for
           1931, NYS Dept. of  Conservation, Biological
           Survey. 6: 18-53-

      The report gives a thorough description of the  procedures
      involved  in stocking lakes and streams  with  fish.
      Included  is a description of  the personnel Involved and
      how they  are organized in relation to the  stocking
                           -90-

-------
      project; different procedures for numbering streams,
      the purpose being to be able to identify each stream
      in the drainage area.  Also discussed were the factors
      upon which the stocking policy is based, i.e. -
      temperature, chemical requirements, food, etc.

222.  Hallam, J. C.  1959.  Habitat and associated fauna of
           four species of fish in Ontario streams.  Journal
           Fisheries Research Board Canada.  16(2): 147-173.

      Pour species of fish found in Ontario streams can be
      divided into two distinct groups on the basis of
      habitat and associated fauna.  Satve.tLU.pQ,&tfL4.& (RajJ^neAque) and l(4.c,fiQp£zfi
      Lacepide occur together in warmer downstream waters.
      The latter group has more associated species of fish
      than the former.  Some invertebrates such as certain
      stonefly and mayfly nymphs occur frequently with fish
      of one group and rarely with fish of the other group.
      They may be useful as indicators of waters likely to
      be inhabited by or suitable for the species of fish
      with which they are frequently associated.

      The sampling area consisted of rivers and creeks which
      enter Lake Ontario at intervals which extend over about
      80 miles of the north shore in the Toronto region.

      Hamilton, A. L. - See:  R, 0. Brinkhurst, No. 76.

223.  Hanklnson, T. L.  1923.  The creek fish of western
           New York.  Copeia.  No. 115-  pp. 29-33.

      A study of small streams in the western part of New
      York State was undertaken during the summers of 1920 and
      1921.  The Lake Ontario drainage, the Lake Erie drainage
      and the Ohio River drainage were the three basins
      included in the study.  With reference to the Lake
      Ontario drainage, only 2 streams were examined which
      were Twelvemile Creek and Wilson Creek.  The paper
      gives a summary of notes, principally on the occurrence
      of species, in the form of an annotated list.

      Harkness, William J. K.  1927a.  Ciscoes of Lake
           Ontario.  Manuscript:  Univ. Toronto, Dept. of
           Zoology.  3 p.  (Unpublished).
                           -91-

-------
      Studies on the clscoes of Lake Ontario near Port Credit
      between May 1925 and April 1925 indicate that there are
      two species of ciscoes (lake herring) of economic Impor-
      tance in this region.  Le.u.C4,ckthi/6 afittdi is the common
      shallow v?ater "herring."  In recent years Its numbers
      have been greatly reduced and the great increase In Ling,
      Lota macu£o-&a , may have been a factor.  The recent
      scarcity of the alewife may have caused greater predata-
      tlon by the Ling on the ciscoe.  Le.uc>ic.kthy6 ti-iighaldj.,
      the ciscoe of the Port Credit fishermen, is a deep water
      species found commonly at 250-400 feet and does not
      reach a large size and few are caught in a 3 inch mesh
      gill net.  Three other species are found in Lake Ontario:
                  px.ogna.thu.& , Leu
-------
      game fish and the necessity of protecting them.   The
      information and statistics are then applied to  a
      situation in Lake Nlpissing.   (Univ.  of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

228.   Harkness, William J. K.   19^5.  The determination of
           maximum yield of the Lake Ontario whitefish fishery
           National Committee  Fish Culture, Toronto,  Ontario.
           4 P.

      This paper is a report of data collected from eastern
      Lake Ontario whitefish concerning length and weight.
      The program of research  is not included but is  in the
      Proceedings 19^4 and 19^5 Results are in graph  form.
      Scale and Pish Statistics for 19^5 are discussed.
      (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

229.   Harkness, William J. K.  and J. R. Dymond.  1961.  The
           lake sturgeon.  Ontario Dept. Lands and Forests,
           Pish and Wildlife Branch, Toronto, Ontario.  121 p.

      The pamphlet discusses the sturgeon,  its size,  color,
      kinds, distribution, habits, type of food, growth rates
      and reproduction.  Included is an interesting record
      of record size sturgeon taken at different places, one
      of which was 230 Ibs, 6'7" long taken on the Niagara
      River on October 28, 19^6.  The author mentions the
      history of the sturgeon  fishery, attributing the
      decline of the fishery to unfavorable environmental
      changes.  Included also is a list of predators, para-
      sites and diseases of the sturgeon.  (Ontario Dept.
      Lands and Forests Maple).

230.   Harkness, William J. K.  and A. G. Huntsman.  1928.
           Dead alewives on Lake Ontario.  Correspondence
           to Seth Gordon, Conservation Director, Isaac
           Walton League of America, Chicago, Illinois.

      This series of correspondence between Seth E. Gordon
      and W. J. K. Harkness, Dept. of Biology, Univ.  of
      Toronto occured during the summer of 1928.  It  des-
      cribes a destruction of the alewives (fish kill) which
      occurred on Lake Ontario between Lewiston and Toronto,
      as well as near the eastern end of the Lake.  (Toronto
      Ontario Pish. Research Library, Zoology Library).

231.   Harman, W. M. and C. 0.  Berg.  1971.   The freshwater
           snails of central New York.  Cornell University
           Agricultural Experiment Station, Ithaca, New
           York.  1(4): 1-67.
                          -93-

-------
      This paper provides  descriptions,  illustrations  and
      usable keys for identification of  the freshwater snails
      and limpets of central New York, including the Oswego
      watershed.  Presented is information on their distri-
      bution and ecology,  and relation of their distribution
      to regional geology  and limnology.

232.   Harrington, R. W., Jr.  19*»7.   The early life history
           of the bridled  shiner, Notiopi* bJ.fazna.tiL*  (Cape).
           Copela.  2: 97-102.

      The known range of  Mo;t/t.op>U b^/iena-tuA extends through
      the Atlantic coastal drainage  from Southern Maine and
      New Hampshire  south to the Potomac River system of
      Virginia and westward through  Lake Champlaln, the St.
      Lawrence River and  Lake Ontario drainage.  It inhabits
      ponds, lakes and rivers but only  in shallow sections
      with still or slowly flowing water.  It can be found
      over mud, silt or detritus although it prefers moderate
      to abundant vegetation.  The author was able to obtain
      fertilized eggs by  artificial  means with which he
      studied embryo genesis and early  development.

233.   Harris, Edward.  1906.  The Ontario commercial fisheries.
           How and why destroyed.  Pamphlet, Univ. Toronto,
           Dept. Zoology.   30 p.

      In 1899, the "Ontario blight"  struck the fisheries,
      decreasing the yearly catch of nearly 5,000,000 Ibs.
      At the same time, the year's catch was valued at
      $300,000 more than the previous year.  Such inflated
      prices are misleading to those people who do not compare
      these figures to other previous years.  Thus, it seems
      as though the fisheries are more productive.  Since
      ninety-five percent of the catch is exported to America,
      the only benefit to Ontario is the Income from revenues
      levied on the fisherman.  The report also described the
      unfavorable aspects of the nets used by commercial fish-
      ermen.   (Univ. Toronto, Zoology Library).

234.   Hart, J. S.  1952.   Geographical variation of some
           physiological and morphological characteristics in
           fish.  Univ. Toronto, Biological Series 60.   79 P-

      Study of the geographic variation of lethal temperatures
      and diagnostic morphological characteristics in ten
      species of  fresh water fish showed that the variability
      was relatively greater for the morphological character-
      istics.  No evidence was found for physiological as
                           -94-

-------
      distinct from morphological races and many of the species
      studied possessed uniformity in lethal temperatures  from
      Ontario to Tennessee to Florida.  As a result, the lethal
      temperature findings did not confirm the accepted
      taxonomic status in several species with recognized
      subspecies over this range.  In others with geographic
      differences in lethal temperatures, there was agreement
      with the taxonomic status.  (Toronto Ontario Pish.
      Research Library).

      Hart, John Lawson - See:  J. R. Dymond, No. 1^9.

235.  Hart, John Lawson.  1929.  The capture of young white-
           fish in the Bay of Qulnte.  Science.  70: 284.

      A short report on the capture of young whitefish in the
      Bay of Quinte.  The fry were taken close to shore in
      water of depth of three feet or less on numerous
      occasions between April 12 and June 1, 1928.  The
      capture and observation of the fry over a period of
      seven weeks provided material which yielded valuable
      information on the early growth, food and habits of the
      important commercial species.

236.  Hart, John Lawson.  1930.  The spawning and early life
           history of the whitefish, Coizgonu.4 c.tu.pza.6oim
-------
      three to four feet in depth but remain close to surface
      and by the end of May they leave the shallows and in
      July they appear to be in bottom water of medium (50 ft.)
      depth.  Descriptions of the eggs and fry are given and
      compared to ciscoes.  Whitefish fry growth is slow at
      first then increases rapidly.  Data on growth is
      presented.  Early food consist of Entomostraca followed
      by insect larvae and amphipods.  Chief associates of
      whiteflsh young are of the ciscoe with which it directly
      competes for food.  It is recommended that planting of
      hatchery fry be made close to gently sloping shores and
      that the fry be widely distributed.  The numbers of
      perch should be reduced in the spawning area.  (Toronto
      Ontario Pish. Research Library).

237.  Hart, John Lawson.  1931a.  The spawning and early life
           history of the whitefish, Co/iegontu c£upeica
      jf£ave.&een4).  For the first time there is recorded the
      capture of a complete series of whitefish young of the
      year.  Based on this material are descriptions of the
      stages of the young from twelve millimeter to eighty
      millimeter stages and the characters differentiating
      whitefish from clsco.  The rate of growth of the fry is
      slow at first but is much accelerated in the latter
      part of May and until the end of July.  The food from
      the first consists of Entomostraca, chiefly Boim-cna,
      Vaphn
-------
238.  Hart, John Lawson.  1931b.   The growth of the whiteflsh,
           CoAegce.  A similar number
      were parasitized by a species  of tc.hinoihyncku.4.  Nema-
      tode parasites were found in fewer specimens and in
      small  numbers.   Crustacean parasites were comparatively
      rare

 240.  Hart,  John Lawson.  1931d.  On the daily movements of
            the  coregonine fishes.  Canadian Field-Naturalist.
            45(1):  8-9.
                            -97-

-------
      In Lake Nlpigon an experiment was performed to determine
      movements of some coregonine fishes.   A gang of gill
      nets was lifted at sunrise and sunset of each day and
      was returned to the water In the same place immediately
      after removing and recording the fish taken in it.   The
      results showed that more coregonine fish were caught
      during the night than day indicating greater activity
      at night.  However, a similar experiment was performed
      in water of greater depth in Lake Ontario and the results
      failed to corroborate.

241.  Hart, John Lawson.  1933.  Another blue perch.  Copeia.
           No. 1.  31* p.

      Contains a brief note on the occurrence of a blue
      perch on November 8, 1927 in the Bay of Quinte,
      Lake Ontario.

2M2.  Heard, William H.  1962.  The Sphaeriidae (Mollusca:
           Pelecypoda) of the North American Great Lakes.
           American Midland Naturalist.  67(1): 19^-198.

      The mollusk fauna of the Great Lakes is not well
      known, and the sphaerlid clams have never been recor-
      ded.  Although ignored until recently, specific
      identification is necessary when studying food
      relationships, parasitology and distribution.  Lists
      of sphaeriids from each of the Great Lakes reveal that
      Superior has 6 species; Lake Michigan, 20; Lake Huron,
      20; Lake Erie, lA; and Lake Ontario, 26 species.
      Among the sphaeriids, some species are more common
      than others, and occurrence varies with depth of water
      and type of substrate.

      Hedrick, L. R. and Marjorle Soyugenc.  1967.  Yeasts
           and molds in water and sediments of Lake Ontario.
           Proceedings 10th Conference Great Lakes Research.
           pp. 20-30.

      Yeast and molds were isolated from 27 widely distribu-
      ted stations in Lake Ontario.  Each station represented
      4 samples, three from the water, i.e. the surface depth
      of 1 meter, the mid-depth and near the bottom.  One
      sample was also taken from the bottom sediment.
      Organisms from the water were collected by filtration
      through membranes and cultured on a defined agar medium.
      The sediment samples (each 6.0g wet wt.) were suspended
      in 100 ml of the defined liquid medium and four 10 ml
      portions of this suspension were pulled separately
                           -98-

-------
      through membrane filters.  These filters were then
      incubated on the defined agar medium.   Colonies of
      representative fungi, which had grown  within a period
      of 24 to 72 hours, were isolated by culturing them
      upon slants for later identification.

      Twenty species of yeasts, representing 7 genera, were
      Identified.  Eight genera of molds were isolated.  The
      density distribution of fungi with respect to the
      depth of the water samples showed that the frequency
      of occurrence increased with depth. For the 27
      stations, the average number of yeasts isolated per
      100 ml was 10 at a depth of 1 meter, 130 for water at
      mid-depth and 460 for water near the bottom; the
      average number of yeasts in the sediment sample was
      46.  The respective values for molds were 6, 16, 16
      and 11.

      Stepwlse, multiple correlation analyses did not reveal
      any consistent association of any one  parameter with
      the distribution of the two most numerous species
      Ca.ndi.da. gu.4.tJt4.z>unond
-------
      residues  of DDT  and  metabolites,  dleldrin, heptachlor,
      heptachlor epoxide and chlordane  were  found  consisten-
      tly during all sampling periods at  some  stations.

245.   Henley, Robert J.  1967.   Water Quality  Influences  on
           Outdoor Recreation in the Lake Ontario  Basin.
           Proceedings 10th Conference  Great Lakes Research.
           pp.  427-440.

      This paper discusses the water quality influences upon
      present and future use of outdoor recreation resources
      in the United States portion  of the Lake Ontario Basin.
      Waters of poor quality have had deleterious  effect  upon
      recreational activities.   Indicators at  public  recrea-
      tion areas that  substantiate  this viewpoint  are high
      bacteria  counts, large masses of  algae and aquatic
      plants, mass die-off of fish, and water  turbidity
      problems  all of  which have resulted in decisions of
      responsible officials to ban  swimming  at a few  public
      beaches.   An analysis of the  influence of poor  water
      quality upon swimming is made to  establish an indication
      of the value to  recreation of pollution  control.

246.   Henson, E. Bennette.  1966.  A review  of Great  Lakes
           benthos research.  The Univ. Michigan,  Great Lakes
           Research Division.  Pub. 14: 37-54.

      Research  attention to the earth-water  interface and to
      the associated plant and animal populations  inhabiting
      the bottom substrata of the Great Lakes  has  recently
      both gained in intensity and  changed in  emphasis.   Des-
      criptive  blotic  surveys are still greatly needed in
      Great Lakes research; but with the  informative  back-
      ground noi* accumulated, investigations are able to
      proceed in directions that answer the  key questions of
      "why" and "how"  rather than "what." An  objective of
      this article is  to  focus attention  to  Great  Lakes
      benthos research that serves  as an  oar in the movement
      of future limnological understanding.  A focus  on con-
      temporary research must be considered  in terms  of both
      the past  and the future to appraise results  and to
      confirm or re-establish courses of  action.   An  effort
      If made here to  contribute to unified  knowledge of
      Great Lakes benthos  by adopting one vantage  point and
      bringing  out salient aspects, summarizing present
      investigations,  evaluating benthos  composition, and
      refocusing this  in terms of temporal dynamics.  The
      selected  vantage point will consider the benthos as an
      entity in geologic time subject to  the eutrophlc forces
      of biological succession.
                           -99-b

-------
247.  Herbert, Henry William.  1859.  Prank Foresterfs Fish
           and Fishing of the United States and British Pro-
           vinces of North America.  George E. Woodward, New
           York City, N. Y.  521 p.

      The book in which the author  describes the game fish of
      New York.  He includes descriptions of the salmon, pike,
      carp, herring, catfish, eel and perch families.  Also
      Included are shoalwater fishes, deep sea fishes and
      different types of fishing.   Within his descriptions of
      the fish he Includes their habitats and locations.

248.  Herbst, Richard P.  1969.  Ecological factors and the
           distribution of Ctadophofia, gtome.Jia.ta in the Great
           Lakes.  American Midland Naturalist.  82(1): 90-98.

      Included in this paper is a sketch of Cta.dophox.0. dis-
      tribution in the Great Lakes.  Lakes Erie and Ontario
      were observed to have extensive Cta.dophon.0. growth
      along most of their shorelines and these growths were
      found to be most prevalent in association with larger
      cities and their municipal outfalls.

      Herrington, H. B. - See:  R.  0. Brinkhurst, No. 76.

249.  Herrington, H. B.  1947.  Ace-t£a  hatdzman-L in Ontario,
           Canada.  Nautilus.  61:  20-25.

      Ac.ttt& ka.tde.ma.nj. Deshayes is  one  of our rarest and most
      graceful shells.  Its scarcity has precluded the
      accumulation of information on its life history.  The
      purpose of this paper is to record observations and
      comments on this snail in Ontario.

      Mentioned is the general distribution of the snail and
      comments on its habitat and reproductive cycle.

250.  Hile, Ralph.  1*932.  Fish scales  and commercial fisheries
           The Fisherman.  1(10): 3-4,  10.

      The use of fish scales is an  indication of the fishes
      age is presented in general terms.  Descriptions of
      methods of analyzing annul! or year marks is included.
      References are made to previous work done on herring and
      chubs in Lake Ontario.
                           -100-

-------
251.  Hile, Ralph.   1952.   Twenty-five  (25)  years  of federal
           fishery  research on the Great Lakes.  U.  S.  Dept.
           Interior Special Scientific  Report.   Fisheries  No.
           85.  48  p.

      The major purpose of this publication is  to  present  an
      annotated bibliography of papers  resulting from Federal
      investigation on the Great Lakes  fish and fisheries
      since the formal initiation of a  continuing  research
      program by the Fish and Wildlife  Service.

      The annotated list includes the principal publications
      of staff members of Great Lakes Fishery Investigations.
      Omitted have been papers resulting from work not
      associated with Great Lakes research, reviews and
      numerous processed memoranda and informational releases
      of only temporary value, prepared for administrative
      use  or  given restricted distribution.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

 252.  Hile, Ralph.   1957.  U. S.  Federal fishery  research on
           the Great Lakes through 1956.  U. S. Dept.  Interior
           Fish and  Wildlife  Service.   Special  Scientific
           Report.   Fisheries No.  226.  46  p.

      The  major purpose of this  publication is  to present an
      annotated bibliography  of  papers  resulting  from  Federal
      Investigations on the  Great Lakes fish and  fisheries
      since  formal initiation of a continuing  research pro-
      gram by the  Fish and Wildlife  Service.   A summary of
      Great  Lakes  Fishery Investigations shows  that Lake
      Ontario has  received very  little  attention  when  com-
      pared  with the other Great Lakes.  (Univ. of Toronto,
       Zoology Library).

 253.   Hile,  Ralph.  1966.  U. S. Federal research on fisheries
            and limnology  in the Great  Lakes through 1964:  An
            annotated bibliography.  U.  S.  Dept. of Interior,
            U. S.  Fish and Wildlife Service.  Special Scien-
            tific  Report.   Fisheries  No. 528.   53  P-

       The annotated bibliography is  proceeded by  a breif
       account of the Federal research program in fisheries
       and limnology in the Great Lakes in 1957-64.  The
       bibliography covers 314 papers by staff members of the
       Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Biological  Laboratory in
       Ann Arbor,  Michigan, and  35 by associated  scientists
       with whom the Laboratory had contractual or  other
       cooperative arrangements;  Included also  are  patents
       issued to Laboratory personnel.   A roster  of Laboratory
       scientists as of December  31, 1964 is appended.
                            -101-

-------
254.  Hile, Ralph and H. J.  Deason.   193*1.   Growth of the
           whitefish, CotLtgonu*  c-Cupearfotnu.4 (Mitchell), in
           Trout Lake,  Northeastern  Highlands, Wisconsin.
           Transactions of the American Pish. Society.  64:
           231-237.

      A study of the growth  of whitefish in Trout Lake,
      Wisconsin was compared to  the  growth  rate of whitefish
      from other North  American  lakes including Lake Ontario
      near Pleasant Point  done by Hart, 1931.

255.  Hiltunen, Jarl K. 1966.  Moss from the bottom of the
           Great Lakes. The Michigan Botonist.  5(2): 62-63.

      Aquatic mosses are not uncommon, but  records of deep-
      water species are few, and none may exist for the
      Great Lakes.  Specimens of fit&idtn*  from bottom
      samples from Lake Ontario, Erie, Superior and Michigan
      have been noted.  Apparently,  this genus is widely
      distributed in the Great Lakes, especially in places
      where there is a  hard  clay substrate.

256.  Hiltunen, Jarl K. 1969.  The  benthic  macro fauna of
           Lake Ontario.   Great  Lakes Fishery Commission,
           Ann Arbor, Michigan.   Tech. Report # 14.  pp. 39-50

      The presence and  relative  abundance of bottom macro-
      fauna in Lake Ontario  are  documented.  Bottom samples
      were collected at 24 stations  in September 1964.  The
      quantity of organisms  and  the  distribution of some
      species were affected  by depth of water.  Samples from
      the shallower stations (4?.5 m or less) yielded an
      average of 41,631 organisms per m whereas the deeper
      stations (91*5 m  or  more)  yielded an average of only
      7,938.  The Oligochaeta, the most abundant group of
      macrolnvertebrates,  were represented by four families -
      Enchytraedae, Lumbriculidae, Naididae  and Turificidae.
      The lumbriculid worm,  StytoduLtu* hi/uLngianu.& and the
      burrowing amphypod,  Pon-topoAe-ta a^inia, were rare or
      absent in areas affected by pollution.  In kinds and
      abundance or organisms, the bottom fauna in Lake
      Ontario was generally  similar  to that  in Lake Michigan.

257.  Hohn, Matthew H.  1951. A study of the distribution of
           diatoms (Bacillarieae) in Western New York State.
           Cornell University Agricultural Experiment
           Station.  Memoir  308.  38 p.
                           -102-

-------
      The area included in this study was classified into
      three main divisions according to their ultimate means
      of drainage - the Lake Ontario drainage system, the
      Allegheny River drainage system and the Chemung -
      Susquehanna River drainage system.  The Lake  Ontario
      drainage system covered 24 stations located on the
      south shore of the lake from the Niagara  River to
      Oswego including tributaries.  The diatom flora of
      Western New York, as revealed in this  study,  includes
      430 species and varieties representing 1*3 genera in
      13 families of which the Lake Ontario  drainage was
      well represented.

258.  Holden, William W.  1909-  Commercial  fishing.  Ontario
           Game and Pish Dept.  2nd Annual Report  (1908).
           pp. 13-14.

      This paper is a summary report of the  Game and Fisheries
      inspectors for the year 1908.  Reported is a  general
      report on the commercial fish catch of the Great Lakes
      Including Lake Ontario.  In 1908 Lake  Ontario produced
      twice as many whitefish as 1907, mostly from  the Bay  of
      Quinte.  Herring and lake trout were plentiful as before
      and the sturgeon is a thing of the past.   A summary of
      inspections of fishermen both commercial  and  angling
      is included.  (Univ. of Toronto, Dept. Zoology).

259.  Hooper, B. P.  1963.  Punetodo/ia exocfeopo/ut N. sp.
           (Chromadoridae:  Nematoda) from the  Canadian shore
           of Lake Ontario.  Canadian Journal Zoology.  41:
           1121-1126.

      Pu.nc.to do fta. e.xocA0po/ia n. sp., collected from  the
      Canadian shore of Lake Ontario in the  vicinity of Bath,
      Ontario, differs from the type P. /ta.tze6u/tge>t4x.4, in
      having the excretory duct projecting from the body  and
      in having 15-16 preanal supplements.   Only one to three
      are recorded for P. *.&tze.bu>iQJi&.  ?. exoe/iopo/ta
      differs from ?. oh*iidtnA
-------
260.  Hubbs, Carl L.  1926.  A check-list of the fishes of
           the Great Lakes and tributary waters, with nomen-
           clatorial notes and analytical keys.  Michigan
           Museum Zoology.  Miscellaneous publications.  15'
           1-77.

      A general list of the fishes of the Great Lakes and
      connecting waters.  According to the present list, the
      fish fauna of the Great Lakes comprises 28 families,
      96 genera and 154 species.  Included in the paper are
      keys to families, genera and species of the fish fauna
      in the Great  Lakes  and its tributaries.

261.  Hubbs, Carl L. and  Dugald E. S. Brown.  1929.  Materials
            for  a distributional study of Ontario fishes.
            Trans. Royal Canadian Institute.  17(part 1): l-5o.

      Contains  a relatively complete study of the fish fauna
      of southern Ontario.  Several drainage basins were
      sampled with  stations 77 to 99 encompassing the  Lake
      Ontario drainage  system.  A list of the species  is
      given followed by the station number at which they ivere
      collected, their  approximate age,  and  some remarks on
      identification and  distribution.   The  list contains 96
      species of which  approximately 51  are  reported from the
      Lake Ontario  drainage system.

 262.  Hubbs, Carl  L. and  C. Willard Greene.   1928.  Further
            notes on the fishes  of the Great  Lakes and
            tributary waters.   Papers of  the  Michigan Academy
            Science, Arts  and  Letters.  8:  371-392.

      This paper was prepared to  call  attention to  new dis-
       coveries  which have a bearing on the  nomenclature  or
       status of the fishes of the  Great  Lakes fauna.   It
       comprises a set  of additions  and corrections  to  the
       senior writer's  checklist (Univ. Michigan Museum
       Zoology,  Misc.  Publication  No.  15).   The species and
       subspecies of tiotiopbi.* which have been confused with
       NotJtop&4,& cfe^>tc-to4aA are discussed in detail.   At  the
       end of the paper the fishes of this fauna are again
       listed to bring the changes in line with the  published
       list.

       The fish fauna of the Great Lakes and tributary waters
       comprises, according to the present list, 158 species
       or a total of 180 forms, subspecies included.
                            -10*1-

-------
263.  Hubbs, Carl L.  and Karl P.  Lazier.   1939.   Keys for the
           identification of the  fishes of the Great Lakes
           and tributary waters.   Published by authors.
           Ann Arbor, Michigan.  Unnumbered.

      The authors have attempted  to print a guide which might
      readily and accurately Identify the fishes of the Great
      Lakes and tributary waters.  The guide consi&ts of a
      series of keys, the first to the families and the
      others to the genera, species and subspecies in each
      family.  The present work presupposes on elementary
      knowledge of fish anatomy and of the methods used in
      ichthyological research.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology
      Library).

264.  Hubbs, Carl and Karl P. Lagler.  19^1.  Guide to the
           fishes of the Great Lakes and tributary waters.
           Cranbrook Institute of Science.  Bulletin No. 18.
           100 p.

      For amateur or professional zoologists the accurate
      identifications of animals  and a knowledge of their
      ranges and habitats are of prime Importance.  The
      authors have attempted to provide a means by which all
      persons interested may:  learn the characters of
      importance for the identification of fresh-water
      fishes; "key" the Great Lakes species to their taxon-
      omic designation; become acquainted with their known
      geographic range; find an ecological annotation
      indicating the habitat in which each forms most fre-
      quently lives.   (Univ. of Toronto, Dept. Zoology).

265.  Hubbs, Carl L. and Karl P.  Lagler.  1964.  Fishes of
           the Great Lakes Region.  Publ. Ann Arbor, the
           Univ. Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan.  213 p.

      The book gives a complete survey of the fishes of the
      Great Lakes.  Included is the method of field study,
      identification of fishes and keys to the families,
      species and subspecies.  Also included is a discussion
      on each fish family found in the Great Lakes including
      their physical characteristics, habitat, life cycle
      and food.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

266.  Hubbs, Carl L. and T. E. B. Pope.  1937.  The spread
           of the sea  lamprey through the Great Lakes.
           Transactions American Fish. Society, 1936.  66:
           170-176.
                           -105-

-------
      In the Great Lakes the sea  lamprey  occurred naturally
      only in Lake Ontario.  The  construction  of canals  has
      enabled this species to invade  the  other Great  Lakes.
      The destructiveness of the  sea  lamprey has been
      noted in Lake Ontario and a similar problem will probably
      result in the remaining Great Lakes.  A  history of the
      observations and collections of the sea  lamprey is dis-
      cussed.  It is also mentioned that  there is no  means
      currently available to control  the  spread of the sea
      lamprey.

267.  Hubbs, Carl L, Boyd W. Walker and Raymond E.  Johnson.
           19*13.  Hybridization in nature between species of
           American cyprinodont fishes.   Univ.  Michigan,
           Contributions Lab. Vertebrate  Biol.   No. 23.
           pp. 1-21, plates 1-6.

      This paper analyzes the hybridization in nature between
      species of fish.  The discussion centers around the
      genera Cffi-copeopA, Luca*u.a, Pta.n.ttt>tu.& and fundu.tu.&
      combinations.  The only mention of  Lake  Ontario was
      as follows "the similar mass hybridization between
      iVoi/topA-t.4 ln.tttn.odon., Notnop&*.&  (La.yu.ga. and Nottiop&4.&
      anoge.nu.&, etc., indicated by Weed as probably occurring
      in Turtle Creek, Wisconsin, and in  Lake  Ontario, failed
      of confirmation when the material was re-examined."

268.  Hunt, George S.  1965.  The direct  effects on some
           plants and animals of  pollution in  the Great  Lakes.
           BloSclence.  15(3): 181-186.

      The article lists four types of pollution: chemical,
      including organics and inorganics;  physical,  including
      color, turbidity, temperature,  radioactivity, foam and
      suspended matter; physiological; and biological pollu-
      tion.  The author includes  in the article an example,
      using each of the above types of pollution, of  how the
      type of pollution injured an animal or plant.   For
      example, in Lake Ontario in I960, 5,000  ducks were
      contaminated with oil, and  in the Niagara River, of
      195 ducks banded, 23 had oil on them and 11 which  were
      clean at the time of banding were found  dead with  heavy
      oil on them.

269.  Hunter, Alf.  1911.  Untitled report to  Superintendent
           of Game and Fisheries.  Ontario Game and Fisheries
           Dept.  4th Annual Report, 1910.  pp.  12-13.
                          -106-

-------
      This paper reports a summary of the  findings  of the
      game and fish inspectors.   Noted was that  most  fisher-
      men have obeyed regulations.  Pishing has  been  improved
      over recent years in the Bay of Qulnte.   (Univ.  of
      Toronto, Zoology Library).

270.  Hunter, G. W. and Wanda S.  Hunter.   1932.   Studies on
           parasites of fish and  of fish-eating  birds.  NYS
           Conservation Detp., Supplemental 21st Annual Rept.
           for 1931, Biological Survey.  6: 252-271.

      During the summer of 1931 a total of 971 fish were
      examined to determine the parasitic  fauna  of  the fish
      in the area under survey.   It was necessary to  include
      many species of fish other  than game fish  since the
      parasitic fauna of one species oftentimes  affects
      another, i.e. larval forms  of some parasites  are found
      in one species of fish which became  mature in a second
      species if the first host is eaten by the  second.

      The data on game fish is summarized and  the most
      important points discussed.  Fish-eating birds,
      especially the bitter, great blue heron  and kingfishers
      were important because of their relationship  to the life
      cycle of some of the trematodes encysted in the flesh of
      fish.  For the same reason, snails were  also  examined.
      Included in the report is a chart on the distribution of
      Important parasites of some of the fishes  in  the St.
      Lawrence, Oswegatchie and Black River watersheds and a
      description of parasites found in each major  specie of
      fish.

      Hunter, R. P. - See:  C. W. Greene,  No.  221.

271.  Hunter, W. A.  1909.  Untitled.  Ontario Game and
           Fisheries Dept., 2nd Annual Report, 1908.   p. 18.

      The Game and Fishery warden of Belleville  reports during
      the last year fishing on the whole has Improved, espec-
      ially commercial fishing at the Bay of Quinte.   (Univ.
      of Toronto, Dept. Zoology).

      Hunter, W. A. - See:  G. W. Hunter,  No.  270.

      Huntsman, A. G. - See:  W.  J. K. Harkness, No.  230.
                          -107-

-------
272.  Huntsman, A. G.  1913.  XX.  Invertebrates other than
           insects and mollusks.  In:  Paull, J. H. (Ed.).
           The Natural History of the Toronto region, Ontario.
           Canadian Institute, Toronto, Ontario,  pp. 272-286.

      Contains a relatively complete list of Invertebrates
      found in the Toronto region.  The groups included are
      the Crustacea, Annelida, Bryozoa, Rotifers, Nematel-
      minthes, Platyhelminthes, Coelenterata, Porlfera and
      Protozoans.  (Toronto Royal Ontario Museum).

273.  Huntsman, A. G.  1915.  The fresh-water malacostraca of
           Ontario.  Contributions to Canadian Biology Pas. II
           Fresh Water Pish and Lake Biology.  Sessional Paper
           No. 39b.  pp. 145-163.

      This paper includes information on distribution and
      identification of Malacostraca in Ontario.  Several
      references are made to specimens collected from Lake
      Ontario.

271*.  Huntsman, A. G.  1917.  The lampreys of Eastern Canada.
           Ottawa Nat.  31(2): 23-27.

      The lampreys are of exceptional interest, owing to
      their peculiar structure and life history, as well as
      from the fact that they are the most primitive of
      vertebrates.  Comparatively little is known concerning
      their distribution in our waters.  Samples were not
      obtained from the drainage area of Lake Ontario, how-
      ever, the author feels that due to its occurrence in
      the St. Lawrence River and its tributaries, it is
      fairly certain that it will be found in the waters of
      Lake Ontario.  (Toronto Ontario Pish. Research Library,
      Zoology Library).

275.  Huntsman, A. G.  1930.  Attack on the fishery problem.
           Transactions American Pish. Society.  60: 172-177.

      A brief article on the problem of how to have more fish
      in any certain body of water.  It contains a short note
      about the absence of salt in the water of Lake Ontario
      in relation to the type of fish present.

276.  Huntsman, A. G.  1937.  Pish culture—Past and future.
           Transactions Anerican Pish. Society.  67: 87-93.

      A brief note on the restoration of the Atlantic salmon
      in streams flowing into Lake Ontario.
                          -108-

-------
277.  Huntsman, A. G.  191*1*.   Why did Ontario salmon disappear?
           Transactions Royal Society Canada.  3rd Series,
           Section 5.  38: 83-102.

      The salmon of the streams tributary to Lake Ontario dis-
      appeared during the latter part of the 19th century.
      Included in the paper is a history of their decline,  a
      discussion of size, rate of growth, sexual maturity,
      migrations, character of the better salmon streams,
      season of stream assent and fluctuation in abundance,
      and a list of the possible causes of their disappearance.
      The causes given are as follows:  overfishing, removal of
      forests, more rapid drainage, clearing of the stream bed,
      pollution of water, silting of spawning beds and preven-
      tion of salmon assent.

278.  Huntsman, A. G. and J.  R. Dymond.  19^0.  Pacific salmon
           not established in Atlantic waters.  Science.  91
           (2367):
      The great variety of salmon of the genus Oncorhynchus in
      the streams of the Pacific coast has stimulated the
      desire to establish them in the streams of the Atlantic
      coast, beginning in 1872.  Chinook salmon [G.  t4>c.ha.wyt&c.ka.)
      were stocked in the waters of New Brunswick and Ontario in
      an attempt to establish them there.  The plantings were
      made in streams of Lake Ontario, the last in 1925, and
      recent inquiry reveals that the species is now unknown in
      these waters.

      Hurlburt, W. E. - See:  R. W. Sheppard, No.  511, 512.

279.  Hurlburt, W. E.  1936.  Blue and lesser snow geese near
           Vineland, Ontario.  The Auk.  53: 207-208.

      Prom October 28 - October 30, 1935 there were observed
      thousands of geese on Lake Ontario near Jordan.  These
      flocks contained Blue and Lesser Snow Geese.  The geese
      disappeared on October 30.  Notes on the observations
      and distributions locally are included.

280.  Hutchinson, G. Evelyn.  1957.  A treatise on limnology.
           Volumn I.  J. Wiley and Sons, New York City, N. Y.
           176 p.

      Contains a brief note on floating Islands which occurred
      in Kingston Harbor on Lake Ontario in 1951.
                           -109-

-------
281,  Hyde, Sidney A.  1939.  The ecology and economics of the
           birds along the Northern Boundary of New York State.
           Roosevelt Wildlife Bulletin.  7(2): 67-215.

      A description of habitats and their birds including the
      open waters of Lake Ontario, sheltered bays, beaches,
      marshes and swamps along the northern boundary of New
      York State is presented here.  Notes on the birds dis-
      tribution, economic relations, ecology and an annotated
      list of birds on the area is included.

282.  Ide, P. P.  1937.  Descriptions of Eastern North American
           species of Baetine mayflies with particular refer-
           ence to the nymphal stages.  Canadian Entomology.
           69: 235-243.

      This excerpt presents descriptions of three genera of
      mayfly nymphs  (Heterocloeon, Pseudoclaeon and Cloeon)
      found at two locations in Canada, the Credit and Ottawa
      Rivers.  The physical character of the species are
      described in detail; diagrams are included.  (Toronto
      Ontario Pish. Research Lab, Zoology Library).
283.  Ide, P. P.   1954.  The nymph of RhithfiOQtna.
           (Ephemerlda) and two closely related species from
           the  same  locality in Southern Ontario.  Canadian
           Entomology.  86(8): 348-356.

      Presented in this paper is information on three species
      of RhithfLO ge.no. from tributaries of Lake Ontario.  Dls-
    • cussed are taxonomy, habitat and distribution and
      relationship between the species.

      Inglis, Anthony - See:  Croswell Henderson, No. 244.

284.  International  Joint Commission.  1951.  Report of the
           International Joint Commission United States and
           Canada  on the pollution of boundary waters.
           Washington, D. C.  321 p.

      The areas reported Include Western Lake Erie, the Niagara
      River and a  10  mile radius of Lake Ontario centered at
      the mouth of the Niagara River.  Routine determinations
      included  conforms, biochemical oxygen demand, bacter-
      iological examinations and plankton determinations.  The
      analytical procedures followed were those contained in
      "Standard Methods for Water Analysis," 9th edition.
                          -110-

-------
285.  International Joint Commission.  1967.   Summary report
           on pollution of the Niagara River.  Washington,
           D. C.  U3 p.

      The report gives an up-to-date summary on the present
      pollution problems of the Niagara River.  Although most
      of the pollution problems have been eliminated as far
      as the I.J.C. objectives are concerned, there are still
      a few areas in the river in which the x^ater quality fails
      to meet their objectives.  Problems cited in the report
      include high coliform counts, high concentrations of
      phenol, oil concentrations and odor and discoloration of
      the water.

286.  International Joint Commission.  1969.  Pollution of
           Lake Erie, Lake Ontario and the International
           Section of the St. Lawrence River.  Washington,
           D. C.  Volume 1.  150 p.

      In Volume 1 the Boards have endeavored to summarize the
      findings and to identify the critical problems of pollu-
      tion and pollution control measures which are of
      immediate concern to both countries, as well as those
      long range problems which must be brought under continu-
      ing review and study.

287.  International Joint Commission.  1969.  Pollution of
           Lake Erie, Lake Ontario and the International
           Section of the St. Lawrence River.  Volume 3«
           Washington, D. C.  329 p.

      The report has been prepared in three volumes.  Volume
      3 contains the scientific and engineering data and
      findings which have been used to determine the sources
      and levels of pollution in Lake Ontario, as well as
      recommendations for the necessary remedial measures.
      The report combines a historical review of aquatic
      biological data with the results of more recent surveys
      conducted by the PWPCA and OWRC.

288.  International Joint Commission.  1970.  Pollution of
           Lake Erie, Lake Ontario and the International
           Section of the St. Lawrence River.  Washington,
           D. C.  174 p.

      This report represents the culmination of work by the
      I.J.C. on the inquiry into the extent, causes and loca-
      tions of pollution in Lakes Erie and Ontario and the
      International Section of the St. Lawrence River.
                           -Ill-

-------
      Pollution and enrichment have changed the biological
      communities of Lake Ontario.  The cecedophora and
      phytoplankton problems are mentioned.  The changes in
      the benthos and fish populations and factors contri-
      buting to it are discussed.  Accumulation of mercury,
      DDT and organic chemical levels are of interest and
      are discussed.

      Bacterial contamination from the Niagara River and con-
      trast between shore and off shore lake waters are
      discussed.  The effect of Increases in algae and
      bacteria In relation to humans is mentioned along with
      the effect oils, DDT, mercury and other pollutants have
      on wildlife in Lake Ontario.

      General and specific objectives for remedy of these
      problems In relation to the biota of the lake are made.
      Recommendations and conclusions are included.

289.  International Joint Commission Lake Erie-Lake Ontario
           Advisory Board, 1971.  Summary Report on Pollution
           Abatement.  Progress in the Niagara River Area.
           Washington, D. C.  6l p.

      This paper Is a summary of the pollution abatement pro-
      gress In the Niagara area that has occurred since 196?.
      The objectives of the abatement concerning microbiology
      was that the total conform count of local waters shall
      not exceed 1000/100 ml and that fecal coliform shall  not
      exceed 200/100 ml.  Waters to be used for recreation
      should be free from bacteria, fungi and viruses that
      may produce enteric disorders, or eye,  ear, nose, throat
      and skin Infections.

      Data collected since 196? shows that the bacteriological
      quality of the Niagara River Is approximately the same
      as it was in 1967.  This is expected as corrective
      measures have not been completed.   Studies show that  the
      U. S. waters within 1000 feet of shore  in the upoer River
      are ranging between 1000 and 5000/100 ml.   The Canadian
      shore was significantly lower.  The lower Niagara River
      has counts averaging 1000-3000/100 ml and there is very
      little difference between Canadian and  U.  S,  waters.

      The bentak biology of the Niagara River was also con-
      sidered.   The community in the U.  S. waters are primarily
      pollution tollerant organisms and the Canadian waters
      having primarily pollution sensitive organisms.
                           -112-

-------
290.  Jackson, Daniel P.  1966.  Photosynthetic rates of
           CtoLdopkofia. fitiacta from two sites in Lake Ontario
           under natural and laboratory conditions.  Univ. of
           Michigan, Great Lakes Research Division.  Proceed-
           ings 9th Conference Great Lakes Research.  Pub. 15:
           44-50.

      Photosynthetic and respiration rates of Ctadophobia
      4x.ac.ta. were measured under natural conditions in Lake
      Ontario at Oswego, New York, and in Henderson Bay during
      the months of June-July and September-October, 1965.
      The average photosynthetic rate for the early summer
      months for Lake Ontario at Oswego was 2.63 while that
      of Henderson Bay was 2.35 ul 02/hr/mg ash-free dry wt.
      The fall months average was 1.27 for Oswego and 0.50 ul
      Op/hr/me; ash-free dry wt. for the Henderson Bay area.
      Respiration rates were slightly higher in Henderson Bay,
      both in the early summer and in the fall.

      Ctadophona. samples to which specific quantities of the
      radlo-nuclide P~p were added showed only a slight average
      increase in photosynthetic activity in samples collected
      in June and July from the Oswego site (0.17 ul 0?/hr/mg
      ash-free dry wt.).  Ctadopkotia samples collected in
      September and October and treated with P~p had an average
      increase of 1.04 ul 02/hr/mg ash-free dry wt.

291.  Jackson, Daniel P.  1967.  A study of the periphytic
           organisms of the eastern end of Lake Ontario.
           Proceedings 10th Conference Great Lakes Research.
           PP. 31-36.

      Pour different locations along the shoreline of the
      eastern section of Lake Ontario in Mew York State were
      selected to study the qualitative and quantitative com-
      position of the attached and associated free living
      forms of algae.  The study period was between Flay 1 and
      November 1, 1966.  Analyses of the periphyton communities
      were made from organisms harvested from plexiglass plates
      suspended at eight different depths at each station.

      The average biomass of a 3.6 m vertical water column in
      eastern Lake Ontario, from 1,920 determinations, yielded
      78.3 mg ash-free dry wt./sq. dm.  The average maximum
      quantity of biomass measured at all stations occurred in
      June.  Zoospores and germlings of Ctadopkotia. were abun-
      dant on all slides collected in the plexiglass plates
      consisted of 35 genera.
                          -113-

-------
292.  Jackson, Daniel F.  196?.  Lake  Ontario  and  the  St.
           Lawrence River - What are their  fates?   Presented
           to the Cape Vincent Chamber of Commerce and the
           Cape Vincent Village Board.   (Mimeo)  Unnumbered.

      A discussion of the algae problem in  Lake  Ontario and
      the changes in the commercial fishing in Lake Ontario
      from 1952 to 1962.  The paper is  geared  tov/ard the
      recreational aspects of Lake Ontario.  (Rochester-EPA).

293-  Jackson, Daniel P., Nelson L. Nemerow and  Myrton C. Rand,
           1964.  Ecological investigations of the Oswego
           River drainage basin.  I.   The Outlet.   Univ. of
           Michigan, Great Lakes Research Division.  Proceed-
           ings 7th Conference Great Lakes  Research.   Pub. 11:
           88-99.

      The Oswego River drainage, 5121  square miles,  is the
      largest drainage area of the eastern  part  of Lake
      Ontario.  In order to ascertain  its effect on the lake,
      a series of sampling stations has  been established at
      10 different sties along contributing streams.   This
      report represents the results obtained at  Station 1,
      the outlet of the Oswego River into Lake Ontario,  from
      January 10 through March 6, 1964.  Weekly  average values
      for phosphates were 3.31 mg/1, total  KJeldahl nitrogen,
      2.06 mg/1; alkylbenzenesulphonate, 0.16 mg/1.  The
      average weekly pH value was 1.2 while  the  water  tempera-
      ture averaged 3°C, with a flow of  7.257  cfs.   The
      average coliform count was 14,178  per 100  ml,  the
      average weekly total phytoplankton value was  1,190
      organisms per ml, while the zooplankton population,
      which consisted almost entirely of rotifers,  averaged
      4.4 per liter.  The perlphyton community consisted of
      55 species representing 28 genera.  The weekly average
      number of algal species growing on bricks  in the river
      was 25.  These had a volatile weight  of  4.2  mg/1 and
      consisted of 913/cm .  The pollution  load  of the Oswego
      River was evaluated from Information  obtained through
      this study.

      James, M. C. - See:  Glen C. Leach, No.  327.

294.  Jennings, H. S.  1^99.  Rotatoria  of  the United  States,
           with especial reference to those  of the  Great Lakes.
           Bulletin of the U. S. Pish Commission.   19:  67-104.

      Notes observation in the Niagara River by  Kellicott of
      rio&c.u.la.*.i
-------
      Jermolajev, E.  G.  - See:   Daniel J.  Faber,  Mo.  158.

295.  Johnson, B. G.  H.   1968.   Biological data on see lampreys
           in the Humber River, Lake Ontario, 1968:   In:   Great
           Lakes Fishery Commission Report of Annual  Meeting,
           (Unpublished).  Appendix 3: 10-11.

      During the period of April to September 1968,  approxi-
      mately 1,200 spawning-phase sea lampreys were  caught
      in the Humber River, a tributary of Lake Ontario.   The
      most successful fishing period was in mid-May,  and  the
      run was over, for practical purposes, by the end of
      July.  Sea lampreys captured to the end of July v/ere
      sexually mature and most  were judged ready to  spawn.

      Included is a chart containing the sex-ratios,  lengths
      and weights of male and female sea lamprey collected
      from the Humber River.

296.  Johnson, B. G.  H.   1969.   Some statistics of the popu-
           lations of parasitic ohase sea lampreys in
           Canadian waters of the Great Lakes.  Proceedings
           12th Conference Great Lakes Research,   pp. 45-52.

      Parasitic-phase sea lampreys, taken in commercial fishing
      gear, were collected from Great Lakes fishermen with
      records of the place, data and manner of capture.   The
      catch of sea lampreys per unit of effort was lower  in
      the North Channel then in Lake Huron proper or
      Georgian Bay, both in 1967 and in 1968, on early indi-
      cations of the success of sea lamprey control measures
      recently undertaken in the North Channel.  The  propor-
      tions of male to female sea lampreys taken in  the
      commercial fishery declined markedly in the fall in all
      areas sampled.   Segregation of the sexes could  bias
      those estimates of sea lamprey abundance that  are based
      on evidence of their numbers in the commercial  fishery.
      Rate of growth in length is nearly linear during the
      fishing season, but a consistent size difference exists
      between the sea lamprey attached to certain different
      host fishes.

297.  Johnson, B. G.  H.  and R.  B. Perkins.  1968.  Biological
           data on sea lampreys collected by commercial fish-
           ermen from Great Lakes waters - 1968.   In:  Great
           Lakes Fishery Commission Report of Annual  Meetings,
           (Unpublished).  Appendix 4: 12-16.
                          -115-

-------
      During 1968, commercial fishermen in the Great Lakes area
      submitted 1,962 sea lampreys with related catch data, in
      response to the reward offered by this station.  Laboratory
      examination for length, weight, sex, maturity and stomach
      content has been completed for 1,127 specimens, 695 from
      the Lake Huron main basin, 8l from North Channel, 211 from
      Georgian Bay, 137 from Lake Ontario and 3 from Lake
      Superior.

      Included are charts on lengths, sex ratios and lake where
      lamprey was caught.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

298.  Johnson, M. G. and D. H. Matheson.  1968.  Macroinverte-
           brate communities of the sediments of Hamilton Bay
           and adjacent Lake Ontario.  Limnology and Oceano-
           graphy.  13(1): 99-111.

      The distribution and abundance of benthic macroinverte-
      brates in Hamilton Bay and adjacent Lake Ontario were
      related to physical and chemical characteristics of the
      water and sediments and to hydrodynamic factors.  The
      profundal sediments of Hamilton Bay, rich in organic
      matter, contained an abundance of Ltmno
-------
      This paper presents  a list  of benthic  macroinvertebrate
      species by Lake.   A  total of 85  accounts  published  between
      1872 and 1968 were examined in the  preparation  of this
      list.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

300.   Johnson, M. G. and G. E.  Owen.  1970.   The role of
           nutrients and their  budgets in the Bay  of  Quinte,
           Lake Ontario.  Ontario Water Resources  Commission,
           Toronto, Ontario.  24  p.

      The Bay of Quinte shows symptoms of cultural eutro-
      phication which are  markedly similar to those of
      Lake Erie.  Algal blooms  are severe and prolonged,
      and macroinvertebrate and fish communities are  com-
      posed of pollution-tolerant species.  The effects of
      excess nutrients on  algae,  some  invertebrates and
      fish is discussed.

301.   Johnson, M. G. and G. E.  Owen.  1971.   Nutrients and
           nutrient budgets in  the Bay of Quinte,  Lake
           Ontario.  Journal Water Pollution Control  Fed-
           eration.  43(5): 836-853.

      Among the symptoms of so-called  cultural  eutrophication,
      which sums the variety of human  activities contributing
      to excessive enrichment of lake  waters, are  nuisance
      blooms of algae, increased turbidity,  depletion of  deep-
      water oxygen and changes  in the  composition  of  communities
      of algae, invertebrates and fish.  These  symptoms are
      increasingly obvious in the Bay  of  Quinte of Lake Ontario,
      which is unfortunate because this bay  is  one of the finest
      natural features of  the St. Lawrence Great Lakes.

      The purpose of this  paper is to  describe  the severity of
      these symptoms, to associate these  with the  increased
      human activity on the Bay of Quinte which has led to
      Increased input of nutrients, to clarify  the respective
      significance of contributions from  tributary rivers and
      from municipal-industrial sources.

      Johnson, Raymond E.  - See:   Carl L. Hubbs, No.  267.

      Johnson, Wendell L.  - See:   Croswell Henderson, No.

302.   Jordan, David S.  1884.  The lesser white-fishes.  In:
           Goode, George Brown (ed.).   The Fishery Industries
           of the United States.   U. S. Commission Fish and
           Fisheries.  Section III, Part  Q(l69): 541-543.
                          -117-

-------
      The article discusses  the  least important white-fishes.
      The Cisco is mentioned as  being the smallest white-fish,
      rarely welshing  over half  a pound and being found in
      Lakes Michigan,  Erie and Ontario.

303.  Jordan, David  S.  and B. W. Everman.  1909.  A review of
           the salraonoid fishes  of the Great Lakes, with notes
           on the whitefishes of other regimes.  Bulletin U.S.
           Bureau Fish.   29: 55.

      In the investigations  of the fisheries of the Great
      Lakes region conducted in  1908 and 1909 by the Inter-
      national Fisheries Commission, the writers had an
      opportunity to examine great numbers of specimens of the
      food fishes and  especially of the Coregonlnae, known as
      whitefish and  lake herrings.  It has been clearly shown
      that the fauna of each of  the Great Lakes exhibits
      pecularities of  its own, and especially that each lake
      has one or more  species of the group called lake herrings
      or ciscoes peculiar to itself.  In this paper, the species
      of these and other groups  of freshwater Salmonidae are
      treated and figured somewhat fully.  The following species
      are described  as new:   Le.u.c.£c,kthy& 4upe*n  manitoutinu* ,
      onta.fL-ie.n6it> and  Le.u.c.u.Qlopt4,*
      Girard, the freshwater representative of a marine genus
      Oncocottu.6.  A complete description is given followed by
      comparison of  T/Ug-Copi-U on-taJucna-u (Lake Ontario off
      Toronto) with  T.  Atimp&oni (Lake Michigan off Chicago)
      and T.  thompAoni (Lake Ontario off Oswego).
                 thomptoni  and  Cottu.&  /Uce-t (a little known
      deep water sculpin) were  both found upon examination of
      stomachs of predatory ling (Lota. macu^oaa)  off Oswego.
305.  Judd, W. W.  1948.  A study  of the  population of Insects
           emerging as adults from the  Dundas  Marsh, Hamilton,
           Ontario, during 1948.   American Midland Naturalist.
           49(3): 801-824.
                          -118-

-------
     The  first recorded studies  of  insects ^from  the  Dundas
     Marsh  concern the phalaenoid moths,  A^t/ama  ob&i.qu.a.t&
     and  A.  eU^a-ia, whose  larvae drill  in  the leaves  of
     aquatic plants.  Moffat  (1888, l888a)  reported  collecting
     A. obtlqacLta from reeds  and stumps  in  the vicinity of  the
     marsh  and Johnson  (1889) recorded the  occurrence  of both
     of these species in  his  collections.   Moffat (1889) also
     reported collecting  A.  obtiquata and Nona.gtiJ.a jjorf-tani
     from a cat-tail, Typha Ap.   In 1946,  a few  species of
     insects were collected about the marsh and  in 1947 a
     project was undertaken to determine the times of  first
     and  last emergence and the period of maximum emergence
     of various  species which emerge as  adults  from the water.
     These  studies are discussed by Judd (1947,  19*19,  1949a,
     1950a). In 1948, a  study was  made  of pysulation  of
     insects emerging from  the marsh from March  to November,
     the  present paper being a report on this project.

     Between March 16 and November  20, 1948, 15,338 adult
     insects emerging from  the waters of the Dundas  Marsh were
     trapped in  5 cages,  representing an average emergence  of
     409  Insects per square foot during  the period.   The orders
     represented were Ephemergstera (9.9/0* Odonato (1.5$),
     Trichoptera (0.5*),  Lepidoptera (0.935), Diptera (87.1 JO
     and  Hymenoptera (O.ljO.   Midges of  the family Tendipedilae
      (Chirmomidae)  constituted 92.5/5 of  the Diptera.

306.  Judd,  W. W.  1950.   Plants collected in the Dundas Marsh.
           Hamilton,  Ontario., 1946.  Canadian Field Naturalist,
                  127-130.
      Contains a list of plants collected in the Dundas Marsh,
      Hamilton in the summer of 1946 in the course of an
      ecological survey of the region.  The list encompasses
      the Hepaticae, Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta represented
      by 39 families from the Typhaceae through the Compositae.

      Jurkovlc, Arnold - See:  Allan Bruce, No. 79.

      Jurkovic, Arnold - See:  A. S. Menon, No. 364.

 07.  Kellicott, D. S.  1878.  Notes on microscopic life in
           Buffalo water supply,  American Journal Microscopy
           and Popular Science.  3: 250-252.

      This paper includes notes on early microscopic observa-
      tion of microorganisms from the Buffalo water supply
      which at the time was unflltered Niagara River water.
                           -119-

-------
      It  was noted that in the spring and fall that large
      populations of the diatom Me£o4
-------
311.  Kennedy, W. A.  1956,  Current fisheries research by
           Canadians on the Great Lakes.  Transactions
           American Pish. Society.  86: 419-423.

      The various activities are reviewed and they fall into
      two categories:  1. a contribution towards eliminating
      sea lamprey from the Great Lakes, and 2. some general
      fishery research.

      With reference to Lake Ontario, an experiment to determine
      the effectiveness of planting whitefish fry as a manage-
      ment technique is almost completed.  The data so far
      collected tend to show that plantings do not influence
      year-class strength appreciably.

      The group on Lake Ontario is also cooperating with New
      York State investigators in an experiment to determine
      whether the planting of lake trout fingerlings is likely
      to be an effective way to rehabilitate the trout popu-
      lations of the lake.  The experiment is incomplete but
      examination of small lake trout indicates that the
      planted fish are contributing significantly to the on-
      coming year classes.

312.  Kennedy, W. A.  1957.  Current fisheries research by
           Canadians on the Great Lakes.  Studies from the
           Stations of the Fisheries Research Board of
           Canada.  FRB No. 495.

      The activities described in this report include:  A
      contribution towards eliminating sea lamprey from the
      Great Lakes; and some general fishery research.
      Research on Lake Ontario include a whitefish management
      program and a lake trout rehabilitation program.
      (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

313*  Kerr, John W.  1874.  Notes relative to the whitefish.
           Report U. S. Fish Commission, Fresh Water Fisheries
           of U. S. (1872-73).  Washington, D. C.  pp. 81.

      Presented in this short note is a comparison of whitefish
      between Lakes Erie and Ontario concerning taste and
      dimensions of the fish.

31*1.  Kiel, Peter.  1874.  The white-fish of the Great Lakes.
           2. Lakes Erie and Ontario.  U. S. Commission Fish
           and Fisheries, Report for 1872-1873.  Part 2: 81-84.

      Contains notes on the habits and varieties of some
      specimens of whitefish taken in Lake Ontario.
                           -121-

-------
315.  Kindle, E. M.  1925.  The bottom deposits of Lake Ontario.
           Transactions Royal Society Canada, 3rd Series.  19
                47-102.
      Included in this paper is a discussion of the organic
      features of the bottom deposits in Lake Ontario.  The
      plant zones begin with the cat-tails which give way to
      the bullrushes (depth 4-51), then to the pond weeds
      (depth6-15') and finally to the diatom and algal flora
      (depth up to 150') of which Ctadopkona is quite common.
      At depths below 200' there doesn't seem to be any plant
      life.

      The discussion of plant zones is followed by a discussion
      of faunal zones.  The extent to which the distribution of
      different groups or invertebrates depends upon depth of
      water is shown in a table.  As can be seen from the
      table, the  invertebrates range from approximately 1 to
           with the greatest abundance in the shallower zones.
 316.   Kingsbury,  John.   1968.  Review of the algal literature
            for  New York  State.   In:  D. P. Jackson (ed.). -
            Algae, Man  and  the Environment.  Syracuse Univ.
            Press, Syracuse,  N. Y.  pp. 525-5^1.

       New  York  State is  unique among states in its aquatic
       resources.   It is  the  only state having an open shore-
       line on both the Great Lakes and the Atlantic Ocean.
       With Michigan alone, it borders on more than one Great
       Lake.  The  central part of the state is dominated by
       the  Finger  Lakes,  of unusual depth, and Oneida Lake, of
       nearly opposite  characteristics.  Payetteville Green
       Lake presents a  textbook example of chemical stratifica-
       tion.  Pristine  mountain lakes of the Adirondacks in the
       east contrast with eutrophic Chautauqua Lake at the
       western end of the state.  Cayuga Lake grows Cta.dophon.&
       balls that  are as  large as any reported in the world.

       Limnoligical investigations of the waters of New York
       State have  been  comprehensively reviewed.  This essay,
       therefore,  emphasizes  investigations relating particu-
       larly to  algae.  Included  in the essay is water supply
       investigations from  1860-1905 and New York State
       biological  survey  which occurred in 1927-19*10.
                           -122-

-------
317.   Kinney, W. L.  1971.   The macrobenthos of Lake Ontario.
           Abstract of paper presented at the l^th Conference
           Great Lakes Research, Toronto, Ontario, April 19-
           21, 1971. pp. 111-112.

      The distribution and abundance of the macrobenthos of
      Lake Ontario and selected adjacent bays, harbors, river
      mouths and inshore sites were investigated during the
      past four years in an effort to relate macrolnvertebrate
      benthic ecology to water quality.

      Lake Ontario bottom faunal data Indicate that organic
      pollution influences the composition of the macrobenthic
      communities in nearshore environments.

318.   Kleerekoper, H., Grace Taylor and R. Wilton.  1961.
           Diurnal periodicity in the activity of Te.tfionu.yzon
           mafL4.nu.rn and the effects of chemical stimulation.
           Transactions American Pish. Society.  90(1): 73-78.
      Specimens of the parasitic stage of Pe.tnomyzon
      vrere obtained from Lake Ontario and Lake Huron.  Larval
      forms were captured in the general region of Hammond
      Bay, Lake Michigan.

      Both the transforming ammocoete and parasitic lamprey
      display an endogenous cyclic activity rhythm.  The
      rhythm is gradually lost in constant conditions of dim
      light but is re-established by exposing the animal to
      one to two artificial diurnal light cycles.  Rhythm in
      the parasite can also be re-established by exposing the
      animal during a single short period to chemical sensory
      stimulation produced by the scent of fish.  Diurnal
      rhythm so established was maintained during a period of
      5 days at the end of which observations ceased.  Sensory
      stimulation can function as a "setting" mechanism of the
      physiological clock.  In this instance, the setting
      mechanism is not related to the metabolism of the animal
      but must have its seat in the central nervous system.

319.  Koel2, Walter.  192*1.  Two new species of Cisco from the
           Great Lakes.  Univ. Michigan, Museum Zoology.
           Occasional Papaer.  146: 1-8.

      The paper describes two new species of Ciscoe, including
      physical characteristics and distribution.
                           -123-

-------
320.  Koelz, Walter.  1926.  Pishing Industry of the Great
           Lakes.  Dept. of Commerce, U. S, Bureau Fisheries
           Document No. 1001.  pp. 601-609.

      This report gives a general description of the physical
      characteristics of the lake, as well as a history,
      present status methods and apparatus of the fishing
      industry of the lake.  Principal species of the commercial
      fisheries, other indigenous species and introduced species
      are listed along with their distribution and the method of
      capture.  The fishing regulations for commercial fisher-
      men and sport fishermen are also included.  (Univ. of
      Toronto, Zoology Dept.).

321.  Koelz, Walter.  1927.  The necessity for scientific
            investigation of the commercial aid game fish of
            the province of Ontario.  Paper presented at the
            Divisional Conference for Biological Inquiries,
            Washington, D. C.  (January 4-7, 1927). 11 p.

      The address contains a general description of the
      commercial and game fisheries and their values of the
      years 192*1-1926.  A comparison is given of the size
      in pounds of the total annual commercial yield of the
      fisheries of the 5 great Lakes.  The authors cites
      the severe depletion of the herring fishery in Lake
      Erie  and warns of the continued depletion of choice
      commercial and the less desirable fishes.  Although
      there are nine governments administering some form of
      legislation, none of this is coordinated, therefore,
      little is accomplished in remedying the plight of the
      commercial fisheries.

      The author cites the problem at hand:  to maintain a
      supply of the commercially utilized fish and increase
      methods which help eliminate serious competitors of
      the commercial and game fishes.

      Kossiakina, E. 0. - See:  Daniel J. Paber, No. 158.

322.  Kumlien, Ludwig.  1887.  The fisheries of the Great
            Lakes.  Fisheries and fishery industries of the
            U. S., Section 5.  1: 755-769.

      Presented here is a discussion of the fish catching
      apparatus used in the Great Lakes around 1887.  The
      pound net industry was the most important in the Lakes
      but the Lake Ontario pound net fisheries was considered
      minor with only a few stations near Sackett's Harbor

-------
      and Cape Vincent.   The  apparatus  and methods  of fishery
      are discussed.   The gill net  fishery is  the second most
      Important but Lake Ontario is still of less Importance
      than the rest of the lakes.   Grounds of limited extent
      exist in the vicinity of Paultneyville,  Pair  Haven,
      Oak Orchard, Wilson, Braddocks Bay, Charlotte and Collse
      Landing.  The fishermen, apparatus and methods of fishery
      are included.  The seine fishery  is also presented with a
      discussion of the methods and apparatus  of its use.  It
      is mentioned that seining is  quite important  around Port
      Ontario in Lake Ontario.  Some minor fishery  methods
      such as nets and spawning are mentioned,

      Lachner, Ernest A. - See:  Edward C. Raney, No. 481.

      Lagler, Karl P. - See:   Carl  L. Hubbs, No. 263, 264, 265.

323.   Lapworth, E. D.  1956.   The effect of fry plantings on
           whitefish production in  Eastern Lake Ontario.
           Journal Fisheries  Research Board Canada.  13(4):
           547-558.

      Whitefish fry were planted in the Bay of Quinte and
      adjacent waters in numbers varying from 208 millions
      in 1927 to none in 1945.  Since 50? of the commercial
      whitefish catch from these waters consisted of five-
      year-old fish, whitefish production in each of the
      years from 1929 to 1951 was compared to the number of
      fry planted 5 years previously (1924-1946).   No
      correlation could be found between the number of fry
      planted and the production of whitefish 5 years later.
      The largest number of fry planted (208 million in 1927)
      was followed by the lowest production of the  entire
      period (95 thousand pounds in 1932).  On the  other hand,
      following no planting in 1945, production in  1950 vras
      approximately normal (162 thousand pounds).

      The age composition of the commercial catch in the years
      1944-1951 was determined from scale samples.   By apply-
      ing the age composition to the total catches  in these
      years, the contributions of the year-classes  1940-1945
      have been estimated.  The number of fry planted probably
      did not affect the contribution of these year-classes to
      the fishery.

324.   LaRocque, Aurele.  1953-  Catalogue of the recent
           molluska of Canada.  National Museum of  Canada
           Bulletin No. 129.   406 p.
                           -125-

-------
      The purpose  of the catalogue is to give a list of the
      Mollusca found in Canada or in the seas off its coast,
      together with the following information on each species:
      (1) a reference to the original description, (2) other
      references in which further data on the species may be
      found, (3) its type locality, (*) its exact range, so
      far as known.  Listed are the mollusks found in Lake
      Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

325.  Lawrence, W. Mason.  1955.  The Great Lakes fisheries.
           New York State Conservationist.  9(3): 12-13.

      The paper discusses the events which lead up to the
      formation of a Great Lakes Fishery treaty signed by
      the United States and Canada.  The treaty provides
      for Joint action by the U. S. and Canada in fishery
      research and in control of the sea lamprey in the
      Great Lakes.  To carry out this work both governments
      agree to establish a Great Lakes Fishery Commission.
      It is hopen that research will point the way to greater
      sustained production of lake trout, blue pike and perch,
      which would obviously be of benefit to both sport and
      commercial  fishermen.

 326.  Lawrie,  A.  H.   1970.  The sea lamprey in the Great Lakes.
            Transactions American Fish. Society.  99: 766-775-

      This  paper  pertains basically to the problems that the
      establishment  of  the sea lamprey has had on Lake Erie
      and  upper Great Lakes, its controls measures and
      effectiveness  of  control.  Mention is made of Lake Ontario
      as being the  source of the original sea lampreys to  the
      upper Great Lakes via the Welland Canal.

 327.  Leach,  Glen C., M. C. James  and E. J. Douglass.  19*1.
            Propagation  and distribution of food  fishes,
            fiscal year  19*0.  U. S. Dept. Interior, Bureau
            Fish., Report Commissioner Fish,  for  19*0.
            Appendix *:  555-603.

      In the section on Great Lakes  species, reference to
      Lake Ontario was  made as  follows:   A total of 6,335,000
      whitefish eggs were  received from local  fishermen  and
      the  resultant fry were  planted in Lake Ontario.  The
      lake-herring eggs  secured from commercial  fishermen
      were few and of poor quality, but such as  were  obtained
      were released in  Lake Ontario.
                            -126-

-------
328.   Leach, John P.   1962.   Summer food and feeding of the
           white perch, Roccu* ame^cawu^ (Gemlin)  In the
           Bay of Quinte.   Univ.  Toronto, Dept.  Zoology.
           Masters thesis.   58 p.

      Since the white perch has Invaded Lake Ontario and sub-
      sequently the Bay of Quinte, the numbers of the species
      have rapidly increased creating several problems
      including the effect that this species might  have on
      existing fauna of the Bay.   It is possible, that white
      perch may prey on or compete for food with other of the
      Bay species.  It is  evident that basic Information on
      the life history and ecology of this species  in these
      waters would facilitate an understanding of this pro-
      blem.  Consequently, a preliminary study of the summer
      food and feeding of  the white perch in the Bay of
      Quinte.  (Toronto Ontario Pish. Research Library,
      2 oology Library).

329.   Letson, Elizabeth.  1905,  Checklist of the molluska of
           New York.  New  York State Museum Bulletin 88: 1-112

      A list of species of mollusks in New York State with
      reference to distribution within the state.

330.   Letson, Elizabeth.  1909.  A partial list of the shells
           found in Erie and Niagara Counties and the Niagara
           Frontier.  Bulletin Buffalo Society Natural
           Sciences.  9(2): 239-245.

      Contained in the paper is a list of shells encompassing
      approximately 152 species found in Erie and Niagara
      counties, and the Niagara Frontier.  Of those 152
      species, 4l were reported from the Niagara River and 1
      was mentioned from Lake Ontario.

331.   Lewis, C. E.  1886.   St^ans in the Niagara River.  Forest
           and Stream.  26: 167.

      Contains a brief note on the occurrence of ten swans
      swimming in the Niagara River below the Falls and the
      capture of one of the birds.

332.   Lewis, C. P. M. and  R. N. McNeely.  1967.   Survey of
           Lake Ontario bottom deposits.  Proceedings 10th
           Conference Great Lakes Research,  pp. 133-1^2.
                           -127-

-------
      Short  gravity  cores  and grab samples,  recovered during
      a  continuing reconnaissance survey initiated in 1966,
      were used to study the distribution,  stratigraph and
      chronology of  Lake Ontario bottom deposits.   Three major
      groups of surficial deposits were recognized:  complex
      near shore sediments; glaciolacustrlne clays; post-
      glacial muds.   Organic contents of 2  to 6/5 and median
      particle diameters of 1 to 4 microns  are typical of the
      offshore surficial muds.  Pollen in these sediments
      facilitates correlation and subdivision and indicated
      that the present sedimentation rate in the main basin
      is approximately 10 cm per century.  Several sediment
      sequences confirm the post-glacial low-level Admirality
      Lake stage and suggest it may have reached lower levels
      than previously believed.

333-  Loftus, K. H.   1950.  The sea lamprey  in Ontario.
           Sylva.  6(3): 25-35.

      Contains a general description and natural history of
      the sea lamprey and a discussion of its spread from
      Lake  Ontario where a landlocked form was known to occur
      to its invasion of the upper Great Lakes.  Possible
      methods of control and their disadvantages are also
      discussed.  (Univ. Toronto Main Library).

33^.  Loftus, K. H.   1959.  Ontario-New York Conference.
          Minutes of Meeting, April 9-10,  1959, Watertown,
          New York.  9 p. (Unpublished).

      The various sections, all of which are very  brief, of
      the conference which mention Lake Ontario are as follows:
      6-lake trout studies; 10-whitefish; 11-American eel;
      12-general status of commercial fishery; 13-yellow pick-
      erel;  l4-smallmouth bass; 15-salmon;  18-prospectus for
      Lake  Ontario research; and 19-relationship of committee
      to commission.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

335.  Ludwig, James  Plnson.  1965.  Biology  and structure of
          the Caspian tern (HydA.opn.ognz c.a.&pj.a) population
          of the G-eat Lakes from 1896-1964.  Bird Banding.
           36(4): 217-233.

      This paper deals primarily with an analysis  of 370
      recoveries of  CAsplans banded as chicks in the Great
      Lakes' colonies.  Data gathered between 1959 and 1964
      on population, size, nesting, food habits and endo-
      parasites are  also presented.  Data on population and
      nesting was gathered by counting nests, dead chicks,
      etc, or by standard census procedures.  Maps show
                           -128-

-------
      recovery on the Niagara River and Lake Ontario for only
      Juvenile Caspian terns age 0-6 months.  (Toronto-Royal
      Ontario Museum).

336.  Ludwig, James Pinson.  1966.  Herring and ring-billed
           gull populations of the Great Lakes, 1960-1965.
           Univ. of Michigan, Great Lakes Research Division.
           Proceedings 9th Conference Great Lakes Research.
           Pub. 15: 80-89.

      The gull populations of the Great Lakes have increased
      enormously in the last decade.  During this 6-year study,
      herring gulls (LO.HO.& CLn.gnnta.tu4) increased from 24,000
      to 1*3,000 breeding pairs in Lakes Huron and Michigan,
      and ringbilled gulls (La/iuA de.tawa.>i.e.n&
-------
      environmental factors  such as storms,  pesticides  and
      botulisn are discussed.   Lake Ontario  has large popu-
      lations  of gulls with  about 400,000 ring-bill gulls
      nesting  there each year.

338.   MacKay,  H. H.  1925.   An estimate of the efficiency  of
           a three inch frill net as compared with a two and
           one-half inch gill net in herring fishing in Lake
           Ontario.  Univ.  of Toronto, Dept. Zoology.   7 p.
           (Unpublished).

      This report embodies the results of an investigation
      carried out under the direction of the Department of
      Game and Fisheries in an effort to determine the
      efficiency of a three inch gill net in herring fishing,
      in Lake Ontario.  The comparison was made chiefly on
      the basis of weight, the minimal weight of herring con-
      sidered as legal, being eight ounces.

      The percentage number of herring above legal weight  was
      much higher in the case of the three inch nets,  disre-
      garding the occurrence of L. hoiji.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

339.  MacKay, H. H.  1930.  Pollution problems in Ontario.
           Transactions American Pish. Society.  60: 297-305.

      Although the waters of Ontario are not subjected to  the
      same degree of pollution as those of the more industri-
      alized industrialization of the cities and towns  of
      Ontario, the problem of disposal of trade waste is one
      which calls for more than an ordinary  amount of vigilance
      If we are to preserve fish, and the life on which fish
      depend, from its destructive effects.

      The paper deals with the intensive studies done by the
      Pish Culture Branch of the Ontario Department of Game
      and Fisheries of suspected pollution situations in the
      waterways of Ontario.  In the studies  standardized
      field methods were used In order to leave the way open
      for legitimate comparisons.  The preliminary studies
      have been carried out in the following centres of
      suspected pollution:  Sarnia, Chatham, Bridgeport,
      Burlington Bay, Bridgeburg, Lindsay, Peterborough,
      Bauch, Midland, Huntsvllle, Sturgeon Falls, Temlskanlng,
      Haileybury, Timmlns, Iroquols Falls, Smooth Rock Falls,
      Kapuskaing, Sault Ste. Marie and Kenna.
                            -130-

-------
340.  MacKay, H. H.  1934.  Record of the alewife from Lake
           Huron.  Copeia.  No. 2: 97.

      Contains a brief note on the occurrence of Pomotobu.*
      pAeudo-fiaiewgua (Wilson) from Lake Huron with reference
      to the abundance of this species in Lake Ontario.

341.  MacKay, H. H.  1956.  The spring salmon (with notes on
           two other species, the chum salmon and the pink
           salmon).  Sylva.  12(6): 25-33.

      The article discusses the various aspects of the spring
      salmon including distribution, habitat, habits and game
      qualities.  The distribution, habits and economic value
      of the chum and pink salmon are also discussed.

      Included are notes on the occurrence of the spring salmon
      in Lake Ontario.  Also plantings of the spring salmon
      from the Newcastle Hatchery, Ontario into Lake Ontario and
      some of its tributaries for the years 1875-1882 and 1919-
      1925 are presented in tabular form.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Main Library).

342.  MacKay, H. H.  1963.  Pishes of Ontario.  Ontario Dept.
           of Lands and Forests.  Toronto, Ontario.  300 p.

      Each area of the earth's surface has its own collection
      of animals, including its fishes.  When the fish life of
      one geographical area differs from that of another, an
      account of the fishes of the area and of the conditions
      required for their success is necessary before management
      principles can be successfully applied.  The purpose of
      this publication is to present such information for the
      Province of Ontario.

      The main body of this book consists of detailed descrip-
      tions of most of the important and common kinds of fishes
      found in the Province, including those of special interest
      to sportsmen because of their gameness, as well as those
      of considerable commercial value.   (Ontario Dept. Lands
      and Forests Maple).

      MacGillwary, E. - See:  H. H, MacKay, No. 343.

343.  MacKay, H. H. and Earl MacGillwary.  1946.  Recent
           investigations on the sea lamprey  (Pe-ttomt/zon
           maun4,u&) in Ontario.  Transactions American Fish.
           Society,  76: 148-159.
                            -131-

-------
      A  brief history of the  movement of the sea lamprey  from
      Lake  Ontario to the remaining Great Lakes is  presented.
      Information is presented obtained from questionnaires
      to Lake Huron about observations on sea lamprey on
      commercial fish catches.  Experimental fishing procedures
      for lamprey and results are presented along with some
      recommendations  on control methods and further investi-
      gations.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

344.   MacKay, H. H. and W. H. R. Werner.  1964.  Some observa-
           tions on the culture of maskinonge.   Transactions
           American Pish. Society.  64: 313-317.

      When the value of the Maskinonge as a game fish was
      realized in Ontario, its capture by commercial means
      was prohibited, closed seasons were enacted and artifi-
      cial culture and propogation was commenced.  At the
      Belleville and Glenora fish hatcheries, observations
      were noted on hatching breeding habits, growth water
      requirements and methods of handling the young
      Maskinonge.

345.  McAndrews, John H.  Undated.  Pollen analyses of the
           sediments of Lake Ontario.  For publication by the
           24th International Geological Congress,  submitted
           October 15, 1971.   Unnumbered.

      Analyses were made on 91 surface sediment samples and
      values were derived of both percentages and concentra-
      tions  (grains per gram dry sediment) of 61 taxa.
      Concentration was highest, over 80,000, in the deep-
      water  clays but was less than 40,000 in shallow, near-
      shore  silts and sands.   Pollen of ragweed and tree
      pollen, especially Pine and Oak, dominate the relatively
      uniform assemblage, however, significant percentage
      variations reflect nearness to upland source regions,
      river  discharges and recycling of sediment.

      Two deep-water  (over 180 m) cores at stations 80 km
      apart  penetrate 5 to 7 m of pestglacial sediment and
      9 to 11 m of late-glacial sediment.  Ei^ht pollen
      assemblage zones are present and correlate itfith radio-
      carbon and varve datd pollen assemblages from sediment
      of nearby small lakes.  The pollen concentration of the
      seven  postglacial zones Is  35 times greater than the
      late-glacial spruce zone reflecting both greater pollen
      influx and the  lesser rate  of matrix accumulation.   The
      ragweed zone begins at a depth 15 to 20 cm. from the
      surface and represents  forest clearance around the lake
      beginning in the early 19th century.
                            -132-

-------
346.   McCombie, All~n M.   1967a.   A recent study of the phyto-
           planktcn of the Bay of Quinte,  1964.   Proceedings
           10th Conference Great  Lakes Research,  pp.  37-62.

      This study was undertaken to assess  the quality  and
      quantity of phytoplankton in different parts of  the Bay
      of Quinte and compare present conditions at the  mouth of
      that bay with those found there by Allen Tucker  in 19*15.
      Samples were collected from the inner, middle and outer
      bay and from the mouth of the Trent  Canal, its main
      tributary.  Phytoplankton concentrations in the  inner
      bay were about 10 times those in the middle bay  and
      about 100 times those at the mouth.   Concentrations in
      the inner bay were about 10 times those in the middle
      bay and about 100 times those at the mouth.  Concentra-
      tions in the Treant Canal were similar to those  at the
      Bay mouth.  Supersaturation of surface waters with
      dissolved oxygen and low Secchi disc readings in the
      inner and middle bay reflected the bloom concentrations
      of algae.  In contrast, dissolved oxygen concentrations
      of 3 ppm or less were found at the bottom of the inner
      and middle bay at times in 1963 and 1964.   Diatoms and
      bluegreen algae dominated the counts in all 3 years while
      greens and other classes amounted to less than 10/6.
      There was no definite evidence of an increase in the
      phytoplankton concentrations at the  bay since 1945.
      However, the diatoms Tabellaria and Praglllaria  comprised
      a smaller fraction of the plankton there in 1963 and 1964
      than in 1945, while blooms of the bluegreen Aphanezomenon
      began a month earlier in the latter years.  Relations
      between the morphometric and edaphic conditions  and the
      phytoplankton concentrations are discussed and possible
      effects of artificial enrichment considered.  Some effects
      of currents on the phytoplankton distribution are also
      noted.

347.   McCombie, Allen M.   1967b.   Some physical and chemical
           characteristics of the Bay of Quinte.  Canada Dept.
           Lands and Forests.  Research Report No. 79.  56 p.

      In recent years, there has been growing a concern amongst
      commercial fishermen, anglers and biologists that some
      parts of the Bay of Quinte may have become eutrophic to
      the point where the fish populations are endangered.
      Accordingly, the Research Branch of the Ontario  Department
      of Lands and Forests undertook to study certain  aspects of
      the bay during the summers of 1963 and 1964 in order to
      compare present conditions with those reported by Tucker
      (1949) and Pal (1958).  As part of this study, two
                            -133-

-------
      synoptic surveys were carried out on June 23 and August
      25, 1964 „ in cooperation with the Division of Laboratories
      of the Ontario Water Resources Commission to determine the
      coliform counts, total alkalinities, water temperature,
      specific conductivities and the concentrations of total
      phosphorous, dissolved phsophorous, KJeldahl nitrogen,
      ammonia nitrogen, iron, chlorides and phenols in different
      parts of the bay.  This report deals primarily with the
      results of the synoptic surveys with occasional references
      to the results of the phytoplankton sampling.  In addition
      to the comparison between present and past conditions in
      the Bay of Quinte the present conditions in that body are
      compared with these reported at various times for other
      parts of the Great Lakes and neighbouring waters.

      McCrimmon, Hugh R.  1948.  The reintroduction of Atlantic
           salmon into tributary streams of Lake Ontario.  Trans-
           actions Americah Pish. Society.  78: 128-132.
      Experimental plantings of Atlantic salmon (Satmo
      fry were made in Duff in Creek, Ontario County, each year
      from 1944 to 1948.  Prom 1945 to 1947 a large part of
      the creek was planted uniformly at a density of one fry
      per yard, regardless of local stream conditions.  Each
      of these uniform plantings was followed by a study of the
      survival and distribution of the salmon during life in
      the creek.  Populations were estimated by the use of a
      one-man hand seine.  Each of the three uniform plantings
      resulted in the same pattern of survival over the stream
      system and showed the comparative suitability of various
      stream types for rearing salmon.  Unsedimented gravelly
      riffles were found to be necessary for a high survival
      of newly planted fry.  Subsequent survival to the smolt
      stage in areas not characterized by lethal summer tem-
      peratures was largely dependent on suitable habitats to
      accommodate the fish as they become larger.  Capture of
      smolts during the spring of 1948 showed that at least
      2% of the fry planted in 1946 reached Lake Ontario in
      19*18.  From the study of the survival of salmon, it must
      be concluded that a number of sections of Duff in Creek
      are suitable for the rearing of salmon to the smolt
      stage.  The fate of the salmon reaching Lake Ontario has
      yet to be determined.  (Canada Centre for Inland Waters).

349.  McCrimmon, Hugh R.  1950.  The reintroduction of Atlantic
           salmon into tributary streams of Lake Ontario.
           Transactions Americah Pish. Society.  78: 128-132.
                            -134-

-------
      Experimental  plantings  of  Atlantic salmon  (Sa£mo
      fry were  made in  Duffin Creek, Ontario  County, each year
      from  1944 to  1948.   Prom 1945 to  1947 a large part of
      the creek was planted uniformly at a density of one fry
      per yard, regardless of local stream conditions.  Each
      of these  uniform  plantings was followed by a study of
      the survival  and  distribution of  the salmon during life
      in the  creek.  Populations were estimated  by the  use of
      a one-man hand seine.  Each of the three uniform  plant-
      ings  resulted In  the same  pattern of survival over the
      stream  system and showed the comparative suitability of
      various stream types for rearing  salmon.  Unsedimented
      gravelly  riffles  were found to be necessary for a high
      survival  of newly planted  fry.  Subsequent survival to
      the smolt stage in areas not characterized by lethal
      summer  temperatures was largely dependent  on suitable
      habitats  to accomodate  the fish as they become  larger.
      Capture of smolts during the spring of  1948 showed that
      at least  2% of the fry  planted in 1946  reached  Lake
      Ontario in 1948.   Prom the study  of the survival  of
      salmon, it must be concluded that a number of sections
      of Duffin Creek are suitable for  the rearing of salmon
      to the  smolt  stage.  The fate of  the salmon reaching
      Lake  Ontario  has  yet to be determined.

350.  McCrlmmon, Hugh R.  1951.   Atlantic salmon in tributary
           streams  of Lake Ontario.   Sylva.   7(4):  3-9-

      A brief history of the salmon  in  Lake  Ontario waters  is
      given followed by a description of  the  experiment to
      determine whether or not Atlantic salmon can be re-
      Introduced into tributary  streams of  Lake  Ontario.
      (Univ.  of Toronto, Main Library).

351.  McCrimmon, Hugh R. and B,  Bidgood.   1965.   Abnormal
           Vertebrae in the rainbow trout  with particular
           reference to electro-fishing.   Transactions
           American Pish. Society.  94(1):  84-88.

      Rainbow trout, Salmo 3&e.x.dnt>i
-------
      McLarty,  D.  A.  - See:   V.  J. Bellls, No.  6l.

      McNaught, D. C. - See:  M. W. Penlon, No. 165.

      McNeely,  R.  W.  - See:   C.  P. M. Lewis, No. 332.

352.   Maher, P. P.  1969.  Our changing fish populations of the
           Great Lakes.  Ontario Fish and Wildlife Review.
           8(1): 2-8.

      Many changes of fish species in the Great Lakes can be
      directly or indirectly attributed to mans activities.
      In Lake Ontario roan has introduced carp and white perch,
      chenaok salmon, Coho salmon, kokanee and splake.  The
      effects of these on Lake Ontario has not always been
      beneficial as planned or failed to establish themselves.
      The planned introduction of desirable exotic fish after
      careful investigation pursued by the Department of Lands
      and Forests should yield a substantial benefit to the
      sport and commercial fisheries of the lake.

      Marin, L. - See:  C. Nalewajko, No. 389.

      Marion, R. M. - See:  A. D. Tennant, No. 550.

353.  Markello, Samuel J. and John P. Storr.  1971.  The use
            of the Ross Pine Line Recording Fathometer as a
            tool for measuring fish distribution in Lake Ontario
            Abstract of paper presented at the l4th Conference
            Great Lakes Research, Toronto, April 19-21, 1971.
            p. 148.

      The above study attempted to quantify fish distribution
      both  spacially and dlurnally off a nuclear power plant
      at Nine Mile Point, during the summer and fall of 1970.

354.  Marsh, C. Dwight.  1912.  Notes on fresh-water copepoda
            in the United States National Museum.  Proceedings
            U. S. National Museum.  42(1901): 245-255.

      Presented in this paper is a list of the localities in
      which copepoda were found in plankton collections
      received from United States National Museum in 1911.
      Information on identification and distribution is pre-
      sented.  Concerning Lake Ontario only information on
      species of copepods from Sodus Bay, New York is included.
                            -136-

-------
355.  Mason, E. J. R.  1933.  Smelts in Lake Ontario.   Copeia.
           No. 1: 34.

      Contains a brief note on the occurrence of a smelt,
      04me/tu4 mo/tcfax, on September 9, 1931 in Lake Ontario
      about 2 miles off Bowmanville.

356.  Mather, Fred.  1881.  Pishes which can live in both salt
           and fresh water.  Transactions American Pish.
           Society.  10: 65-75.

      Included in this article is a section on the striped
      bass in Lake Ontario.  A note on the occurrence of a
      sea bass weighing 6 pounds caught in Chaumont Bay is
      given.

357.  Mather, Fred.  1887.  Report of operations at Cold Spring
           Harbor, New York, during the season of 1885.  U. S.
           Commission Fish and Fisheries.  Report for 1885.
           Part 13: 109-115.

      The above is a report on the hatching and distribution
      of various species of Salmondlae and other fishes at
      the Cold Spring Harbor, New York station.  With refer-
      ence to Lake Ontario, 46,000 Penobscot salmon were
      planted in Oswego River, Lake Ontario.

358.  Mather, Fred.  1889.  Report of operations at Cold Spring
           Harbor, New York, during the season of 1886.  U. S.
           Commission Fish and Fisheries.  Report for 1886.
           Part 14: 721-728.

      The above is a report on the hatching and distribution
      of various fish at the Cold Spring Harbor, New York
      station.  With reference to Lake Ontario, 49,700 Atlantic
      salmon were planted in Oswego River, Lake Ontario.

      Matheson, D. H. - See:  M. G. Johnson, No. 298.

359.  Matheson, D. H.  1958.  A consolidated report on Burling-
           ton Bay.  Dept. Municipal Laboratories, City of
           Hamilton, Hamilton, Ontario.  Unnumbered.

      This report is a summary of the results of surveys of
      the condition of Burlington Bay which have been made
      over the past quarter century.  Biological data has been
      taken on coliform and total bacteria and a discussion of
      the deterioration in respect to sanitary conditions since
      1923.  In respect to plankton the population is assessed
                            -137-

-------
      qualitatively and quantitatively and compared through-
      out  the seasons, as well as to depth and location of
      station.  In the phytoplankton, the diatoms and green
      algae are discussed most completely.  Protozoans,
      Rotifers and Crustacea populations are also examined
      and  information summarized in tables.

360.   Matheson, D. H.  1962.  A pollution study of Western
           Lake Ontario.  Univ. of Michigan, Great Lakes
           Research Division.  Publication No. 9.  PP.  15-20.

      In I960 the Dept. of Municipal Laboratories of the city
      of Hamilton was commissioned to undertake a study of
      the western end of Lake Ontario with a view to determin-
      ing the optimum location of a new waterworks intake.
      The area of the study extended from Hamilton to Bronte
      on the North shore, and a fifty mile point on the south
      shore.  Several parameters of pollution were studied,
      one of them being coliform bacteria.  The presence of
      collforra bacteria is one of the most widely used and
      most sensitive Indicators of sanitary pollution.   In
      this survey over 1800 samples were collected from the
      lake and analysed.  The average value of coliform
      organisms in Lake Ontario were in relatively high con-
      centrations along the shores with a rapid decline away
      from shore.  There was a dose correlation between
      coliform and ammonia concentrations in the lake since
      both come from a common source.

361.   Matheson, D. H.  1963.  A sanitary survey study of the
           western end of Lake Ontario in connection with
           the locating of new water works intakes for the
           City of Hamilton, Ontario, 1961-1962.  Dept.
           Municipal Laboratories Corp. of the City of
           Hamilton, Hamilton, Ontario.  110 p.

      The degree of pollution of Hamilton intake water in
      respect to coliform counts has been constantly
      Increasing over the years.  Coliform determinations
      along with other parameters were used to determine
      the optimum location for water Intake.  Information
      on coliform concentrations was available from the
      Hamilton water intake records and Burlington Water
      Intake records.  Samples were taken in Burlington Bay
      and Western Lake Ontario in 1960-1961.  Previous
      studies were also included in the survey and detailed
      Information has been comoiled and summarized in
      tables and graphs.
                          -138-

-------
362.  May, Franklin H.  1923.  Piping plover and black tern
           nesting as North Pond, Lake Ontario.   The Auk.
           40: 690-691.

      Contains an observation of a Piping Plover nesting on a
      sandspit in North Pond on the south shore of Lake Ontario
      on July 14, 1923.  On July 23, a colony of Black Terns
      were observed nesting on the same sandspit.

363.  Meade, Gordon M.  19^0.  Franklin's gull in New York
           State.  The Auk.  57: 251.

      On October 15,  1939, on the beach at Ontario Beach Park
      on Lake Ontario at the mouth of the Genesee River, the
      author found a  dead Franklin's Gull (laiu.u-6 p-cp/cxean).
      This is apparently the first recorded instance of this
      species in New  York State.

      Meloon, D. T.,  Jr. - See:  A. M. Cairo, No. 85.

364.  Menon, A. S., B. J. Dutka and A. A. Jurkovic.  1971.
           Bacteriological studies of the Lake Ontario thermal
           bar.  Abstract of paper presented at l4th Conference
           Great Lakes Research, Toronto, April 19-21, 1971-
           pp. 210-211.

      This study was  undertaken to assess the Influence of the
      thermal bar in  confining bacteria to the near-shore area
      during the spring period of rapid growth.  Parameters
      studied in this investigation were total coliforms,
      fecal coliforms, 20°C  MF plate  count and bacterial
      biomass.

      From the preliminary studies,  it would appear that the
      thermal bar acts as  a  barrier,  separating  the warmer
      more productive inshore waters  from the mid-lake waters
      and also may  retard  or inhibit  the diffusion  of bacteria
      from the inshore to  the offshore area.

365.  Metzer, D. F.   1968.   Summary  report  on pollution of
           the Niagara River.   Paper presented  by the NYS
           Dept. of Health before  the 16 January 1968 meeting
           of the  International  Joint Commission, Niagara
           Falls, New York.  9  p.

      A general  discussion of the  water  pollution  of the
      Niagara River.   With respect  to the collform contamina-
      tion, it is  thought  that  secondary treatment  should
      bring the  level of  residual  coliforms  to  the  permissible
      limits.
                            -139-

-------
366.  Michalski, M.  F.  P.   1968.  Phytoplankton levels  in
           Canadian  near shore waters of the lower Great
           Lakes.  Proceedings llth Conference on Great Lakes
           Research,  pp.  85-95.

      Phytoplankton  averages determined from waterworks
      locations  and  off shore stations were lower in  the
      St. Lavirence River and in the eastern end of Lake
      Ontario  than in the western part.  A bimodal pattern
      of seasonal  development occurred at most locations
      sampled  in Lake Ontario and the St. Lawrence River.
      High values  were reported from samples collected  in
      Hamilton Bay and Bay of Quinte.

      The major phytoplankters in Lake Ontario included
      Ste.pkanod
-------
      Stzpka.nod  Ha.n£zAc.h.A.4. Grun.  was  the most  important
      diatom in the harbour but was  virtually assent at  the
      intake location.

      Frequently at the water treatment plant, increases in
      standing  stocks of algae and changes in species com-
      position  corresponded to changes in  water temperature
      resulting from  movements of the thermocline below the
      intake.

      Samples collected once a week (in comparison with those
      obtained  daily) were Inadequate to define accurately
      extreme changes in phytoplankton levels; however,
      general trends  were revealed through sampling every
      seventh day.

      Higher Indices  of diversity were recorded at the R. C.
      Harris location than in Toronto Harbour.

368.   MIchalskI, M. P. P.  1969b.  Planktonic and periphytic
           algae of the Great Lakes - A list of recorded
           suedes and their distribution.  In:  Anderson,
           D. V. (Ed.).  The Great Lakes as an Environment.
           Great Lakes Institute, Univ. of Toronto.  Appendix
           6(2): 40-66.

      Presented in this paper is an extensive list by species
      of planktonlc and periphytic algae in the Great Lakes.
      Earlier studies were used in compiling this list.
      Distribution is Indicated only by lake.  Where algal
      forms were recorded from a bay, harbour or lake, the
      associated Lake was indicated.   (Canada Centre for
      Inland Waters).

369.   Miller, G. W.  1930.  The mortality of alewives
            {PomotobiL* pte-udohntitngu.* Wilson) in Lake Ontario.
           Univ. of Toronto, Dept. Zoology.  Manuscript 1-47.
           45 p.

      A discussion of the alewife including  its habitat,
      economic importance and  mortality is given.   This is
      followed by  an analysis  of gross and microscopic
      anatomy, a pathological  investigation  and a physiolo-
      gical and experimental investigation all geared to
      determining  the cause of the mortality of alewives.
      (Univ. of Toronto,  Zoology Library).

-------
370.  Miller, Robert R.  1956.  Origin and dispersal of the
           alewife, MO&CL p^eudoftaiengtu, and the gizzard
           shad, VOX.CL&Oma. cepecUanum, in the Great Lakes.
           Transactions American Pish. Society.  86: 97-111.

      It is possible that the alewife is native to Lake Ontario
      and the gizzard shad to Lake Erie, although conclusive
      evidence for this is lacking.  There appears to be no
      records of the alewife from Lake Ontario prior to 1873,
      after the lake had been stocked with American shad.  A
      tabular comparison of these species is given to
      facilitate identification.  The alewife is referred to
      the genus Alosa  (rather than Pomolobus) because no
      reliable characteristics are available to distinguish
      the species of these two groups.  The phenominal increase
      in abundance and spreading of the alewife may be correla-
      ted with the upset in population balance by the sea
      lamprey.

      The gizzard shad does not occur north of lower New
      York Harbor although It has been reported from New
      Brunswick, where it is probably mlsidentified for the
      alewife.  Its Inland range has been extended by canal
      connections including the Erie and Chicago River Canals.

371.  Miller, Robert R.  I960.  Systematics and biology of
           the gizzard shad (VoioAoma. cepecUanum) and
           related fishes.  U. S. Pish and Wildlife Service
           Fishery Bulletin 173.  60: 371-392.

      The gizzard shads, marine and freshwater herrings of the
      subfamily Dorosomatlnae, are characterized and keys are
      given to the seven known genera and to the five species
      of the American genus Dono&oma..  The systematics and
      biology of the eastern gizzard shad are treated in
      detail.  The biological information results largely
      from a critical survey of papers dealing with its
      fecundity, reproduction and development, size, age and
      growth abundance, habitat and migration, mortality
      parasites and predators, its food, forage values and
      utilization by man.

372.  Mills, Henry.  l882a.  Notes on the sponglllae of Buffalo,
           Bulletin Buffalo Natural Science.  4: 57-60.

      In October of 1879, Mr. D. S. Kellicott found the first
      specimen of sponge on the pier at Black Rock near Squaw
      Island.  Subsequently, three other specimens have been
      found by he and the author.  One of them is supposedly
                           -142-

-------
      new to science.  These objects were found In the
      microscopic examination of water from Niagara River
      The three specimens were named Ca/i£e
-------
      River system became  the  subject  of this study because of
      a proposed  development of  power  and  regulatory projects
      along this  river system.   The  development  of a stocking
      policy  of fish propagated  in the hatcheries  of the  State
      will be formulated during  this program.  Information
      concerning  the pollution conditions  which  exist  through-
      out the water  shed will  be secured by  means  of biological
      and chemical studies.  A study of the  species of fish
      along with  their food  preferences will also  be compiled.
      A brief study  of Silver  Lake and Conesus Lake is also
      included.

376.  Moore.  Emmeline.  1928.  Introduction  - A  biological
           survey of the Oswego  River  system.  NYS Conserva-
           tion Dept., Supplemental  17th Annual  Report for
           1927.   Biological Survey,  pp.  9-16.

      This  report includes an  introduction to the  biological
      survey of the  Oswego watershed.   A description of the
      area covered by the survey, authorization  of survey,
      statistics on fish planting, program of investigation
      personnel and short descriptions of  some of  the  papers
      included in the survey.  A list  of specific  papers  in
      the survey is  also presented.

377.  Moore, Emmeline.  1929.  A biological  survey of  the
           Erie-Niagara system.   Introduction.   NYS Conserva-
           tion Dept.  Supplemental  18th Annual  Report for
           1928.   Biological Survey,  pp.  8-18.

      The report of the biological survey  incorporates a series
      of papers dealing with the fisheries of the  Erie-Niagara
      system.  Three major lines of  inquiry  were pursued -
      the study of the deeper  water  at the eastern end of the
      lake with special emphasis on  factors  limiting produc-
      tivity; the investigation  of the general shore conditions;
      and an evaluation of the tributary streams and their
      headwaters in relation to  stocking policy.  A general
      program of the Erie-Niagara Survey is  described  along
      with statistics of fish  planting In  the Lower Niagara
      River between 1918-1927, and colored plates  of those
      fish of particular interest.

378.  Moore, Emmeline.  1932.   Introduction  - A  biological
           survey of the Oswegatchle and Black River systems
           (Including also the Lesser  Tributary  Streams of
           the Upper St. Lawrence River and  of Northeastern
           Lake Ontario). NYS Conservation  Dept., Supplemental
           21st Annual Report  for 1931. Biological Survey.
           6: 1-7.
                           -144-

-------
      This report Is an introduction to the  biological  survey
      of the Oswegatchle and Black River watershed.   A  des-
      cription of the area covered by the survey,  statistics
      on fish planting, program of Investigation,  personnel
      and a list of papers done in the survey  is presented.

379.  Moore, Emmeline.  1940.  A biological  survey of the
           Lake Ontario watershed (including all waters from
           Little Sandy Creek westward except  the  Genesee and
           Oswego River systems).  Introduction.   NYS Conserva-
           tion Dept., Supplemental 29th Annual Report  for
           1939.  Biological Survey,  pp. 9-19.

      This survey report deals with results  of the fisheries
      studies conducted during the season of 1939  in the Lake
      Ontario watershed.  The area covered extends from Little
      Sandy Creek westward to the Niagara River and includes
      all tributaries except the Genesee and Oswego River
      systems.

      In the Investigations, technical studies were directed
      toward those aspects in the environment  of  fish life
      which are related to the maintenance and improvement
      of the fish resources.  Included are studies on the
      following:  the relationship between Lake Ontario and
      the natural features presented by the  numerous bays and
      wide stream mouths tributary to the lake; an inventory
      of the fishes of the region and their  distribution;
      life history and growth rate data of several species;
      evaluation of streams and ponds as a basis  for an
      improved stocking policy; the evaluation of natural
      reproduction in the angling species; fishing possibili-
      ties in the quarry ponds; the amount and quality  of
      food materials; chemical investigations  of  polluted
      situations in public fishing waters; the examination
      of fish for evidence of disease and studies  of the life
      cycle of fish parasites; a survey of the larger aquatic
      plants in bays, streams and ponds; and the  problem of
      the carp population in Sodus Bay.

380.  Morgan, George.  1883.  Capture of land-locked salmon
           at Oswego, Nevf York.  Bulletin U. S. Pish Commission
           for 1882.  2: 15.

      Brief note on the occurrence of an Individual salmon
      taken at Oswego while pumping out a dry-dock.

-------
381.   Mueller,  J. F.   19^0.   Parasitism and disease in fishes
           of the Lake Ontario watershed.   NYS Conservation
           Dept., Supplemental 29th Annual Report for 1939.
           Biological Survey,  pp.  211-225.

      A total of 266  fish, representing 31 different species,
      were examined for external and Internal parasites.   In
      connection with life history studies of the parasites,
      24 birds  were examined.  The alewife was intensively
      studied to determine the cause of the heavy mortality
      annually observed in this species during the early  part
      of the summer.   All specimens of the genus E4ox collected
      by the field units were examined for Tiichodina. in  the
      urinary bladder.  Relatively few species of gill para-
      sites were encountered.  Lake Ontario salmanids are
      heavily infested with the swim bladder parasite, Cyt>ti-
      d
-------
      location  and  composition  of the principal areas of
      aquatic vegetation within the area surveyed.  The second
      part  consists of  a annotated list of all the species of
      larger aquatic plants  in  the watershed  surveyed during
      the  summers of 1930  and 1931.

      The  present discussion of the vegetation is limited to
      the  larger aquatic plants, most of which grow attached
      to the bottom in  shallow  water usually  not over five
      meters in depth.  The  microscopic free-living and sus-
      pended plants which  form  a part of the  plankton life of
      a body of water are  discussed in another part of the
      report.

      The  discussion is based upon a field study of the bays
      of Lake Ontario from Stoney Point northward to Cape
      Vincent,  the  American  side of the St. Lawrence River
      from its  mouth to the  mouth of the Oswegatchie River
      to Ogdensburg, and the watersheds of the Black and
      Oswegatchie River systems.

      Mukerji,  G. N. -  See:  V. C. Vladejkav, No. 57^.

      Munawar,  Mohiuddin and Arnold Nauwerck. 1971.  Composi-
           tion and horizontal  distribution of phytoplankton
           in Lake  Ontario during the year 1970.  Abstract of
           paper presented at the 14th Conference Great Lakes
           Research, Toronto, April 19-21, 1971.  pp. 216-217.

      The  above is  a qualitative and quantitative study of the
      phytoplankton collected for one year over  the entire
      lake.

      Nalewajko, C. - See:  J.  H. Sparling, No.  533.

385.   Nalewajko, C.  1965a.  Photosynthesis and  excretion in
           various  planktonic algae.  Limnology  and Oceano-
           graphy.   11(1): 1-10.

      Twenty-four species  of planktonlc algae, including  16
      Chlorophyceae, seven Bacellariophycaea  and one Cyano-
      phyceae,  were found  to libuate a part of their photo-
      synthetic products into the medium.  This  excretion was
      less than 2%  of the  total carbon  fixed  during photosyn-
      thesis in short term experiments with dilute  cell
      suspensions under conditions  of abundant C02  supply and
      limiting  or saturating light  Intensities.

      Excretion was increased at high population density, under
      conditions of limiting COp levels  and at light intensities
      sufficient to Inhibit  intensities.
                           -147-

-------
      Excretion values in Chloiztta pkyJinoidoAa chick were
      usually lower than in other species under the same
      environmental conditions.

386.  Nalewajko, C.  19o6b.  Dry weight, ash and volume data
           for some freshwater planktonic algae.  Journal
           Fisheries Research Board Canada.  23(8): 1285-1288.

      Numerical records of abundance of phytoplankton in a
      lake may result in a misrepresentation of the true
      importance of certain species because of the large
      differences in size of various planktonic algae.  Lund
      (196*0 pointed out that counts of phytoplankton could
      be made more valuable if data were available on the
      relationship between cell numbers and dry weight and
      volume in these species.

      Data presented here were collected in conjunction with
      estimations of standing crop of phytoplankton in Lake
      Ontario and during an investigation in which excretion
      rates in various planktonic algae were compared on an
      ash-free, dry-weight basis.  All data were obtained
      using cultures in the expotential phase of growth, to
      avoid differences in cell composition which may occur
      in old cultures following nutrient depletion.

387.  Nalewajko5 C.  1966c.  Composition of phytoplankton In
           surface waters of Lake Ontario.  Journal Fisheries
           Research Board Canada.  23(11): 1715-1725.

      Few data are available on the composition of phytoplank-
      ton in Lake Ontario in comparison to the other Great
      Lakes.  In the present investigations, seasonal fluctua-
      tions of phytoplankton were followed during 19 months
      (January 1964 to July 1965) at one location in the lake,
      and In addition samples from other locations were
      examined to obtain some indication of the type of phyto-
      plankton occurring in the whole lake.

      Ste.pka.nodi A c.u.4 te.nu.iA Hust., Me.toAifia -c6.dand.tca 0. Mull.,
      and Viatoma. e.tongatu.m (Lyngl.) Ag. , on a cell volume
      basis, were the three most Important species in the
      surface water of Lake Ontario near Gilbraltar Point.
      Ste.phon.odiAc.uA te.nu.iA was by far the most abund nt
      species.  It was present during most of the year and
      accounted for about 87/5 of the total number of algae
      present during the spring outbursts.  In the more
      central areas of the lake Me.ioAiia. iAlandica and
      AAte.nione.tta. fioimoAa Hass. replaced Ste.pha.nodiAcuA
                          -148-

-------
             as the most Important species.

      On the basis of the major phytoplankton species present
      the central area of Lako Ontario appears to be oligo-
      trophic.  High numbers of Ste.pha.nod4.Ac.aA te.na4.A in
      Inshore waters may be indicative of a more eutrcphic
      environment.

388.   Nalewajko, C.  196?.  Phytoplankton distribution in Lake
           Ontario.  Proceedings 10th Conference Great Lakes
           Research,  pp. 63-69.

      In April 1965 the phytoplankton of the coastal zone of
      Lake Ontario within approximately six miles of the
      shore differed quantitatively and also in species
      composition from more central areas of the lake.  In
      general, algae were two or three times as abundant
      close to shore with Ste.pha.nod4.Ac.aA tznaiA Hust accounted
      for only 1.8-10J6 of the total numbers of algae and
      Mtf.oA4.fia 4.Ata.YidJic.a. Mill, and A-&£e-'u.one££a fioimoAa Hass.
      were the most prominant species.

      Ste.pka.nod4.tc.aA increases rapidly in the spring, and
      the -evelopment of the thermal bar confines it to the
      tvarmer coastal zone.  Gradually, as the thermal bar
      moves away from the shore, Stephanad4.Ac.aA spreads to
      more central areas of the lake, however, it never
      reaches comparable numbers there.  Since the thermal
      bar has been reported to impede runoff, the abundance
      of Ste.pha.no d^AcaA may be attributed to the higher
      nutrient concentrations in the coastal zones.

      The distribution of Me£o.*-c/ut 4,Ata.nd4.CLa, with the highest
      numbers of the isothermal cold waters on the offshore
      side of the thermal bar and low numbers on the Inshore
      side can be explained by the increased sinking rate of
      the diatom due to decreased turbulence on the establish-
      ment of thermal stratification.

389.   Nalewajko, C. and L. Marin.  1968.  Extracellular pro-
           duction in relation to growth of four planktonic
           algae and of phytoplankton populations from Lake
           Ontario.  Canadian Journal Botany.  **7(3): 405-413.

      The liberation of extracellular organic material by
      algae during short-term photosynthesis experiments is
      a well-established phenomenon and the physiology of the
      process has been investigated by a number of workers.
      Recently (Witt and Fogg, 1966), it has been shown that
                           -149-

-------
      In Chtoittta pytitnoidotta. (Emerson strain)  the relative
      growth rate of the alga is  an important factor in the
      amounts of extracellular glycollate produced.

      Data are presented here on  the relationship between
      photosynthesis and extracullular production snd rela-
      tive growth rate in four planktonlc algae.  In addition,
      photosynthesis and excretion were measured during the
      spring Increase of diatoms  in Lake Ontario in 1966.

390.  Nash, C. W.  1901.  The bass of Ontario.  Canadian
           Magazine Politics, Science, Art and Literature.   1?:
           333-336.

      The article discusses bass  fishing in Ontario, open
      season beginning commencing on the 16th day of June.
      The bass family in Ontario  is represented by nine
      species, two B£Q/ck Bass, white bass speckled bass,
      rock bass and four sunfish.  Its well-earned repute is
      due to its game fishing qualities when hooked, and in
      the respect it is without a doubt, at equal weights,  the
      superior of any fish that swims.  The author mentions
      seeing bass nets in Lake Ontario after the fishing
      season had open up.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library)-

391.  Nash, C. W.  1905.  A check list of the vertebrates of
           Ontario and catalogue  of specimens in the biolo-
           gical section of the Provincial Museum:  Reptiles,
           Batrachians, Mammals.   Dept. Education, Toronto.
           32 p.

      The Batrachians and Reptiles of Ontario have not been
      studied to any extent and fevr collections have been
      made.  When more attention  is given to these animals,
      many North American species now known to occur in the
      United States immediately adjoining Ontario may be
      found generally distributed through the province.  This
      paper Includes a list of vertebrates which occur in
      Ontario.  For each organism, a description of the dis-
      tribution is given.  (Univ. of Toronto, Dept. Zoology).

392.  Nash, C, W.  1913.  XIX.  Pishes.  In:  Paull, J. H.
           (Ed.).  The Natural History of the Toronto region,
           Ontario.  Canadian Institute, Toronto,  pp. 2*»9-
           271.

      The list Includes all the fish found within a radius of
      ten or twelve miles from the City of Toronto.  The
      silver lamprey and 48 species of fish are listed as
      occurring in Lake Ontario and/or its tributaries.
      (Toronto-Royal Ontario Museum).
                           -150-

-------
393.   Nathan, Bernard.   1954.   Aggressiveness  of herring gulls.
           Prothonotary.  20(10):  88.

      A short note about an incident where a herring gull
      chased a great blue herring across the Niagara River.

      Nauwerck, Arnold - See:   Mohiuddin Munawar, No.  384.

394.   Neil, John H. and Glenn E. Owen.   196*1.   Distribution,
           environmental requirements and significance of
           Ctaidophona. in the Great Lakes.  Univ. of Michigan,
           Great Lakes Research Division.  Proceedings 7th
           Conference Great Lakes Research.  Pub. 11:  113-121.

      Excessive growths of Ctadophota. sp. along certain
      sections of the Great Lakes shoreline creates serious
      nuisance conditions which affect the use of water for
      recreations, industrial and municipal purposes.
      Information on the ecology of this algae was collected
      as part of a study directed towards the development of
      control measures.  The presence of Cladophoto. &p. is
      dependent on a suitable substrate for attachment, water
      movement, adequate light and nutrients in excess of
      those normally available in the waters of the upper
      Great Lakes.  Lakes Ontario and Erie have sufficient
      inherent fertility to support marginal growths, but
      where local nutrient sources are available, production
      increases.  Phosphorus applied to a location providing
      suitable physical conditions but devoid of Ctadopkotia,
      sp. resulted in the establishment of a sizeable area of
      growth.  The results of attempts at control are also
      discussed.

      Nemerow, Nelson L. - See:  Daniel F. Jackson, No. 293-

395.   New York State Conservation Commission-   1924.  13th
           Annual Report for the Year 1923.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 30: 93-97.

      The commercial catch in Lake Ontario  for  1922 amounted
      to 365,988 pounds with a  value of  $51,694.  Information
      is also given for Sodus Bay, Pairhaven Bay, Chaumont
      Bay and the Niagara River.

396.   New York State Conservation Commission,   1925.  14th
           Annual Report for the Year 1924.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 29: 52-63.
                           -151-

-------
      The commercial catch in Lake Ontario for 1923 amounted
      to 391,156 pounds with a value of $64,429.  Information
      is also priven for Port Bay, Sodus Bay and Chaumont Bay.

397.  New York State Conservation Commission.  1926.  15th
           Annual Report for the Year 1925.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 28: 53-63.

      The commercial catch in Lake Ontario for 1924 amounted
      to 7^5,443 pounds with a value of $73,282.  Information
      is also given for Port Bay, Great and Little Sodus Bay,
      Chaumont Bay and the Niagara River.

398.  New York State Conservation Commission.  1927.  16th
           Annual Report for the Year 1926.  Division of Pish
           and Game » Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 29: 90-99.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1925.  A total of 18 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 445,938 pounds with a
      value of $57,797.  Information is also given for Port
      Bay, Sodus Bay, Chaumont Bay, Black River Bay and the
      Niagara River.

399.  New York State Conservation Department.  1928.  17th
           Annual Report for the Year 1927.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 299-312.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1926.  A total of 16 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 451,348 pounds with a
      value of $58,419.  Information is also given for Port
      Bay, Sodus Bay, Chaumont Bay and Black River Bay.

400.  New York State Conservation Department.  1929.  18th
           Annual Report for the Year 1928.  Division of Pish
           anp Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document Mo. 38: 265-278.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1927.  A total of 14 species
      accounted for 399,740 pounds with a value of $57,046.
      Information is also given for Port Bay, Sodus Bay, Chaumont
      Bay and the Niagara River.
                            -152-

-------
1401.  New York State Conservation Department.  1930.  19th
           Annual Report for the Year 1929.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries,  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 257-269.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch In Lake Ontario for 1928.  A total of 15 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 577,044 pounds with a
      value of $71,209.  Information is also given for Port
      Bay, Sodus Bay and Chaumont Bay.

402.  New York State Conservation Department.  1931.  20th
           Annual Report for the Year 1930.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 275-282.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1929.  A total of 14 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 538,936 pounds with a
      value of $73,646.  Information is also given for Port
      Bay, Sodus Bay and Chaumont Bay.

403.  New York State Conservation Department.  1932.  21st
           Annual Report for the Year 1931.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 251-262.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1930.  A total of 14 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 435,516 pounds with a
      value of $42,922.  Also Included is a table on the
      catch statistics for Chaumont Bay.

404.  New York State Conservation Department.  1933.  22nd
           Annual Report for the Year 1932.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 256-277.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1931.  A total of 13 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 250,092 pounds with a
      value of $21,042.  Also included is a table on the
      catch statistics for Chaumont  Bay.

405.  New York State Conservation Department.  1931*.  23rd
           Annual Report for the Year 1933.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 232-247.
                           -153-

-------
      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1932.   A total of 15 species
      plus a rr.isc. group accounted for 187,051 pounds with a
      value of $16,397.  Also included is a table on the
      catch statistics for Chaumont Bay.

406.  New York State Conservation Department.   1935.  24th
           Annual Report for the Year 1934.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 246-262,

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1933.   A total of 15 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 352,620 pounds with a
      value of $25,926.  Also included is a table on the catch
      statistics for Chaumont Bay.

407.  New York State Conservation Department.   1936.  25th
           Annual Report for the Year 1935-  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 305-319.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1934.   A total of 14 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 404,830 pounds with a
      value of $34,215.  Also included is a table on the catch
      statistics for Chaumont Bay.

408.  New York State Conservation Department.   1937.  26th
           Annual Report for the Year 1936.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 278-288.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1935.   A total of 15 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 447,931 pounds with a
      value of $38S091.  Also included is a table on the catch
      statistics for Chaumont Bay.

409.  New York State Conservation Department.   1938.  2?th
           Annual Report for the Year 1937.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 38: 253-261.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1936.   A total of 15 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 281,657 pounds with a
      value of $31»773.  Also Included is a table on the catch
      statistics for Chaumont Bay.
                            -154-

-------
410.  New York State Conservation Department.   1939.   28th
           Annual Report for the Year 1938.   Division of Pish
           ana Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No.  38:  229-239.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario  for 1936  and 1937.   A total of
      14 species plus a misc. group accounted for 281,657
      pounds with a value of $31,773  in 1936.   A total of
      14 species accounted for 303,461 pounds with a value
      of $33,024 in 1937.  Also included is a table on the
      catch statistics for Chaumont Bay.

4ll.  New York State Conservation Department.   1940.   29th
           Annual Report for the Year 1939.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No.  38:  222-229.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario  for 1937  and 1938.   A total of
      14 species accounted for 303,461 pounds with a value
      of $33,024 in 1937.  A total of 12 species plus a
      misc. group accounted  for 349,702 pounds with a value
      of $35,387.  Also included is a table on the catch
      statistics for Chaumont Bay.

412.  New York State Conservation Department.  194la.  Lake
           Ontario and St. Lawrence bass problem.   30th Annual
           Report for the Year 1940.   pp. 203-204.

      Presented in this short note was some information on
      the black bass is the  eastern end of Lake Ontario.
      Included in some general results of a survey of bass
      fishing areas and conditions.  It was noted that the
      bass food supply may be limiting the growth of the bass
      due to competition of  the rock bass.  Also heavy sport
      fishing pressure is also a problem.

413.  New York State Conservation Department.  194lb.  30th
           Annual Report for the Year 1940.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No.  37:  205-212.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1938 and 1939.  A total of
      12 species plus a misc. group accounted for 349,702
      pounds with a value of $35,387 in 1938.  A total of
      14 species plus a misc. group accounted for 342,942
      pounds with a value of $35,952  in 1939.  Also included
      is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont Bay.
                            -155-

-------
*1*.  New York State Conservation Department.  19*2.   31st
           Anm.al Report for the Year 19*1.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No. 32: 198-209.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1939 and 19*0.  A total of 14
      species plus a misc. group accounted for 3*2,942 pounds
      with a value of $35,952 in 1939.  A total of 11 species
      plus a misc. group accounted for 366,7*3 pounds with a
      value of $40,850 in 19*0.  Also included is a table on
      the catch statistics for Chaumont Bay.

*15.  New York State Conservation Department.  19*3.   32nd
           Annual Report for the Year 19*2.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No. 27: 173-187.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 19*0 and 19*1.  A total of 11
      species plus a misc. group accounted for 366,7*3 pounds
      with a value of $*0,850 in 19*0.  A total of 12 species
      accounted for 28*,650 pounds with a value of $35,872 in
      19*1.  Also included is a table on the catch statistics
      for Chaumont Bay.

*16.  New York State Conservation Department.  19**.   33rd
           Annual Report for the Year 19*3.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 25: 127-1*2.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 19*1 and 19*2.  A total of 12
      species accounted for 28*,650 pounds with a value of
      $35,872 in 19*1.  A total of 10 species accounted for
      1*0,665 pounds with a value of $2*,5*8 in 19*2.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

*17.  New York State Conservation Department.  19*6.   3*th-35th
           Annual Report for the Years 19**-19*5.  Division of
           Fish and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legis-
           lative Document No. 6l: 159-16*.

      No table on the catch statistics for Lake Ontario is
      given in this report.  A table on the catch statistics
      for Chaumont Bay, however, is included.
                            -156-

-------
418.   Mew York State Conservation Department.   1947.   36th
           Annual Report for the Year 1946.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.   Legislative
           Document No. 85: 140-154.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario in 1944 and 1945.   A total of 19
      species plus a misc. group accounted for 147,188 pounds
      with a value of $16,550 in 1944.  A total of 15 species
      accounted for 217,076 pounds with a value of $44,555 in
      1945.  Also included is a table on the catch statistics
      for Chaumont Bay.

419.   New York State Conservation Department.   1948a.  37th
           Annual Report for the Year 1947.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish and Wildlife Investiga-
           tions.  Legislative Document No.  62: 111-131*.

      Included in this report is a section on the Oswegatchie
      River Pike-Perch Study.  The experimental project began
      in 1947 to determine if it is feasible to net the spawn-
      ing pike-perch and transplant them upstream In the
      Oswegatchie River and other suitable waters in the
      vicinity.  On the basis of the first year's recoveries,
      it appears that a large percentage of planted fish
      attempted to return to the St.  Lawrence River.   The
      securing of additional data on the fate of the tagged
      fish should determine whether the transplanting of adult
      pike-perch from the lower Oswegatchie to other suitable
      waters is a sound management practice.

      Also included is a section on the Lake Ontario-St,
      Lavrrence River Smallmouth Bass Investigation.  Over the
      1944-1946 period, 1,849 smallmouth bass have been tagged
      and released in the Lake Ontario-St. Lawrence River
      region to obtain information on migration and growth
      which will aid future management of this sport fishery.

420.   New York State Conservation Department.   1948b.  37th
           Annual Report for the Year 1947.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document Mo. 62: 134-140.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 19JJ5 and 1946.  A total of 15
      species accounted for 217,076 pounds with a value of
      $44,555 in 1945.  A total of 14 species accounted for
      218,500 pounds with a value of $42,964 in 19^6.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.
                            -157-

-------
      New York State Conservation Department.  1950.   39th
           Annual Report for the Year 1949.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau cf Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 76: 146-163.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1947 and 1948.  A total of 11
      species accounted for 274,772 pounds t*ith a value of
      $55,605 in 1947.  A total of 14 species accounted for
      200,381 pounds with a value of $41,032 in 1948.  Also
      Included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

422.  New York State Conservation Department.  1951.   40th
           Annual Report for the Year 1950.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 48: 156-183.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1948 and 1949.  A total of 14
      species accounted for 200,381 pounds with a value of
      $41,032 in 1948.  A total of 14 species accounted for
      139,206 pounds with a value of $26,094 in 1949.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

423.  New York State Conservation Department.  1952.   4lst
           Annual Report for the Year 1951.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 78: 156-189.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1949 and 1950.  A total of 14
      species accounted for 139,206 pounds with a value of
      $26,094 in 1949.  A total of 15 species accounted for
      94,469 pounds with a value of $27,284 in 1950.   Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

424.  New York State Conservation Department.  1953.   42nd
           Annual Report for the Year 1952.  Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Inland Fisheries.  Legislative
           Document No. 27: 158-208.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1950 and 1951.  A total of 15
      species accounted for 94,469 pounds with a value of
      $27,284 in 1950.  A total of 16 species accounted for
      475,277 pounds with a value of $104,939 in 1951.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.
                           -158-

-------
425.   New York State Conservation Department.   1954.   43rd
           Annual Report for the Year 1953.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish.  Legislative Document
           No. 47: 127-202.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1951 and 1952.   A total of  16
      species accounted for 475,277 pounds with a value of
      $104,939 in 1951.  A total of 17 species  accounted for
      515,320 pounds with a value of $85,544 in 1952.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

426.   New York State Conservation Department.  1955.   44th
           Annual Report for the Year 1954.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish.  Legislative Document
           No. 47: 125-173.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1952 and 1953.   A total of  17
      species accounted for 515,320 pounds with a value of
      $85,544 in 1952.  A total of 18 species accounted for
      128,211 pounds with a value of $42,495 in 1953.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

427.   New York State Conservation Department.  1956.   45th
           Annual Report for the Year 1955.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish,  Legislative Document
           No. 88: 100-130.

      The commercial catch for 1954 amounted to 175,806 pounds
      with a value of $35,708.  Catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay were reported in tabular form.

428.   New York State Conservation Department.  1957.   46th
           Annual Report for the Year 1956.   Division of Fish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish.  Legislative Document
           No. 114: 100-130.

      The total catch for Lake Ontario declined which was
      attributed to the decline of the blue pike even though
      there were minor increases in the yellow perch, ciscoes
      and whltefish.  A table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay is given.
                            -159-

-------
429.  New York State Conservation Department.  1958.   47th
           Annual Report for the Year 1957.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 110: 102-134.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1955 and 1956.  A total of 16
      species accounted for 90,907 pounds with a value of
      $22,118 in 1955.  A total of 16 species accounted for
      60,183 pounds with a value of $17,330 in 1956.   Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

430.  New York State Conservation Department.  1959.   48th
           Annual Report for the Year 1958.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 109: 94-127.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1956 and 1957.  A total of 16
      species accounted for 60,183  pounds with a value of
      $17,330 in 1956.  A total of 18 species accounted for
      $42,866 pounds with a value of $12,764 in 1957.  Also
      included is a table on the catch statistics for Chaumont
      Bay.

431.  New York State Conservation Department.  I960.   4gth
           Annual Report for the Year 1959.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 105: 93-120.

      Included In this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1958.  A total of 17  species
      accounted for 43,457 pounds with a value of $13,065.
      Also Included is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.

432.  New York State Conservation Department.  1961.   50th
           Annual Report for the Year 1060.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish.  Legislative Document
           No. 104: 86-108.

      Included In this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario in 1959.  A total of 17 species
      accounted for 39,693 pounds with a value of $8,926.
      Also included is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.
                           -160-

-------
      Mew York State Conservation Department.  1962.  51st
           Annual Report for the Year 1961.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Fish.  Legislative Document
           No. 105: 95-113.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for I960.  A total of 17 species
      accounted for 67,481 pounds with a value of $21,376.
      Also included is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.

434.  New York State Conservation Department.  1963.  52nd
           Annual Report for the Year 1962.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 106: 99-116.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch In Lake Ontario In 1961.  A total of 13 species
      accounted for 124,605 pounds with a value of $14,879.
      Also included Is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.

;H5.  New York State Conservation Department.  1964.  53rd
           Annual Report for the Year 1963.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 101: 97-114.

      Included in this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1962.  A total of 20 species
      accounted for 66,531 pounds with a value of $22,209.
      Also Included is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.

436.  New York State Conservation Department.  1965.  54th
           Annual Report for the Year 1964.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 98: 92-105.

      Included In this report is a table on the commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1963.  A total of 10 species
      accounted for 80,140 pounds with a value of $18,580.
      Also included is a table on the catch statistics for
      Chaumont Bay.

437.  New York State Conservation Department.  1966.  55th
           Annual Report for the Year 1965.  Division of Pish
           and Game - Bureau of Pish.  Legislative Document
           No. 98: 86-93.
                            -161-

-------
      Included in this  report  is  a table on the  commercial
      catch in Lake Ontario for 1964.   A total of 10  species
      accounted for 90,100 pounds with a value of $26,485-
      Also included is  a table on the  catch statistics  for
      Chaumont Bay .

438.  New York State Department of Environmental Conservation.
           1967.  Periodic report of the water quality  surveill-
           ance network, 1965  - 196? water years.  NYS  Dept .
           Environmental Conservation, Albany, N. Y.   390 p.

      This report is an evaluation of the results and the
      effects of the NYS water pollution abatement program
      upon the quality  of the  State's  water.  This water
      pollution abatement program encompasses:  the construc-
      tion of municipal and industrial waste treatment  works;
      an intensified enforcement  program; the granting  of
      financial aid and tax incentives; research; and water
      quality surveillance. This information can be  used to
      establish water quality  standards by the State  Water
      Resources Commission.

439.  New York State Department of Health.  1957.  Eighteenmile
           Creek drainage basin and other tributaries entering
           Lake Ontario between Niagara River and Eighteenmile
           Creek.  Lake Ontario Drainage Basin Survey Series
           No. 3.  71 p.

      This is a report  on the  survey and studies of the surface
      waters of Eighteenmile Creek and other tributaries enter-
      ing Lake Ontario  between Eighteenmile Creek and the
      Niagara River. The report  includes recommended classifica-
      tions for the waters surveyed.  Determination of  present
      defilement is in  part from coliform organisms.  Data  is
      included in graphs and charts.  Pishing and fish  culture
      is mentioned; problems and species present are  briefly
      discussed.

4*0.  New York State Department of Health.  1958.  Lake Ontario
           surface waters including specified tributaries.
           Lake Ontario Drainage  Basin Survey Series  No. 4.
               p.
      A biological, physical and chemical study of Lake Ontario
      and its tributaries.   The report emphasizes the physical
      and chemical parameters with only minor attention given
      to the biological aspects.  Discussion of fish culture ^
      the effects of pollution on fish and coliform counts are
      included in the report.
                            -162-

-------
      New York State  Department  of  Health.   1961.   Upper
           Genssee Paver drainage basin.  Genesee  River Drainage
           Basin Survey Series  Rept.  No.  2.   212 p.

      The purpose of  this survey is to  obtain necessary Infor-
      mation and data concerning factors  in  order  to  properly
      and intelligently classify and assign  standards of quality
      and purity to waters within the drainage basin. The major
      biological factor of concern  in the survey was  the coli-
      forn count.  Most probable numbers  of  coliform  is included
      in graphs and charts.  Other  biological considerations
      were the populations of fish  contained in the lakes and
      streams of the  water-shed and general  description of
      species significant in each area.

it42.   New York State  Department of  Health.   1964.   Periodic
           report of  the water quality  surveillance network
           I960 - 1964.  New York State Dept. of Health,
           Albany, N. Y.  pp. 1-345.

      The objective of collection,  processing, storage and
      reproduction of water quality information is to gain
      intelligence for specific needs.   The  water  quality
      surveillance network was established  to supply  those
      interested parties with this  information for whatever
      purpose they wish to use it.

      This publication presents the parameters of  water
      quality as they are most commonly encountered and used.
      Selection of specific raw water constituents or para-
      meters for this report is limited to  the bacterial,
      physical, chemical and radiological determinations.
      The parameters  are summarized using measures of central
      tendency and dispersion respectively  expressed  as
      arithmetic mean, median and the maximum and  minimum
      values.  The areas sampled Included the Lake Ontario
      watershed.

443.   Nicholson, H. Alleyne.  1873.  Contributions to a
           fauna canadensls, being an account of  the  animals
           dredged in Lake Ontario in 1872.   Canadian Journal.
           N. S.  13: 490-506.

      A series of dredgings were carried out during the summer
      of 1872 in the  vicinity of Toronto.  A list  containing  a
      description and chief characters of the animals obtained
      in these dredgings was given.  Some of the  groups repre-
      sented were the algae, annelida,  arthropoda, mollusca,
      osteichthys and amphibia.
                             .163-

-------
444.  Odell, T. T.   1934.   The life history and ecological
           relationships of the alewife (Pomotobu.* p4eudofc
           gua (Wilson) )  in Seneca Lake, New York.  Trans-
           actions  American Pish.  Society.  64: 118-126.

      Research was  done on the life history and ecological
      relationships of the alewife in order to determine  its
      suitability as a new forage fish in New York State.  It
      is mentioned that the alewife has been landlocked in Lake
      Ontario for some years and has become abundant there.
      The majority  of the work here was performed in the  Finger
      Lakes in New York.

445.  Odell, T. T.   1940.   A biological survey of the Lake
           Ontario watershed.  III.  Bays and ponds of the
           shore area.  New York State Conservation Dept.
           Supplemental to 29th Annual Report for 1939.
           Biological Survey,  pp. 82-97.

      The more important bays and ponds are discussed with
      particular reference to the physical, chemical, biological
      and historical data relating to fish production.  Tabula-
      tions summarize miscellaneous data and give estimates of
      relative abundance of fishes.  A chart of Irondequoit
      Bay shows hydrographic data.  The general discussion deals
      with:  the stocking policy; the lack of correlation
      between the fisherman's catch and the relative abundance
      of certain fishes; migrations of fish to and from Lake
      Ontario; creel limits; open bays versus closed bays; and
      the need for further study to determine the best management
      policy.

446.  Ogawa, Roann E.  1969.  Lake Ontario phytoplankton,
           September 1964.  Technical Report # 14, Great Lakes
           Fishery Commission, Ann Arbor, Michigan,  pp. 27-38.

      Phytoplankton counts on samples collected in Lake Ontario
      on September 8-18, 1964, showed that green algae were the
      dominant plankters and diatoms were of secondary impor-
      tance.  The greatest abundance of phytoplankton was
      close to shore from Toronto, along the southern shore of
      the lake, and up the eastern shore to the North Channel.
      The open waters of Lake Ontario were characterized by low
      numbers of phytoplankton.  The relationships among phyto-
      plankton abundance, bottom fauna distribution and
      enrichment are discussed.
                             -164-

-------
     Ontario  Department  of Lands and Forests.  1967.  Statistics
           of  the  fishing industry  in the public waters of
           Ontario.   Ontario Dept.  Lands and Forests, Toronto,
           Ontario.   Unnumbered.

     Charts on the  statistics  of the fishing  Industry in
     Ontario  from 1959-1967.   Included  is  the number of men
     employed, types of  fishing, gear,  types  of shore
     installations, monetary value of the  Industry.

     Ontario  Game and Fisheries Department.   1908a.  Ontario
           fisheries.  Ontario  Game and  Fisheries  Department.
           1st Annual Report, 1907. pp. 92-97.

     Presented here are  statistics on the  return  of the number
     of fishermen,  tonnage and value of tugs, vessels and
     boats, the quantity and value of all  fishing materials
     by county on Canadian portion of Lake Ontario.  Also
     reported are kinds  and quantities  of  fish caught during
     the year 1907 listed by county.   (Univ.  of Toronto,
     Zoology  Library).

     Ontario  Game and Fisheries Department.   1908b.  Compara-
           tive statement of yield  1906-1907 according to
           districts.  Ontario Game and  Fish Department.
           1st Annual Report, 1907. p.  99.

     Presented here are  statistics of  the  comparison of yield
     of commercial fish  catch by  species between  1906 and  1970.
      (Univ. of Toronto,  Zoology Library).

450.  Ontario  Game and Fisheries Department.   1908c.  Compara-
           tive statement of yield  1907-1908 according to
           districts.  Ontario Game and  Fish Department.
           2nd Annual Report, 1908.  pp. 101-102.

     Presented here are  statistics of  the  comparison of the
     yield of commercial fish catch by  species between  1907
     and 1908.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

*J51.  Ontario  Game and Fish Department.   1909.  Ontario
           fisheries.  Ontario Game and Fish Department.
           2nd Annual Report, 1908.  pp. 9^-98.

     Presented here are  statistics on  the  return of the number
     of fishermen, tonnage, value  of traps, vessels, boats
     and tugs, the quality and value of all fishing materials
     on Lake  Ontario by  Individual county.  Also included  are
     kinds and quantities of fish caught  during the year  1908
      listed by counties  and totals of all  kinds  for Lake
     Ontario.  (Univ. of Toronto,  Zoology  Library).
                             -165-

-------
452.   Ontario Game and Pish Department.   1911a.  Ontario
           fisheries.  Ontario Game and Fisheries Department.
           1st Annual Report, 1910.  pp. 146-165.

      Presented here are the statistics on the return of the
      number of fishermen, tonnage and value of tugs, vessels
      and boats, quantity and value of all fishing materials
      by county on the Canadian portion of Lake Ontario.  Also
      reported are kinds and quantities of fish caught during
      the year 1910 listed by county.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

453.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.   1911b.  Comparative
           statement of yield for 1908-1909 according to
           districts.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.
           Annual Report, 1910.  pp. 166-169.

      Presented here are statistics of the comparison of
      yield of commercial fish catch by species between 1908
      and 1909.   (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

454.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.   1912a.  Ontario
           fisheries.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.  5th
           Annual Report, 1911.  pp. 152-171.

      Presented here are the statistics on the return of the
      number of fishermen, tonnage, value of tugs, vessels and
      boats, quality and value of all fishing materials by
      county on the Canadian portion of Lake Ontario.  Also
      reported are kinds and quantities of fish caught during
      the year 1910 listed by county.  (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

455.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.  1912b.  Comparative
           statement of yield for 1909-1910 according to dis-
           tricts.  Ontario Game and Pish Department.  5th
           Annual Report, 1911.  pp. 172-174.

      Presented here are statistics of the comparison of yield
      of commercial fish catch by species between 1909-1910.
      (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

456.  Ontario Game and Pish. Department.  1945.  The era of
           salmon in Lake Ontario.  Monthly Bulletin Ontario
           Department Game and Pish.  1(2): 9-10.

      The article begins by using stories of fishermen to
      illustrate the vast quantities of salmon found in the
      Ganaraska River, which flows into Lake Ontario at Port
                            -166-

-------
      Hope.   The annual slaughter of the salmon  brought  economic
      prosperity to the people.   This,  in turn,  brought  factor-
      ies and farming along the  banks which fouled and changed
      the creek from its natural state  and made  it less  capable
      of affording shelter and spawning, which in the end,
      resulted in the elimination of the salmon  in the streams.
      (Univ.  of Toronto, Zoology Library).

457.  Ontario Water Resources Commissiob.  1963.  Report on
           water resources survey, County of Peel.  Toronto,
           Ontario.  204 p.

      A survey of the County of Peel was conducted in April and
      May 1963 to review the water supply and pollution control
      facilities.  The County of Peel is drained mainly by
      three watersheds; namely,  the Credit River, the Humer
      River and the Etobicoke Creeks, all of which empty into
      Lake Ontario which forms the southern boundary of the
      county.

      A summary of laboratory results on Lake Ontario is presen-
      ted in Table I.  The biological parameter  included is the
      MF coliform count/100 ml.

458.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1965a,  Water
           resources survey, County of Prontenac.  Toronto,
           Ontario.  145 p.

      The purpose of this report is to examine the conditions
      of the water resources of the County of Prontenac and
      indicate action required to ensure maximum use of those
      resources.  The shorelines of Lake Ontario and the St.
      Lawrence River form the southern boundary of the county.
      Table 3-8 contains the stream sample results of Lake
      Ontario and the St. Lawrence River which includes data
      on coliform/100 ml.

459.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1965b.  Water
           resources survey of the County  of Halton.  Toronto,
           Ontario.  336 p.

      The purpose of this report is to examine the condition of
      the water resources of the County  of Halton.  Bacteriolo-
      gical examinations were performed  on samples from water
      supplied, streams and outfalls.  The membrane-filter
      technique was used to obtain a direct enumeration of
      coliform organisms and the results  are reported as MF
      col:'forr<: count per 100 ml.  Bacteriological counts
      included MPN total coliform organisms and  E. c.oli counts.
                            -167-

-------
460.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1965c.  Water
           quality survey of Lake Ontario from Toronto to
           Kingston.  Toronto, Ontario.  Unnumbered.

      This report correlates the results of samples of the
      waters of Lake Ontario from Metropolitan Toronto's
      eastern boundary to the City of Kingston and major
      tributaries thereof in the vicinity of their points of
      discharge collected during 1962, 1963, 1964 and part of
      1965.  The biological parameters used for determining
      levels of pollution were coliform counts.  The membrane
      filter technique was employed to obtain coliform counts
      which are reported/100 ml.

461.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1965d.  Report on
           a water quality survey of the St. Lawrence River
           from Quebec boundary to Kingston.  Toronto, Ontario.
           Unnumbered.

      This report attempts to correlate the results of samples
      of the waters of the St. Lawrence River from the Quebec
      boundary to the City of Kingston, a distance of 146 miles,
      and major tributaries.  The membrane filter technique was
      employed to obtain a direct enumeration of coliform
      organisms, the results of which are reported/100 ml.  The
      MPN index was employed to determine the count of coliform
      bacteria present in water supplies.

462.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1965e.  Water
           quality data compiled by River Basin Surveys Water
           Quality Surveys Branch, Division of Sanitary
           Engineering, Toronto, Ontario.  1964-1965.  Vol. 1.
           287 p.

      A water quality monitoring program has been established
      along key rivers and lakes, especially those which are
      tributaries of Lake Ontario.  Data from this sampling
      station Is tabulated year round.  Analysis of samples
      included the  following parameter:  total coliforms.

463.  Ontario Water Resources Commission.  1967.  Water quality
           data 1965-1966.  Toronto, Ontario.  Vol. II.  364 p.

      The data collected is the result of a program to record
      basic water quality information.  Sampling stations were
      selected at points considered representative of the
      general condition of the body of water.  The information
      is used to maintain surveillance over water quality and
      to provide supporting data used in the analysis and
                            -168-

-------
      prediction of water quality for planning  and  other purposes
      A bacteriological examination of samples  was  made to deter-
      mine total coliform parameter.

      Ontario Water Resources Commission.   1970a.   Report on a
           water pollution survey of the City of Oshawa.
           Toronto, Ontario.  Unnumbered.

      During May, 1970, a water pollution survey was  made in
      the City of Oshawa, located on the north  shore  of Lake
      Ontario 32 miles east of Toronto; the purpose of the
      survey being to review the water quality  of the drainage
      courses in the Oshawa area and to locate  potential and
      existing sources of pollution which could adversely
      affect the ground and surface water quality.  The bacter-
      iological examinations utilized the membrane  filter
      technique to obtain a direct count of coliform  organisms
      and included in a table is the data on total  and fecal
      coliform counts.

465.   Ontario Water Resources Commission.   1970b.   Water
           pollution survey of the Village of Newburgh, County
           of Lennox and Addington.  Toronto, Ontario.
           Unnumbered.

      Information on the nature of water pollution  in the
      Village of Newburgh and the need for its  prevention and
      control is provided in this report.   The  quality of water
      in the Napanee River and streams flowing  into the river
      around Newburgh was assessed.  Bacteriological  and
      chemical samples were collected each year at  8  stations
      shown in the appendix since 1965 and the  coliform bacteria
      count was determined using the Most Probably  Number  (MPN)
      and the Membrane Filter Methods.  Results show  that the
      total coliform populations were relatively low  whereas
      the fecal coliforms were above the number expected.  The
      overall results over the years, however,  were generally
      satisfactory.

      Orban, Edward - See:  Willis L. Tressler, No. 559.

      Osmond, D. S. - See:  M. G. Johnson, No.  299.
     •

      Owen, G. E. - See:  M. G. Johnson, No. 300, 301.

      Owen, G. E. - See:  John H. Neil, No. 39^.
                            -169-

-------
466.  Parker, Arthur C.  1925.  Black skimmer on Lake Ontario.
           The Auk.  42: 441.

      A short note on the observation of a black skimmer
      (Re/nahop* *u.ge*) on Lake Ontario near Rochester on
      September 15, 1924.

      Pasko, Donald - See:  U. B. Stone, No. 545.

      Pasko, Donald - See:  Dwight A. Webster, No.  5&0.

 467.  Pasko, Donald.  1956.   Lake Ontario lake trout.  NYS
           Conservationist.   10(4):  16-17.

      The  lake trout  in  Lake  Ontario waters have been on  the
      decline  since the  1930's.  Both sport and commercial
      laketrout catches  were  large.  In l8?9 a record catch of
      569,700  Ibs. were  caught in U. S. waters along, however,
      recently they have fallen  to a very low  level.  The
      available Information  does not lead to the  conclusion
      that overfishing is the sole factor in the  decline.  The
       lamprey has been accused decimating the  lake trout  but
       the lamprey was present in Lake Ontario  for many  years,
       even when the  fishing  was  at its maximum.   The smelt  may
       be another factor influencing  the  lake trout.  Smelt  may
       be eating the  young lake trout fry.   The common eel has
       also been accused of this.  A  program of lake trout plant-
       ings with fin tagged fry was conducted.   Experimental
       netting by the conservation  department  Indicated that
       survival is good with  a rapid  growth  rate.   The lake
       trout recoveries have  Indicated a  wide  ranging.   All
       the information is presented on a  map.   Further studies
       on the  lake trout survival growth  and movements by use
       of tagged fish is encouraged.

 468.  Patalas, K.  1969.  Composition and horizontal distribu-
            tion of crustacean plankton in Lake Ontario.  Journal
            Pish. Research Board Canada.   26:  2135-2164.

       The horizontal distribution of planktonlc crustaceans
       was determined in Lake Ontario at monthly intervals
       from June to October 1967, based on net hauls from 50
       to  0 m  at  32-62 stations.  Most species appeared in  the
       collections during June-July  in the eastern  part of  the
       lake with abundance patterns  later moving westward,  con-
       trary to the general movement of wind and water.   At the
       time  of maximal population density, there was a strong
       positive correlation between  zooplankton abundance and
                              -170-

-------
      heat content of the x^ater column from 0 to 25 m.   Upwell-
      ing was responsible for low numbers of zooplankters along
      the northwestern shore.  Flow from the Niagara River was
      associated with increased abundance of zooplankters in
      spring and summer, but decreased abundance in autumn.
      Temperature and depth of the epllimnion as influenced by
      the general direction of wind motion were key factors in
      understanding the zooplanktonic community of Lake Ontario.

469.  Patalas, K.  1971.  The comparison of crustacean plankton
           communities of seven North American Great Lakes.
           Abstract of paper presented at 14th Conference Great
           Lakes Research.  Toronto, Ontario.  April 19-21,
           1971.  pp. 109-110.

      A series of vertical hauls were taken during July and
      August 1967-68 on Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron, Superior,
      Winnipeg, Great Slave and Great Bear to characterize
      their summer plankton communities.

      In the Erie and Ontario communities, an intermediate
      number of species  (11-18) was  found with cyclopoids
      and cladocerans dominating.

470.  Payne, N. R.  1964.  The life  history of the walleye,
           St
-------
      Perkins, R. B. - See:  B. G. H. Johnson, No. 297.

472.  Piersol, W. H.  1913.  XVIII.  Amphibia.  In:  Paull, J.
           H. (Ed.).  The Natural History of the Toronto region,
           Ontario.  Canadian Institute, Toronto,  pp. 242-248.

      Contains a comprehensive list of amphibia known to occur
      in the vicinity of Toronto at that time.  A total of 19
      species are reported.  (Toronto-Royal Ontario Museum).

      Pope, T. E. B. - See:  Carl L. Hubbs, No. 266.

      Popplow, J. - See:  B. J. Dutka, No. 141, 142.

      Power, E. A. - See:  A. W. Anderson, No. 5.

      Power, G. - See:  A. N. Sheri, No. 513, 514, 515, 516.

4?3.  Powers, Charles P. and Andrew Robertson.  1966.  The
           aging Great Lakes.  Scientific American.  215(5):
           94-100, 102, 104.

      The five Great Lakes in the heartland of North America
      constitute the greatest reservoir of fresh water on the
      surface of the earth.  Like all other lakes, they are
      subject to physical and biological processes that will
      eventually result in their extinction.  The Great Lakes
      are comparatively young and their natural aging would
      not be a cause for present concern since the natural
      processes proceed at the slow pace of the geological time
      scale.  The aping of these lakes is now being accelerated
      tremendously, however, by man's activities.

      Pritchard, Andrew L. - See:  J. R. Dymond, No. 149.

474.  Pritchard, Andrew L.  1928.  A preliminary study of the
           genus Le.u.c.4,c.htky& in the Canadian waters of Lake
           Ontario.  Univ. of Toronto Studies, Biological
           Series No. 31.  pp. 7-25.  (Publications of the
           Ontario Fisheries Research Laboratory, No. 32).

      The freshwater fishes of the genus Le.uc.
-------
      L.  le^fm/uU 250 feet, t. houi 275 feet, I. k-tj^c. 400
      feet to deeper.

      The species differ in the quality of their flesh, the
      fisherman dividing them into herrings and ciscoes.
      Ciscoes are deep water fish with fat or oily flesh and
      include L. x.e
-------
      Because In most lakes , there are several species ,  each
      differing from the others In such respects as habit,
      habitat, size attained, quality of flesh and time  of
      spawning, an understanding of the steps necessary  for
      their protection is more difficult then in the case of
      many other fishes.  The studies reported in the present
      paper had as their object the discovery of such infor-
      mation for the species of this group in Lake Ontario.

      Included in the paper is the history of the ciscoe
      fishery, description of the different species, origin
      of the Lake Ontario ciscoes, food studies, spawning
      characteristics, parasites and enemies of the ciscoe.

477.  Pritchard, Andrew L.  1931b.  Spanrnlng habits and fry
           of the cisco (Le.u.ch
-------
479.  Radforth, Isobel.  1941.  Some consideration on the
           distribution of fishes in Ontario.  Univ. of
           Toronto, M. A. Thesis, Dept. of Zoology.  119 p.

      This paper attempts to describe the distribution and
      offer feasible explanations for the dispersal of Ontario
      fishes.  Included are distributional maps for 42 species,
      31 of which occur in Lake Ontario.

      It was found that for the most part, the species of
      Ontario fishes may be placed in groups depending on the
      nature of their occurrence in Ontario waters.  Several
      of these groups, as well as some individual distribu-
      tional problems are discussed.   (Univ. of Toronto,
      Zoology Library).

      Rand, Myrton C. - See:  Daniel P. Jackson, No. 293.

'480.  Raney, Edward C.  1947.  Subspecies and breeding behavior
           of the cyprinid fish, Notnopio p*oc«e (Cape).
           Copeia.  2: 103-109.

      The northern swallovrtail shiner, Not-top^U p/iocue p/cocne.
      (Cape) is a small species that apparently reaches  its
      northern limit in Catherine Creek, in  the Lake Ontario
      drainage system.  It is also  found in  the Delaware and
      Susquehanna of New York and ranges southward  in Atlantic
      Coast streams.

      A key to the subspecies appears  in the article with  which
      the author examines the subspecies throughout the  range
      described above.  The paper also includes a  discussion
      on sexual disnorphisma, breeding behavior and the  life cf
      the fish.

481.  Raney, Edward C. and Ernest A. Lachner.  1943.  Age  and
           growth of Johnny darters, ftotto&oma. nigtiuim otmAtzdi,
           (Storer) and  Bo^co^ome tangi-manum (Jordan).
           American Midland Naturalist.  29(1): 229-238.

      In this study, the scale method  was used to  elucidate
      some of the main features of  the life  histories of two
      species of small percid fishes - Bo£eoAome  n4.gfiu.rn  olm-
      4*ecU and 8o£e
-------
      Determination of age,  longevity and growth rates  are
      discussed.

482.   Rathbun, Richard.   1895.   Report upon the inquiry
           respecting food-fishes and the fishing grounds.
           U.  S.  Commission  Fish and Fisheries.  Report for
           1893.   Part 19.   pp.  17-51.

      Included in this article  is a section on the "mortality
      among alewives, Lake Ontario."  The mortality that occurs
      among the alewives in  Lake Ontario during every  spring
      and summer is discussed.   Examination of the diseased
      fish revealed a patch  of  Sap;iote.gn.
-------
      In  studying the relation of the plant of whitefish fry
      to  the  catch it is found that, in general, in those
      lakes or parts of lakes where there has been a large and
      intensive plant of whitefish fry (30,000 sq.mi.) there
      has been a correlated increase in the catch of whitefish
      (7255);  in those lakes or parts of lakes in which there
      has been a moderate plant of whitefish fry (10,000 sq.mi.)
      there has been a slight Increase in the catch of whitefish
      or  the  catch has remained nearly constant; in those lakes
      in  which there has been a small plant of whitefish fry
      (2,000/sq.mi.) or no plant, there has been a reduction  in
      the catch of whitefish (26%).

      The effect of legislation on whitefish production is
      discussed and conclusions drawn.

484.   Reineche, Ottomar.  1912.  Personal observations and
           notes on breeding, migrant or visiting birds on
           the Niagara Frontier.  Bulletin Buffalo Society
           Natural Science.  10: 513-546.

      Included is a list with notes on observations and dis-
      tribution of birds in Western New York, including
      water birds in the Niagara River.

485.   Reinward, Jerry F.  1969.  Planktonic  diatoms of Lake
           Ontario.  Technical Report # 14,  Great Lakes Fishery-
           Commission, Ann Arbor, Michigan,  pp.  19-26.

      The major species of diatoms  In surface collections from
      Lake-Ontario in September, 1964 were Aa.te/u.one££a  {o/unaia,
      Ttia.g4.la.x.£a cnotoYitni> and ta.bttla.iUA  ^ne.&tn.a.ta..  The
      diatom flora in surface collections  varied  among  several
      stations in the eastern end  of the  lake.

      Comparisons for laketvide diatom populations were  made
      according to three strata of water:   "surface"  included
      all samples to a depth of 5  meters;   "intermediate"
      which included samples  from  9-45 meters;  and  "bottom"
      which Included collections from 90-220 meters.  Diatoms
      were examined at 970X with oil  immersion  lens and counted
      by a row 159 u wide across a coverslip.

      Diatom numbers were low throughout  the lake during
      September  8-18, 1964.   Highest  counts  in  collections
      occurred at  intermediate depths.   Diatoms were  generally
      more abundant near the  shore.
                             -177-

-------
486.  Robertson, A. D.  1913.  XXI.  Mollusca.   In:   Paull,
           J. H. (Ed.).  The Natural History  of the  Toronto
           Region, Ontario.  Canadian  Institute, Toronto.
           pp. 288-29^.

      Contains a list of 75 species of mollusks which occur
      in the vicinity of Toronto.   (Toronto-Royal Ontario
      Museum).

      Robertson, Andrew - See:  Sharon C.  Czaika, No. 128.

      Robertson, Andrew - See:  Charles  P.  Powers, No. 473.

487.  Robertson, Andrew.  1966,  The distribution of Calanoid
           copepods in the Great Lakes.   Univ.  of Michigan,
           Great Lakes Research Division.   Proceedings 9th
           Conference, Great Lakes  Research.   Pub. 15: 129-139.

      The geographical distribution of the ten calanold copepods
      in the Great Lakes has been studied through a synthesis of
      the previously published identifications with a limited
      number of original determinations.   Six species, VLc.JitJit>  and L.  mac*u*u4 are more
      abundant in the northern lakes;  the inverse is true  of
      V. O4.egonen4.c6.  The relative abundances of diaptomids
      in Lake Michigan in 1964, in  Lake  Michigan in 1954-55 and
      in Lake Erie in 1956-57 were  compared.   This showed that
      V. 0'ie.gone.n&4.A was relatively more abundant in Lake  Erie
      in 1956-57 and P. Aicitj.* in  Lake  Michigan in 1954-55.
      The season of maximum abundance  of a species was generally
      earlier in Lake Erie in 1956-57  than in Lake Michigan in
      1954-55.  The conditions in Lake Michigan in 1964 were
      intermediate in both these respects.

488.  Robertson, Imogene C. S. and  C.  L.  Blaheslee.  19'48.  The
           mollusca of the Niagara  Frontier region and adjacent
           territory.  Bulletin of  the Buffalo Society of
           Natural Sciences.  19(3):  185.

      A systematic account of the species of mollusca of the
      Niagara Frontier Region is listed  including species of
      Lake Ontario and the Niagara  River.  The list is compiled
      from records of collections made between 1936 and 1946
                             -178-

-------
      and supplemented by records  from earlier research and
      records.   Descriptions of the mollusca,  areas  collected
      and photographs of the shells are included.

489.   Robson, John T.  l8?8.  California salmon in Lake Ontario.
           Forest and Stream.  10: 482.

      This is an account of the evidence of the success of
      Wilmots experiment involving the introduction of the
      California salmon ($a£mo quJ.nna.t) in Lake Ontario.   A
      description of two salmon which were taken near New
      Castle, Ontario is included.

490.   Rodd, J.  A.  1919.  Cooperation.  Canadian Fisherman.
           6(4): 103-104.

      This article is an address by J. R. Rodd, Dominion
      Superintendent of Hatcheries, Ottawa delivered to  the
      Lake Erie Fisherman's Association.  It mentions that
      the season of 1918 was successful from the standpoint
      of cooperation, good prices and the amount of fish
      produced.

      With reference to Lake Ontario the collection of white-
      fish eggs amounted to 148,990,000 in 1917 and 171,800,000
      in 1918 for the Bay of Quinte area.  (Univ. of Toronto
      Main Library).

491.   Rodd, J. A.   1929.  Fish hatcheries are worth while.
           Canadian Fisherman.  16(7): 19, 31.

      Cites the fish cultural problems receiving the attention
      of the scientific division  and the progress being made.

      The only mention of Lake Ontario is concerning the
      Investigation into the life history of  the ciscoes of
      Lake Ontario, including their natural habitat, food,
      growth, etc.   (Univ.  of Toronto  Main Library).

492.   Rodd, J. A.   1934.  Report  of the Committee on Foreign
           Relations.  Transactions American  Fish.  Society.
           64: 20-23.

      Some of the treaties  and agreements between the United
      States and other  countries  concerning fisheries in the
      boundary waters are discussed.   In the  discussion, an
      agreement  concerning  Lake Ontario between New York
      State  and  the Province of Ontario was mentioned in
      relation to other  agreements concerning the Great Lakes
      and other  boundary waters.
                             -179-

-------
493.  Rodgers, G. K.  1963.   Lake Ontario data report, I960.
           Great Lakes Institute, Univ.  of Toronto.  PR10: 18.

      The C.M.S. Porte Dauphlne cruised the Great Lakes obtain-
      ing llmnological, meteorological data and also information
      on the number of collform bacteria.  This contaminant has
      public health and water usage significance.  (Canada
      Centre for Inland Waters).

      Roecher, Robert M. - See:  U. B. Stone, No. 5^5.

U94.  Rolan, R. G.  1970a.  The phytoplankton, phytobenthos
           and phytoperiphyton of the Great Lakes.  Contribution
           to the Great Lakes Basin Commission's Framework
           Studies, Ann Arbor, Michigan.  91 p.  (Unpublished).

      The Great Lakes flora discussed in this paper Include the
      phytoplankton, phytobenthos and the phytoperiphyton only.
      The terrestrial and semi-terrestrial plants of the region
      are not Included.  Factors taken up in the paper include
      algae blooms, floral gradients in the Great Lakes, trophic
      relations, seasonal changes in the algae and factors which
      control the growth and abundance of algae.

495.  Rolan, R. G.  1970b.  The zooplankton, zoobenthos and
           perlphytic invertebrates of the Great Lakes.  Con-
           tribution to the Great Lakes Basin Commission's
           Framework Studies, Ann Arbor, Michigan,  p. 283.
           (Unpublished).

      The zooplankton and zoobenthos of the Great Lakes are of
      interest to planners and policy makers primarily as
      indicators of environmental quality and as intermediate
      members of aquatic food webs upon which fisheries and
      many waterfowl depend.  The literature on the inverte-
      brates of the Great Lakes is extensive, but this review
      reveals numerous and rather significant gaps of knowledge.
      This paper deals with the components of the fauna; the
      use of zooplankton and zoobenthos as indi-cators of envir-
      onmental conditions in the lakes; feeding and reproduction
      and seasonal patterns in population fluctuations.

496.  Saunders, George W.  1964.  Studies of primary productivity
           in the Great Lakes.  Univ. of Michigan, Great Lakes
           Research Division.  Proceedings 7th Conference Great
           Lakes Research.  Pub. 11: 122-129.

      Data concerning photoysnthesis in the Great Lakes are
      very scanty.  There have been only two research programs
      which have dealt directly with photosynthesis in the
                            -180-

-------
      Great Lakes.  One of these programs attempted to gain  some
      insight as to the distribution of photosynthesis in  west-
      ern Lake Erie.  The other program attempted to develop
      and evaluate a shipboard method for estimating photosyn-
      thesis.  Some additional inference concerning photosyn-
      thesis can be made using known concentrations of
      chlorophyll to calculate photosynthesis are very broad
      and therefore interpretation is somewhat tenuous.  When
      results for calculated photosynthesis using all methods
      are compared, two points are apparent:  (1) the range  of
      photosynthetlc activity in all lakes is very large and
      (2) western Lake Erie is very different from the other
      Great Lakes.  It is more productive than many smaller
      lakes which are considered to be highly productive.

      The Great Lakes are Important as a natural resource  and
      as basins in which controlled experiments can be performed.
      Perhaps the very paucity of data indicates the exciting
      future which lies ahead for those individuals who study
      photosynthesis and other biotlc events In these large
      lakes.

497.   Scadding, Henry.  1873.  Toronto of old:  Collections  and
           recollections illustrative of the early settlement
           and social life of the capital of Ontario.  Adam,
           Stevenson and Co., Toronto.  59^ p.

      A general description of the history of Toronto.  Included
      is mention of plentiful salmon for spearing in the streams
      and the large numbers of waterfowl present in the Toronto
      Harbor at its founding.

498.   Schenk, C. F. and R. E. Thompson.  1965-  Long-term
           changes in water chemistry and abundance of plankton
           at a single sampling location in Lake Ontario.   Univ.
           of Michigan, Great Lakes Research Division.  Pro-
           ceedings 8th Conference Great Lakes Research.
           Pub. 13: 197-208.

      Evaluation of data accumulated at the Toronto Island
      Filtration Plant from 1923 to 1954 indicated that the
      level of plankton approximately doubled during this
      period.  Coincldentally, increasing levels of free ammonia,
      chlorides, hardness and turbidity were experienced and
      these continued to increase up to 1964.  Turbidity levels
      and concentrations of free ammonia in the  "raw" water were
      substantially greater than results obtained farther out  in
      the lake.  The mean increase of plankton was computed at
      5.6 areal standard units per annum.  Well-defined spring
                            -181-

-------
      maximum and winter minimum populations were apparent nearly
      every year, but fall maxima developed inconsistently and
      were characterized by lower levels of abundance than the
      spring pulses.

      Schroder, G. D. - See:  M. W. Penlon, No. 165.

      Scott, W. B.  1956.  The smelt in Ontario.  Division of
           Zoology and Paleontology, Royal Ontario Museum,
           Toronto.  7 p.  (Unpublished).

      Contains a brief discussion of the smelt in the lakes
      of the Province of Ontario including information on the
      spread of smelt through the Great Lakes, food, methods
      used for capture and economic importance.  (Univ. of
      Toronto, Zoology Library).

500.  Scott, W. B. and W. J. Christie.  1963.  The invasion of
           the lower Great Lakes by the white perch, RoccaA
           ameA..tcanuA (Gmelin).  Journal Fisheries Research
           Board Canada.  20(5): 1189-1195-

      ROCCUA ame/L-ccawu^ (Gmelin) has become part of the Lake
      Ontario - St. Lawrence River fauna, originating from
      populations In Upper New York State.  The time required
      for the species to spread through the lower Great Lakes
      is discussed and summarized.  A review of the morphological
      distinctions of related species is included.

501.  Scudder, Charles W.  1896.  List of publications of the
           United States Commission of Pish and Fisheries from
           its establishment in February, 1871 to February,
           1896.  U. S. Commission Fish and Fisheries, Report
           for 1894.  Part 20, App. 10: 617-706.

      The above is an index of the publications of the United
      States Commission of Fish and Fisheries from 1871 to 1876.
      The index is divided according to "Annual Reports,"
      "Bulletins," and "Fishery Industries of the U. S."  The
      list of papers published are indexed according to author
      and subject.

502.  Seeber, E. L.  19^9.  Observations on American brant along
           the Niagara River.  Prothonotary, 15(11): 71.

      This ppper is a short account of the observation of an
      American Black Brant CBn.an.ta. ge.fi.n
-------
503.   Seeber, E. L.  1950.  Black headed gull.   Prothonotary.
           16(1): 5-6.

      A short description of the observations of an immature
      black headed gull on December 26, 1949 on the Niagara
      River.

504.   Seeber, E, L.  1951.  Ontario-North of the Falls,   Pro-
           thonotary.  17(8): 49.

      A list of waterfowl observation points along the Ontario
      side of the Niagara River and Lake Ontario is presented.

      Senning, W. C. - See:  C. W. Greene, No.  221.

505.   Senning, W. C.  19*10.  A biological survey of the  Lake
           Ontario watershed.  IV.  Lake and ponds above the
           Lake Ontario lake level.  New York State Conservation
           Dept., Supplemental to 29th Annual Report for 1939.
           Biological Survey,  np. 98-116.

      Studies were made in 69 lakes and ponds in the Lake Ontario
      drainage.  This number includes all the lakes and ponds of
      any importance op-en to public fishing.  There are rela-
      tively few natural ponds in the area.  Artificial quarry
      ponds provide the major pond fishing west of Rochester.
      Each survey study comprised a chemical analyses of the
      water, a census of fish species, lake soundings and
      temperature readings, and miscellaneous observations on
      spaximing areas, forage, vegetation, types of bottom,
      success of past stocking and fishing history.  Based on
      the data compiled, a stocking policy believed to be con-
      sistent with existing conditions has been formulated.
      Excepting the reservoirs in the Salmon River, there is
      little trout water in the ponds of the area.  The  pond
      studies Indicate that, except in a few instances,  natural
      spawning is adequate for the warm-water species and little
      stocking is necessary.  In general, the forage problem is
      not acute.  Only in a few, mainly in the quarry ponds, is
      forage Inadequate.  The outstanding limiting factor in
      game fish production appears to be the chemical nature of
      the water.  Only a few ponds had sufficient oxygen in  the
      deeper waters to support fish life.  There is a need for
      basic studies directed toward solving problems not of  a
      stocking nature since Increased stocking is obviously not
      the solution of all lake and pond ills.
                             -183-

-------
506.  Sheppard, R. W.  1937a.  Popster's tern on the Niagara
           River.  The Auk.  54: 205-206.

      While traveling along the Niagara River Boulevard on
      October 19, 1936, the author sighted about 12 tern in
      several small scattered parties.

507.  Sheppard, R. W.  1937b.  The American eider on the Niagara
           River.  Canadian Field-Naturalist.  51: 59.

      On November 21, 1936, a young male American Eider
      (Somcute/Ua mol4.664.ma. dte44e*>t) was taken off the south
      end of Navy Island about midway in the channel between
      that island and the Canadian shore by a hunter.  It was
      one of three that had been in the area.

508.  Sheppard, R. W.  1937c.  The American egret at the
           eastern end of the Niagara peninsula.  Canadian
           Field Naturalist.  51: 125-126.

      While visiting a measuring weir on a feeder waterway
      close to the Welland ship canal at Allanburg on July
      27, 1937, the writer observed seven American Egrets
      (CtUfne/iocUui a.lbu.6 tgntta Gmelin).

509.  Sheppard, R. W.  19^5.  Water birds of the Niagara.  A
           history and list of aquatic bird-life on the Niagara
           River.  Canadian Field Naturalist.  59(5): 151-169.

      Included in this study is a review of the literature of
      the aquatic bird life in the Niagara River.  A list of
      waterfowl and shorebirds of species found in the Niagara
      River covering seasonal occurrence, distribution and
      observations and general notes is presented.

510.  Sheppard, R. W.  1951.  The Athabaska Canada Goose on the
           Niagara River.  Canadian Field Naturalist.  65:
      A flock of geese comprising 23 Canada Geese, &tan.£a
      canaden4>U subsp. and one adult Blue Goose, Chew
      coe/t.u££.6c.eir6 was sighted on March 17, 1950 near the
      point which was formerly the mouth of the Welland River.

511.   Sheppard, R. W. , W. E. Hurlburt and G. H. Dickson.  1936a.
           A preliminary list of the birds of Lincoln and
           Welland Counties, Ontario.  Canadian Field Naturalist
           50(6): 95-103.
                            -184-

-------
      Presented here is an annotated list of birds from these
      Niagara peninsula counties.  Included are reports on
      waterfowl observed in the Niagara River and Lake Ontario.
      Areas of distribution locally for these species is noted.

512.  Sheppard, R. W. , W. E. Hurlburt and G. H. Dickson.  1936b.
           A preliminary list of the birds of Lincoln and
           Welland Counties, Ontario.  Canadian Field Naturalist.
           50(8): 131-1110.

      This report is a continuation of the report in Canadian
      Field Naturalist 50(6).  Presented here is an annotated
      list of bird species found in Lincoln and Welland
      Counties.  Included is information on the gulls and terns
      observed in the Niagara River and Lake Ontario.  Notes on
      abundance and distribution are included.

513.  Sheri, A. N. and G. Power.  1968,  Reproduction of white
           perch, ROCC.U& ame/i-ccanua, in the Bay of Quinte,
           Lake Ontario.  Journal Fisheries Research Board
           Canada.  25(10): 2225-2231.

      This note reports on the age and size at maturity, sex
      ratios, spawning season and fecundity of white perch
      ROCCUA ameAu-canuA, inhabiting the Bay of Quinte area of
      Lake Ontario.

      Results show that the reproductive performance of white
      perch in the Bay of Quinte is similar to that elsewhere
      In the range.

514.  Sheri, A. N. and G. Power.  1969a.  Fecundity of the
           yellow perch, Pe-tca fj£aue^cen4 Mitchell, in the
           Bay of Quinte, Lake Ontario.  Canadian Journal
           Zoology.  47(1): 55-58.

      The relationships between the logarithm of the number of
      ova shed by yellow perch in the Bay of Quinte and length,
      weight and age of the fish were found to be:  Y « 2.892  +
      0.00? X where X is length in millimeters; Y = 3.769 +
      0.004 X where X is weight in grams; Y = 3-780 + 0,098 X
      where X Is the age in completed years.  The logarithm of
      the number of mature ova spaxroed * 4.082 + 0.003 multi-
      plied by the ovary weight in grams.  Individual fecundity
      ranged from 3035 for a II+flsh, 135 mm, 27.2g to 6l 465
      for a VHI+fish, 257 mm, 308.4g.
                            -185-

-------
515.  Sheri, A. N. and G. Power.  1969b.  Ammulus formation on
           scales of the white perch, Mo-tone ame.>i
-------
      and the salmon was extinct by 1900.   Scale  analysis
      indicated these salmon were landlocked and  never went
      to sea.  The next fish species to be utilized were the
      ciscoes and lake trout.  The bloater, a deep  water clsco,
      was extensively fished from 1875-1895, and  is now extinct.
      Presently, the fishery industry is supported  by about a
      dozen species consisting principally of blue  pike, cisco,
      whitefish and yellow perch.  The principal  fishing ports
      are Youngstown, Wilson, Sodus Point, Oswego,  Selkirk
      and Cape Vincent.  In Chaumcnt Bay,  an interesting
      specialized fishery has grown up employing  mostly small
      trap nets in which a large quantity of bullheads, eels,
      suckers, carp, sunflsh, and perch are taken.   It is
      thought the removal of these fish helps the black bass
      sport fishery by removing the fish competing  for its
      food.  The principal method of commercial fishing is the
      use of the gill net.  The sport fishing in  Lake Ontario
      is comprized mainly of black bass, yellow perch and blue
      walleye.  In the bays, walleye, northern pike and pan
      fishes are important.

519.   Smith, Hugh M.  1892.  Report on an investigation of the
           fisheries of Lake Ontario.  Bulletin U.  S. Fish
           Commission for 1890.  10(Art. 6): 177-215 + plates.

      The information presented includes a brief account  of  the
      physical characteristics of the lake as far as they may
      have an influence on the fish and fisheries;  statistics
      shoiNrlng the extent of the commercial fisheries in each
      county on the lake, with a consideration of the present
      and past importance of the lake fisheries;  an exhibition
      of the extent of the import trade in Canadian fish, with
      a discussion of the same; remarks on certain fishes  of
      economic importance; and a suggestion of the steps
      necessary for the improvement of the fisheries.

      The principal'commercial fishes of Lake Ontario are
      discussed primarily from an economic standpoint,  although
      some information concerning their habits and movements is
      introduced which is thought to add something to the
      knowledge of the fish  life of the lake.  Approximately
      26 species are discussed.

520.   Smith, Hugh M.  1895.  Notes on two  hitherto unrecognized
           species of American whitefishes.  Bulletin U.  S.
           Fish Commission for 189^-  1**:  1-13.
                           -187-

-------
      Within this article is  a section entitled "Notes on the
      natural history and economic value of Co/iegonnA  p/iogna.tku.4,
      with special reference  to Lake Ontario.   The notes are
      based on original observations and inquiries on  the habits
      and importance of this  fish.  A discussion of the common
      names, length, weight,  bathymetrical migration,  spawning
      and food habits is given.  Regarding the economic value,
      the approximate yield of this fish in 1891 was 250,000
      pounds with a value of $8,100.  In comparison, catch of
      the regular whitefish was 15,000 pounds  with a value of
      $7,000,

521.  Smith, Hugh M.  1896.  Report of the Division of
           Statistics and Methods of the fisheries.  U. S.
           Commission of Pish and Fisheries.  Commission Report
           for 1895-  PP. 93-103.

      This report describes the extent of the  fisheries of the
      Great Lakes.  It also includes comparative statistics
      of the Great Lakes fisheries for the year i860,  1885,
      1889 and 1893.  In Lake Ontario, in 1893, the condition
      of the fisheries was very poor.  A marked decrease occurrec.
      in every Important fish.  The most important reason for
      this decline has been the depletion of the lake's fishery
      resources.

r>22.  Smith, Hugh M.  1907.  Our fish Immigrants.  National
           Geographic.  18(6): 385-^00, 4 plates.

      A discussion of the transplanting of native aquatic
      animals into waters in which they are not indigenous and
      the Introduction of fishes of foreign countries into the
      U. S. is presented.

      With reference to Lake Ontario, a case of accidental or
      unintentional acclimatization is that of the alewife
      which found its way from the Delaware and Hudson River
      into Lake Ontario and became excessively abundant.  It
      Is a stunted race of seemingly no economical value and
      Is also subject ta periodic kills which pile on the
      shores and pollute the water.

      In 1771 the colony of New York considered transplanting
      salmon from Lake Ontario or neighboring rivers to the
      Hudson but did not go through with it.  Carp is dis-
      cussed In the Great Lakes but no specific mention is
      given to Lake Ontario.
                            -188-

-------
523.   Smith, Hugh M. and M. M. Snell,  1891.   U.  S.  Commission
           Pish and Fisheries.  Commission Report for 1887,
           Part 15.  pp. 296-328.

      This report for the year 188? includes a general descrip
      tion of the lake, the histroy and present condition of
      the lake, a list of localities where assorted nets are
      used, a description of the men who are fishermen and a
      list of the fish that are caught in the lake.   The fish
      trade is also discussed with a general statistical
      summary of the persons employed in the fisheries of Lake
      Ontario in 1885  (by counties).  Also described are the
      various nets which are employed and the type of fish
      caught in them compiled in tables according to county.
      Also included are descriptions of the shore character-
      istics and the fishing in the counties which border the
      lake on the American side.

52/4.  Smith, Lester,   1936.  Observations on natural versus
           artificial  propagation of commercial  species of
           fish in  the Great Lakes Region.  Transactions
           American Pish.  Society.   66: 56-62.

      Presented here is a  comparison of artificial versus
      natural propagation  of  commercial fish species in the
      Great Lakes .  As a means of continued high commercial
      catches, the  author  defends the  idea of  artificial
      supplementing of the natural stocks and  his reasons
      are  listed.   (Canada Centre for  Inland Waters).

      Smith,  Standord  H.   1956.  Limnological  surveys  of the
            Great  Lakes -  early and recent.  Transactions
            American Pish.  Society.   23:
       Early  explorations on the Great Lakes vrere concerned
       largely  with things easily collected or observed -  common
       organisms,  water levels, surface temperatures...  Even
       when more scientific studies were undertaken,  they  were
       at  first scattered and small-scale.  Effective surveys
       became possible only through inter-agency cooperation
       which  permits a pooling of facilities, staff and equip-
       ment.  Expansion of limnological research on the Great
       Lakes  has^ been reaped in later years and the outlook  for
       the future is good.
                             -189-

-------
526.   Smith, Stanford H.   1968a.   That  little pest  the  alewife.
           Llmnos.   1(2):  12-20.

      The alewife is a fairly recent Introduction and has
      become a serious problem in some  of the Great Lakes.
      When the large native predators were reduced almost to
      extinction in the lakes, the alewife reproduced at almost
      unbelievable swiftness resulting  in huge numbers  of this
      single species; alewives were probably controlled by the
      large predators.  Alewives  commonly have massive  die offs
      in the spring and many theories have been put forth to
      explain this.  They  include the idea that the alewife has
      difficulty with temperature changes and adjustment result-
      ing in death.  Other ideas  include thyroid deficiency,
      toxins from blue green algae, starvation and fungus
      infections.  The life cycle of the alewife is discussed.
      Lake Ontario is used as an  example of what happens to a
      lake long dominated  by the  alewife.  The present  alewife
      fishery along with means of controlling alewife populations
      is presented.  The need for research into the alewife pro-
      blem and rehabilitation to  lakes  infested by it are
      discussed.  The alewifes life cycle and general seasonal
      movements are presented.

527.   Smith, Stanford H.   1968b.   Species succession and
           fishery exploitation in the  Great Lakes.  Journal
           Fisheries Research Board Canada.  25(4): 667-693.

      The species composition of  fish in the Great Lakes has
      undergone continual  change  since  the earliest records.
      Some changes were caused by enrichment of the environ-
      ment, but others primarily  by an  intensive and selective
      fishery for certain  species.  Major changes related to
      the fishery were less frequent before the late 1930fs
      than in recent years and involved few species. The
      successive collapses of various stocks after periods of
      stable production may give  some indication of their
      sustained yield.  Fish stocks are in a state of extreme
      instability In Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron.  Careful
      stocking programs and fisheries and coordination  of
      management among the various states of the United States
      and the Province of  Canada  (Ontario) which manage the
      fish stocks, will be required to  restore and maintain a
      useful fishery balance.
                           -1QO-

-------
528.   Smith, Stanford H.  1969.  Environmental changes  in  the
           fisheries of the Great Lakes region.   In:   A. Dean,
           S. P. Hart, J,A. Jones (Ed.).  Proceedings of the
           Conversation in the Discipline of the Economic  and
           Social Impact of Environmental Changes in the Great
           Lakes Region.  State University College, Fredonia,
           New York.  pp. 9-35.

      During a period of little more than a century, the Great
      Lakes fish populations have changed from a mature stage  of
      ecological succession characterized by high stability and
      productivity to a system characteristic of a very early
      stage of succession that is unstable, inefficient and
      unproductive.  In the thousands of years that followed,
      glacial retreat from the Great Lakes region an interacting
      system of fish species developed and became abundant in  all
      ecological niches of the lakes.  Under the present system
      there are few dominant species and poorly organized  fish
      communities in which many niches are incompletely occupied.
      The ecological conditions of the lakes are changing  at an
      increasing rapid pace.  Native fish that become adapted
      to the lakes over thousands of years could not accommodate
      to the change, and in the lower lakes where water quality
      has been affected the most, all of the previously abundant
      and desirable species have been greatly reduced and  some
      have vanished.  Now the yellow perch, smelt and white bass
      which were once classified as second or third rate specier
      support the troubled fishery and sheepshead, carp and gold-
      fish dominate the lake and its bays.
      The paper includes the changes in the Great Lakes fishery
      from 1873 to present.  Fish populations mentioned are:
      salmon, trout, whitefish, lake herring, blue pike, sauger,
      walleye, alewlves, yellow perch, American smelt, lake
      sturgeon, chuls and burbots.

529,  Smith, Stanford,  S. H.  1970a.  Trends in fishery manage-
           ment of the  Great Lakes.  Transactions Americah Pish.
           Society.  Special Publication 7(W: 107-112*.

      Some hope is returning for recovery of the fish stocks
      of the Great Lakes, which have been outstanding examples
      of abuse.  The lakes and the  fish in them have been under
      complete Jurisdiction of sovereign nations, but ironically
      this control has  not prevented their decadence.  Although
      fishery managers  representing the states and province havo
      at various times  agreed upon  and fastered Joint management
      plans, at no time have legislatures acted in unison to
      permit compatible management.
                            -191-

-------
530.   Smith, Stanford H.  1970b.   Species interactions of the
           alewlfe in ttie Great Lakes.  Transactions American
           Pish. Society.  99(4): 75^-764.
      The alewife (ktoba. pAeudofea-tenguA) has caused serious
      problems in the Great Lakes for almost 100 years.  It
      entered Lake Ontario in abundance via the Erie Canal
      during the l860's when major piscivores were declining,
      and became the dominant species in the lake during the
      I870fs.  The alewife subsequently spread throughout the
      Great Lakes and became the dominant species in Lakes
      Huron and Michigan.  In lakes where it became extremely
      abundant, the shallow-water planktivores declined in the
      first decade after alewife establishment, the minor
      piscivores increased then declined the second decade,
      and the deep-water planktovores declined in the third
      decade.  The consequence has been a general reduction of
      the alewife and restoration of an interacting complex of
      deep and shallow water forage species , and minor and
      major prscivores, either by re-establishing species
      affected by the alewife, or by  the introduction of new
      species that can thrive under the new ecological conditions
      of the lakes.

      Snell, M. M. - See:  H. M. Smith, No. 523.

*.:?!.  Snyder, J. P.  1932.  Tagged smallmouth black bass in
           Lake Ontario, New York.  Transactions American Pish.
           Society.  62 : 380-381.

      In early July, 1931, at the newly completed bass ponds at
      the Cape Vincent station, N.Y., 150 bass were tagged beforr-
      being released.  The tags were fastened to the upper, thick
      portion of the gill cover.  Nineteen fish reported to hav-5
      been caught by fishermen.  This was repeated again using
      oass , brook trout .

(3;.-.  Snyder, Richard C.  19^9.  Vertebral counts in four
           species of suckers (Ca.to4tom*ida.e.} .  Copeia.  No. 1:
           62-65.

      Vertebral counts were made on Hype.nti£cg/tccanA (LaSueur) to determine the degree
      of differentiation that exists, if any, and to discover
      whether or not the reduction in number of scales of H.
      A.oanofee»ue Is paralleled by a reduction in vertebral
      number.  Similar counts were made on Ca.to&tom(L!> c,.
      comme./t&onn-C't (Lacepede), since these species also differ
      In scale counts, the latter having the smaller number in
      'che lateral line.
                            -192-

-------
      The specimens used in this study were collected from the
      following localities:  the 1G3 H«/pen£e£
-------
536.  Speirs, J. Murray.   1955.  Great Lakes Research Committee
           Progress Report for July, 1955.  Toronto, Ontario.
           33 p.

      Presented In this paper are the results of biological
      investigation on the Great Lakes by the Great Lakes
      Committee.  Concerning Lake Ontario, W. J. Christie reported
      results of tagging operations and recaptures.  Gill netting
      for July produced only eight whitefish, many alewives and
      smelt.  Commercial whitefish catches were samples.  Results
      of investigations on the sea lamprey scar data showed an
      Increase in scars and lampreys from 1951* to 1955 on white-
      fish.  Fifty-eight percent of lake trout sampled had fresh
      sea lamprey scars.   (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

      Sreenlvase, M. R. - See:  H. C. Duthie, No. 137.

537-  Sreenivasa, M. R. and H. C. Duthie.  1971.  The identity
           of some diatoms common in the upper sediments of
           Lake Ontario.   Abstract of paper presented at the
           14th Conference Great Lakes Research, Toronto,
           Ontario.  April 19-21, 1971.  Pp. 121-122.

      Descriptions and measurements of diatoms from the upper
      sediments of Lake Ontario are given.

      St. Remy, Nannette de - See:  G. C. Toner, No. 555.

r°8.  Stimpson, William.   1870.  On the deep-water fauna of
           Lake Michigan.  American Naturalist.  *!(?): 403-4G5.

      A look at the plants and animals living at the bottom
      of Lake Michigan.  Contains a note on the occurrence of
      Mt/A.06 at Kingston,  the highest point in the valley at
      which such shells have been found.

      Stone, Frederick L.  19^7.  Notes on two darters of the
           genus Bo£eo4oma.  Copeia.  No. 2: 92-96.

      Two currently recognized subspecies of darters, Bote.o&om~.
      ni-gjiun n-cg/ium (Storer) and 8. Nigtium otm6te.d'i (Rafinesque)
      have geographical ranges that overlap along the south
      shores of Lake Ontario and both forms are reported in the
      Allegheny-Chemung drainage.  That the two groups should
      continue to be recognized as subspecies of a single
      species is somewhat dubious.  Their ranges are compatible
      with their present status, but clear evidence of intergra-
      datlon in their zone of overlap is lacking.  Diagnostic
      key characters are examined by which specimens in the
      ranges of overlap can be readily assigned to one or the
      ctli.3;." subspecies.
                            -194-

-------
540.   Stone, Frederick L.  1948.  A study of the taxonomy  of
           the blue and yellow pikeperches (S^txlzoAted^on)  of
           Lake Erie and Lake Ontario,  Univ. of Rochester,
           Ph.D. Thesis.  164 p.

      The main objective of this analysis was to determine the
      taxonomic relationships of the blue and yellow pikeperch
      in Lakes Erie and Ontario.  Evidence was offered concern-
      ing their spawning habits and their bathymetrlc, ecological
      and geophysical distributions.  In addition, an extensive
      study of their meristic and metric characters was made.

      The blue pikeperch of both lakes belong to one species,
      while the yellow pikeperch of both lakes belong to another
      species.  Thus, two separate species have been involved in
      this study.

541.   Stone. Kivingston.  1883.  Report of operations at the
           United States salmon-hatching station on M'Cloud
           River, California, during  the season of 1880.  U.  S.
           Commission Pish and  Fisheries, Report for i860.  Part
           8, App. g: 597-621.

      A table is included which shows the waters stocked, and
      tributaries where the fish were planted and the number of
      fish planted of young California salmon hatched from eggs
      taken in 1878.

      With reference to Lake  Ontario, a total of 12,200 fish
      were planted in its tributaries in  1879.

      Stone, U. B. - See:  J. V. Skiff, No.  518.

      Stone, U. B. - See:  Dwight  A.  Webster, No.  580.

542.  Stone, Udell B.   1937.  Growth, habits and  fecundity of
           the ciscoes  of Irondequolt Bay,  New  York.  Trans-
           actions American Fish.  Society.   67: 234-245.

      This paper presents a study  of  ciscoes of Irondequolt
      Bay, New York, and deals  with their migration,  age  and
      time of spawning,  associated species  at the  time  of spawn-
      ing, predators and conservation.   This study is based on
      the age determinations  of 505 specimens,  on  the  calculations
      of these  ciscoes,  and on  the examination  of  the  ovaries of
      104 fish.
                              -195-

-------
543.  Stone, Udell B.  1944.  A study of the deep-water Cisco
           fishery of Lake Ontario with particular reference to
           the bloater Leuc-tcA-thj/A kouJi (Gill).  Transactions
           American Pish. Society.  74: 230-249.

      Studies were made of the deep water Cisco fishery on New
      York waters of Lake Ontario during the summer and fall of
      1942.  Experimental gill nets were set to test the 2-3/4
      inch mesh, as provided under New York regulations, against
      various other mesh sizes to determine if changes in the
      regulations were advisable in order to increase the pro-
      duction of ciscoes.  Conclusions are based on a total
      catch of 2,393 ciscoes of which 93.2356 consisted of a
      single species, the bloater (Le.uc.4,ckthy hoy*.).  Character-
      istics of the different species of ciscoes and fishes
      associated with them were considered in formulating the
      recommendations.  The catch of bloaters by the nets of
      each mesh size are analyzed with respect to number of fish
      taken, average length and weight, sex ratio and condition.
      Studies on the age and growth of the bloaters are presented.
      A change to 2-1/2 inch mesh was recommended for the deep
      water ciscoes provided that such nets are not fished in
      less than 180 feet of water.

544.  Stone, Udell B.  1949.  1,000 Islands bass.  New York
           State Conservationist.  3(6): 18-19.

      A long-term study of the bass was begun in 1944 to provide
      information toward maintaining or improving management of
      the 1,000 islands bass fishing resource.  To obtain infor-
      mation on migration and growth, over 3,000 bass were
      tagged and released at Chaumont Bay, Wilson Bay, head of
      Carleton Island, Sunnybank, Dodge Bay, Linda Island and
      Eel Bay.

545.  Stone, Udell B. and Donald G. Pasko, Robert M. Roecher.
           1954.  A study of Lake Ontario-St. Lawrence River
           smallmouth bass.  New York Pish and Game Journal.
           1(1): 1-26.

      A study of smallmouth bass of the eastern Lake Ontario-
      Thousand Islands region was carried on during 1944-50.
      Tagging of 4,408 wild adult bass at 10 principal
      localities was undertaken to determine if populations
      were homogeneous.  Studies of age, growth and reproduction
      of the bass from different localities were made.  Metal
      strap tags used on the dorsal fin and maxillary during
           115 gave recoveries of only 2.0$ and 9.1#, respectively.
                            -396-

-------
      During 1946--50 round, metal strap tags,  applied to the
      lower jaw,  were used on a total of 2,853 fish.  This
      method gave 612 recoveries (21.5$).   Angling recoveries
      were  used as an index to the catch of bass  on various
      grounds during different months of the fishing season.
      Despite a relatively heavy take of bass  on  some grounds
      during June there was no evidence that the  early  fishing
      affected the population adversely.  Heaviest returns,
      generally were in August.  Distinct populations of bass
      were  recognized using migrations and growth as the main
      criteria for separation.  Pour to 6 years are required
      in this area for bass to reach the legal length of 10
      inches.  The oldest bass found were l5 years old.  Con-
      siderable variation in spawning time was found to be a
      characteristic of bass in this region.  Late May  to early
      June  spawning occurred in tributary streams and in some
      of the warmer bays while late June-July spawning  occurred
      among the fish influenced by the cold water of Lake
      Ontario.

      Storr, John F. - See:  Samuel J. Markello,  No. 353.

546.   Struthers,  P. H.  1931.  A review of the carp control
           problem in New York waters.  New York  State  Conser-
           vation Department, Supplemental 21st Annual  Report
           for 1930.  Biological Survey.  6: 272-288.

      Carp  control studies conducted on carp infested waters
      of the State during the past five years yielded  sufficient
      scientific evidence on ifhich to base a policy of  carp
      control.  The investigations include field work  on Oneida
      Lake, Barge Canal, Cayuga and  Owasco Lakes, Seneca and
      Canandaigua Lakes, Saratoga, Crescent, Onondoga,  Lonely
      and Irondequoit Bay.

      The paper discussed the carp problem in our New  York
      waterways and offers, as a solution to the problem,
      seineing the carp out of the waters.  Included is a
      detail description of seineing operation, seineing net,
      and carp market.

547.   Symons, 0. E. and R. W. Simpson.  1938.  Report  on  fish
           destruction in the Niagara  River in 1937.  Trans-
           actions American Pish. Society.  68: 246-255.

      This  paper reports on the studies made to determine  the
      possible cause or causes of three epidemics  of fish
      mortality which occurred during  November and December,
      1937, in the upper Niagara River.  Samples of water and

-------
      dead fish were analyzed to determine the lethal agent
      responsible for the slaughter.  The source of pollution
      was indicated to be the Buffalo River, a grossly polluted
      stream receiving industrial and domestic sewage with very
      little flow.   Combinations of wind velocity and direction
      rainfall and changes in lake level caused sudden discharges
      of the polluted waters of this stream into the Niagara
      River.  At such times, the fish were observed to die.
      At the time of the three periods of fish mortality some
      extremely lethal agent seemed to be present that normally
      must be absent, because the fish mortality was so much
      greater than had ever been observed previously.  (Canada
      Centre for Inland Waters).

548.   Taudvin, J. W.  1910.  Untitled.  Ontario Game and Fish
           Department.  3rd Annual Report, 1909.  pp. 35-36.

      In the lower portion of Lake Ontario, the overseer noted
      that the bass fishing as a whole was not good.  The
      spawning season was very late and very few bass had
      spawned before July 15, 1090.  Also noted was that
      stormy weather may have been responsible.  Many small
      bass were seen indicating good fishing next year.
      (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

      Taylor, Grace - See:  H. Kleerekoper, No. 318.

5*19.   Tedla, Shibru and C. H. Fernando.  1969.  Observations
           on the seasonal changes of the parasite fauna of
           yellow perch (Pe*ca ^£aue4cen4) from the Bay of
           Qulnte, Lake Ontario.  Journal Fisheries Research
           Board Canada.  26(4): 833-843.

      The seasonal changes in incidence and intensity of
      infestation of yellow perch, Pe.n.c.0. fJ£ave.4ceHA, by adult
      and larval parasites, both external and internal, were
      studied over a period of 1 year.  Eight species of para-
      sites were numerous enough to permit analysis of
      seasonal dynamics.  Banodeta £uc-cope/icae and Ec.h4.nox.hyn-
      C/IUA btamoni* show a high infestation in the fall and
      declined gradually to zero by late summer.  New Infes-
      tation occurred in early fall.  ?.iotoce.pha£ut> pea-t-dex.
      showed the highest incidence in summer and a lower level
      during the rest of the year without any marked fluctua-
      tions.  The intensity cf infestation remained relatively
      constant throughout the year.  E*iga.&4.£u& con^tuiu reached
      its peak of incidence in the summer, declined through
      the fall and winter, and began increasing in spring.  In
      February, however, both incidence and intensity were high.
                            -198-

-------
                              showed a high intensity of
      Infestation In November.  The incidence remained fairly
      constant throughout the rest of the year.  UJioo.to.'idi.u.*
      acUpec-tu.4 showed no seasonal variability as record to
      Incidence but the Intensity of Infestation was highest
      in August and September.  Contnacaecum ^p^ctt^ge-ium
      showed no distinct seasonal changes in incidence or
      Intensity.  Clochidlal infestation of La.mp4.&4.t
-------
           high incidence  of other EC  (44.5°C)  gas-positive
           coliform biotypes, principally Irregular 22.

           4.   atypical, slow-or non-lactose-fermenting
           strains  constituted 12.1$ of the 2,952 isolates
           from typical  sheened conform MP colonies.

           5.   only three  enteropathogenic E.  cot-i strains
           were isolated;  all were from western Lake Ontario
           water samples with very low coliform MP counts.

           6.   irregular conform biotypes were common in
           the coliform  flora of the Lake.  Ireegular strains
           may be conveniently Identified through the appli-
           cation of the proposed coliform biotype classifica-
           tion scheme presented herein.

551.   Tester,  Albert L.  1930.  Spawning habits of the small-
           mouthed black bass in Ontario waters.  Transactions
           .American Fish.  Society.  60: 53-61.

      The paper is  a continuation of an investigation of the
      life history  of the  small-mouth black bass in Lake
      Nipissing and adjacent small lakes.  Included is the
      geographical  distribution of the small-mouthed black
      bass which includes  Lake Ontario.

      Thompson, R.  E. -  See:  C. P. Schenk, No. *»98.

      Thompson, William  Francis - See:  David Starr Jordan,
                                       No. 304.

552.   Tinsley, E.  1908.   Enforcing laws and regulations.
           Ontario Game  and Fisheries Department.  2nd Annual
           Re,  .rt,  1908.   pp. 5-81.

      A general report on  the present laws concerning fishing
      regulations during spawning times of the game and
      commercial fish.   The author feels these laws are
      inadequate and he  appeals to the authorities to
      re-evaluate the present fishing laws.  (Univ. of
      Toronto, Zoology Library).

553.  Toman, Prank A.  1955.  White perch.  New York State
           Conservationist.  10(1): 28.

      The white perch although native to brackish water has
      been Invading the  fresh water of New York.  It is
      noted that th.3 white perch has been found in some
                            -200-

-------
      tributaries of  Lake  Ontario, thought to be the result
      of unauthorized stocking  of what were thought to be
      white bass.  Some  of the  ecology and sport fishery
      aspects of this fish are  presented.

      Toner, G. C.  1934.   Notes on the alewife.  Canadian
           Field Naturalist.  48(3): 51-52.

      A discussion as to whether the alewife, ?omo£oba&
      v6e.udoka.H.e.ngiLA,  was  planted, migrated or native to
      Lake Ontario.

555.  Toner, G. C. and Nannette de St. Remy.  1941.  Amphibians
           of eastern Ontario.  Copeia.  No. 1: 10-13.

      A list by species  of the  amphibian fauna of the south-
      eastern part of Ontario is given.  Nec£u*u.6 macu£o4u4
      macu£oAu4 (Raflnesque) was noted at Kingston, in Lake
      Ontario and at  Gananoque  in the St. Lawrence River.
      Rana c.a.te.&bt'ia.na. Shaw was noted in the Gananoque River
      and the St. Lawrence River.

556.  Toronto Department of Public Works.  1921.  Water Supply
           Section.   Report on  the chemical, physical and
           bacteriological survey of Lake Ontario water.
           Toronto Dept. of Public Works, Toronto, Ontario.
           15 p. mimeo.

      The following is a report of a chemical, physical and
      bacteriological  survey of Lake Ontario, in the vicinity
      of Toronto, made to  determine the most suitable location
      for the installation of an intake pipe to supply raw
      water.

      The number of bacteriological examinations carried out
      during the survey  period  amounted to 7,906.  Average
      bacterial counts/c.c. listed for agar and acid-forming
      colonies and also number  of 8. c.ot£ was given.

      The bacteriological  quality of the water at all points
      was directly affected by  the prevailing winds and the
      figures were presented in a table.

557.  Townsend, C. H.  1899.  Report of the Division of
           Statistics  and  Methods of the fisheries.  U. S.
           Commission  Pish and  Fisheries.  Report for 1898,
           Part 24.  pp.  147-175.
                            -201-

-------
      Included in this  paper is  a section on the  fisheries
      of Lake Ontario.   A table  showing the comparative  yield
      of the fisheries  of Lake Ontario In i860,  1885,  1890,
      1893 and 1897 is  given.   Also shown in tabular form is
      (1) the yield by  county  and species for 1897 and (2)
      the vessels, boats, apparatus and shore property per
      county employed in the fisheries of Lake Ontario in 1897.

      Tressler, Willis  L. - See:  P. R. Burkholden, No.  83.

558.   Tressler, Willis  L. and Thomas Austin.  1939-  A
           limnologlcal study  of some bays and lakes of  the
           Lake Ontario watershed.  NYS Conservation Dept.,
           Supplemental 29th Annual Report for 1939.
           Biological Survey,   pp. 188-210.

      During the summer of 1939  a number of bays and lakes
      of the Lake Ontario watershed were Investigated to
      determine the amount and quality of microscopic life,
      the environmental conditions under which this life
      existed and the extent to which fish were utilizing
      this important food element in their diet.   Vertical
      series at several depths were made in the water areas
      studied during the months  of July and August.  Pour
      bays were found to produce much more plankton than the
      lake itself.  The stomachs of perch and large-mouthed
      bass from Irondequoit Bay contained a greater amount
      of plankton than  the same species from Sodus Bay.

559.   Tressler, Willis  L., Thomas Austin and Edward Orban.
           1953.  Seasonal variation of some limnological
           factors in Irondequoit Bay, New York.  American
           Midland Naturalist,  pp. 878-903.

      During the summer of 1939, a series of samples were
      taken in the deeper part of Irondequoit Bay as a part
      of the general Biological Survey of the Lake Ontario
      watershed conducted by the New York Conservation Dept.
      (Tressler and Austin, 19^0).  The results of this
      mid-August sampling indicated a high degree of pro-
      ductivity and extreme stagnation conditions vrhich
      prompted the continuation of these studies during the
      following year.  An extensive program of independent
      investigations was begun in September 1939 and was
      continued at monthly intervals until June 19*10.
      Series of samples at various depths were taken monthly
      to  determine the seasonal variations in physical,
      chemical and biological factors.
                           -202-

-------
560.   True, F. W.  1887.  The fisheries of the Great Lakes.
           In:  Good, G. B. (Ed.).  The fisheries and fishery
           Industry of the United States, Section II.  pp.
           631-673.

      A statistical summary is listed of the number of people
      employed, the capital invested and apparatus employed,
      as well as the quantities and values of the products
      derived from Lake Ontario in 1879.  There is very little
      fishing carried on at the western end of the lake and
      the few fish caught are taken by fishermen for their own
      consumption.  The only fisheries which are of commercial
      importance are situated at the east end of the lake, near
      the head of the St. Lawrence River.

      The fishing at the eastern end of the lake is described
      including an inventory of the equipment and its value at
      various parts and losses which have occurred.

561.   Tucker, Allan.  19^8.  The phytoplankton of the Bay of
           Quinte.  Transactions American Microscopical
           Society.  67(4): 365-383.

      This paper presents a quantitative and qualitative stv.dy
      of the phytoplankton of the Adolphus Reach region of the
      Bay of Quinte.  Physical and chemical factors such as
      wind, thermal stratification of water, transparency and
      dissolved oxygen were considered as important and were
      measured.  The major phylum of algae in order of abun-
      dance were chrysophyta, cyanophyta, chorophyta and
      pyrrophyta.  Three peaks in phytoplankton abundance
      occurred during the summer, on June 12, July 9 and
      August 9.  These peaks of abundance occurred in the
      upper water and were made up respectively of diatoms
      on June 12, diatoms and green algae on July 9 and
      blue greens on August 9.  It is  shown in this investi-
      gation that each peak of abundance appeared in the upper
      water and tended to become distributed uniformly from
      surface to bottom by the stirring action of the x^ater.
      The maximum abundance of phytoplankton during the summer
      occurred on July 9 and the minimum of July 31.  The
      Important  forms of diatoms in order of abundance were
      MeJLo&JJi* tabtttaiA.* and fJicLgita.fL4.eL.  The blue greens
      were made  up mostly of Aphanizomenon and to a  lesser
      degree tticiocytti.*.  The only green algae of  signifi-
      cance was  Uou.ge.ot
-------
562.  Tucker, Allan.  19^9.  Pigment extraction as a method
           of quantitative analysis of phytoplankton.  Trans-
           actions American Microscopical Society.  68(1):
           21-33.

      Various concentrations of Ankj.&ttiode.*mu.6 were used In a
      laboratory experiment to find the abundance of phyto-
      plankton by a colorimetric determination of the density
      of the pigment.  The pigment extraction method was then
      compared with the enumeration method.

563.  Tybout, R. A.  1967.  Systems analysis:  An economists
           view.  Systems Approach to Water Duality in the
           Great Lakes.  Proceedings 3rd Annual Symposium on
           Water Resources Research.  Ohio State University
           Water Resources Center,  pp. 117-126.

      The term "systems analysis" connotes whatever concept
      of propriety seems appropriate in the diagnosis of
      water management problems.  This paper presents the
      Interdependencies of particular kinds of water quality
      management as seen by an economist.  An Input-output
      model is derived for the problem of water quality con-
      trol in a lake or estuary such as Lake Erie or Ontario
      In which a series of equations are applied by sub-
      dividing the lakes into basins that have relatively
      homogenous quality characteristics.  A system of
      Optimization Criteria and another system of Cost-
      Benefit Analysis are also developed since each
      possesses a complicated set of interdependencies and
      focuses on the resolution of a particular problem.

56*4.  Ulrich, Edward C.  1952.  Harlequin duck in the
           Western New York region.  Prothonotary.  18(9): 65.

      Presented in this paper is a description of the habitat
      on the Harlequin duck, H-tA
-------
      A specimen of quinnat or California salmon (Gnc.oihync.hM>
      cfiou>cc.Jta) was caught from Lake Ontario on July  l8?8,
      weighing 14 Ibs.

£66.   U. S. Commission on Fish and Fisheries.  1895.   Mortality
           among alewives, Lake Ontario.  Report of the
           Commissioner.  19: 49-50.

      A discussion of the observations of Dr. R. R. Gurley  of
      the death of alewives of Nine-Mile Point, Wilson,
      Charlotte and Cape Vincent during the spring and summer
      of 1863.  Noted that die-off occurred initially in April
      or late March, reached its maximum in May and decreased
      through August.  Noted that dead fish had patches  of
      saprolegnia.  No other parasites were observed on  the
      fish.

567.   U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service.  1969.  Pish and
           Wildlife as related to water quality of the Lake
           Ontario basin.  Fish and Wildlife Service,
           Washington, D. C.  128 p.

      A brief section concerning the plankton and benthlc
      organisms is Included in the description of the Lake
      Ontario basin.  The major portion of the report, how-
      ever, deals with the Lake Ontario fishery in relation
      to water quality.  The fish and wildlife resources,
      economic aspects of sport fishing, hunting and commercial
      fishing, water quality aspects as affecting fish and
      wildlife, management, and research requirements are all
      discussed.

5C>8.   Vanderpost, J. M. and B. J. Dutka.  1971.  Bacteriological
           study of the Kingston basin sediments.  Abstract of
           paper presented at the l4th Conference Great Lakes
           Research, Toronto.  April 19-21, 1971.  pp. 71-72.

      Since there was no record of any bacteriological studies
      of the sediments in the Kingston basin and the St.
      Lawrence River outlet of Lake Ontario, a program of
      sediment analyses designed to present detailed bacter-
      iological information about the outflow environment of
      Lake Ontario was initiated.

      The bacteriological parameters used were:  collform M?;
      20°C MF plate count; 20°C MF anaerobic plate count;
      sulphate-reducing bacteria MPN; sulphur-oxidizing
      bacteria MPN; nitrifying bacteria MPN; autotrophic
      ammonium-oxidizing bacteria MF and dehydrogenase
      activity.
                           -20S-

-------
569.   Van Oosten, John.   1935.  First record of the alewife,
           PomotobuA p-aeudohatenguA, for the State of
           Michigan.  Copeia.  No. 4: 194-195.

      The above is essentially on the occurrence of the ale-
      wife In Michigan.   It includes, however, a note on its
      common occurrence in Lake Ontario and the St. Lawrence.
      Also mentioned Is the fact that it forms an important
      item in the diet of lake trout and burbot In Lake
      Ontario.

570,   Van Oosten, John.   1936.  The dispersal of smelt,
           Oimettu moirfax (Mitchell), in the Great Lakes
           region.  Transactions American Fish. Society.
           66: 160-176.
      The phenomenal spread of the introduced smelt,
      mofiddK (Mitchell), throughout the Great Lakes region
      during the past decade will be referred to repeatedly
      in the years to come as another classic example illus-
      trating the many complications that follow the
      successful establishment of an exotic species of fish.
      Here are presented In chronological order and by Great
      Lakes drainages the data of first appearance or of
      first smelt runs at various localities, together with
      brief notes on abundance and other items of interest
      and the source of the record.

571.  Van Oosten, John and H. J. Deason.  1937.  The food of
           the lake trout (C/u.4^uomeA. na.na.yc.a&h
           and of the lawyer (Lata. na.c.u.to*a.) of Lake
           Michigan.  Transactions American Fish. Society.
           67: 155-177.

      This paper reports on a qualitative and quantitative
      analysis of the contents of ^,979 lake trout stomachs
      collected in 1931 from southern Lake Michigan.
      Included Is a brief reference to Dymond (1928) who
      studied the food of 128 lake trout and 64 lawyers fro;?.
      Lake Ontario.  He found that in early summer the dom-
      inant food of the trout was the alewife, a species
      which does not occur in Lake Michigan and in late
      summer the ciscoes .

572.  Van Otterloo, H. , J. B. Bell and B. J. Dutka.  1967.
           A bacteriological study of Lake Ontario, conduc-
           ted for the advisory board on water pollution,
           International Joint Commission.  Dept . of National
           Health and Welfare, Division of Public Health
           Engineering, Kingston, Ontario.  Manuscript Rcpt.
           No. 67-20.  136 p.


                          -206-

-------
A water quality study of Lake Ontario was conducted by
the Kingston Branch of the Public Health Engineering
Division, Dept. of National Health and Welfare,  from
June 12 to November 2, 196?.  This study was a continua-
tion of a program begun in 1966.

Data collected during this study supports the belief
that the main body of Lake Ontario water is not pollu-
ted.  The majority (39 of 62) of monitor stations
recorded coliform MF master medians of less than 1
(Pig. 3); only 6 stations, located in the Toronto and
Niagara River areas, recorded coliform MF master medians
of 6 or more coliforms per 100 ml.

The Niagara River is one of the major contributors of
bacteriological pollution into Lake Ontario.  The
highest coliform MF, fecal coliform MF and  fecal
streptoccoccus MF master medians were recorded at
monitor and intensive study stations in the Niagara
River area.  Comparison of the  35°C and 20°C standard
plate count data, from the Niagara River area, illus-
trate that 35°C standard plate  count master medians
were double the 20°C master medians, an Indication that
sewage pollution is a contributory factor in the degra-
dation of inshore waters in this area.

Data present in this report indicate that the Toronto
and Rochester  areas may in the  future present bacter-
iological pollution problems; however,  the  pollution
areas appear to be limited  to waters within 2 miles of
shore.

Comparison of  data obtained  from Lake  Ontario and  Lake
Erie  (Menon, et.al.,  196?)  indicate  that  the highest
coliform MF counts,  obtained  from Lake  Ontario water
samples, were  not nearly  as high as  the highest  counts
recorded from  Lake Erie samples.   Several Lake Erie
stations yielded  coliform MF  counts  in the  thousands,
with  Toledo Harbour  recording the highest coliform MF
master median  (6,500);  in comparison,  the highest
coliform MF count recorded in Lake Ontario was 1,500
 (station 12, Niagara River)  and the  highest coliform
MF master median  was  8?  (station III,  Niagara River).

Figure  3 and 4,  indicate  that the main body of Lake
Ontario  and Lake  Erie water cannot be considered to be
polluted.  However,  both  lakes  have  in-shore areas which
range from mildly to grossly polluted and amongst  these
inshore  areas, the  degree of pollution is greater in
Lake  Erie  than in Lake Ontario.  (Rochester-EPA).
                       -207-

-------
573.   Ver Duin, Claude.   1950.   Beware of the gizzard shad.
           Fisherman.   18(3):  *».

      The article discusses the appearance of the gizzard shad
      in Lake Ontario  and the  destruction that it caused to
      the food supply  of the whitefish and herring.   The fish-
      ermen are now witnessing the spread of the shad into
      Lake Erie which  means that the food supply of the herring
      and whitefish will be in danger.  The author ends the
      article by warning the conservation officials to keep  a
      close check on the shad  and to take steps to eradicate
      them before they become  a menance to the native fish of
      the lakes.  (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

57*5.   Vladykav, V. D.  and G. N. Mukerjl.  1961.  Order of
           succession  of different types of infraoral lamina
           in landlocked sea lamprey (Pttiomyzon ma/u.ttu-6).
           Journal Fisheries Research Board Canada.   18(6):
           1125-1143.

      Infraoral lamina were studied of 630 lampreys from Lake
      Erie, Ontario, Lake Seneca, New York and the Pere Mar-
      quette River, Michigan.   The main types of lamina are
      listed and described. In adults, feeding in lakes, the
      predominant type is the  inclined lamina.  In spawning
      specimens the normal lamina is most characteristic.
      Newly transformed lampreys and others less than 180 mm
      long have normal lamina.   The rosebud lamina is char-
      acteristic of half grown specimens.  Thus, the usual
      succession throughout life is normal, rosebud, inclined
      and finally normal again.  (Toronto Ontario Fisheries
      Research Library,  Zoology Library).

575.   Wagner, F. E. 1928.  Chemical investigation of the
           Oswego watershed.  NYS Conservation Dept., Supple-
           mental 17th Annual  Report.  A Biological Survey of
           the Oswego  River System,  pp. 108-122.

      The chemical characteristics of the watershed were
      analyzed and these factors were used in some cases to
      compare with the biological conditions of the water at
      the point.  Dissolved oxygen profiles were taken throuf^-
      out the Oswego watershed and the reduction of dissolved
      oxygen was associated xvith human industrial and domestic
      pollution which  resulted in the reduction or extermina-
      tion of fish from these  areas.

      Walker, Boyd W.  - See:  Carl L. Hubbs, No. 267.
                           -208-

-------
      Walker, Bryant.   1918.   A  synopsis  of the  classification
           of the fresh-water  mollusca  of North  America, North
           of Mexico and  a  catalogue  of the more recently dr> :.-:•-
           cribed species with notes.   Univ.  of  Michigan.
           Zoology Museum,  Miscellaneous  Publications, No. 6,
           Part II Catalogue 93:  213.

      The paper lists  diagnostic characteristics, geographic&l
      occurrence and distribution of  molluska in the  United
      States, North of Mexico.   Mentioned occurring in Lake
      Ontario was Vatvata pJL& c.4.n.ali&  Muller and  found in the
      Niagara River was Pt//igu£op4
-------
     Three species of tubificid olegochaetes and seven hetero-
     trophic aerobic bacteria were Identified from the sediment
     of Toronto Harbour, Ontario.  The relative abundance of
     the identifiable bacteria present in the mud and in the
     worm feces voided after 18 hrs. was established using
     nutrient agar medium.  The results indicated a reduction
     in the relative abundance of bacteria by about 72$ and a
     reduction in the variety of bacteria in the feces and
     guts of the worms, whereas all seven were shown to be
     ingested at one time or another.

     The results suggest that the fraction of the bacterial
     flora investigated forms a part of the diet of tubificids
     and that differences between worm speices in relation to
     their use of those bacteria may help to explain the sur-
     vival of a number of morphologically unspeciallzed
     sediment-feeding species in close physical proximity to
     each other.

iP.O.  Webster, Dwight A., Udell B. Stone, Donald Pasko and
          John L. Forney.  1959-  Migration habits of small-
          mouth bass.  New York State Conservationist.  13(O:
          4-8.

     The movements of smallmouth bass are described and
     charted in four of the major fishing waters of New York
     State.  The waters charted are the eastern Lake Ontario -
     Thousand Islands region, the St. Lawrence River and La;-:«i
     St. Lawrence, Oneida Lake and Cayuga Lake.

5d.  Webster, J. S.  1908.  Fishery laws.  Stocking deplete-'
          waters.  Ontario Game and Fish Department.  1st
          Annual Report, 1907.  pp. 14-16.

     A report by Acting Inspector J. S. Webster on the status
     of the fishing laws in Canadian waters, especially the
     Bay of Quinte.  Also mentioned is the stocking of
     depleted waters with parental bass—only the stocking
     was done in a poor way and most of the bass died.  The
     Author recommends a solution to the stocking problem.
      (Univ. of Toronto, Zoology Library).

     Weeks, D. H. - See:  J. V. Skiff, No. 518.

583.  Wells, L.   1969.  Fishery survey of U. S. waters of
           Lake Ontario limnological survey of Lake Ontario,
           196^i.  Great Lakes Fishery Commission.  Technical
           Report No. 14.  59 p.
                           -210-

-------
      Gill nets and trawls were fished by the Bureau of
      Commercial Fisheries R/V CISCO during September 19-23,
      1964, at several locations and depths in the offshore
      United States waters of Lake Ontario.  Water temperatures
      were very low (3.7-8.3°C) at all fishing stations except
      one (16.4°C).  Supplementary data were provided by the
      Bureau's R/V KAHO in 1966.  Alewives and smelt were
      common.  Ciscoes were extremely scarce, but large; most
      of those caught were bloaters.  Slimy sculpins were
      abundant, but no deepwater sculpins v/ere caught.  Yellow
      perch were scarce.  Although the warm water species were
      inadequately sampled, trout-perch seemed to be abundant.
      Other species, all caught in small numbers, were lake
      trout, spottail shiners, burbot, threespine sticklebachs
      and johnny darters from cold water and northern pike,
      lake chubs, white suckers, white bass, white perch and
      rock bass from warm water.

      Weed, Alfred C. - See:  Barton A. Bean, No. 4?.

      Werner, W. H. R. - See:  H. H. MacKay, No.

533.   Westerman, P. A.  1932.  The deep water trap net and
           its relation to the Great Lakes fisheries.  Trans-
           actions American Pish. Society.  62: 6*1-71.

      The introduction of the deep water trap within the past
      few years has caused great deal of concern to commercial
      fishermen and to conservation officials.  A description
      of the dimensions of these nets and  the mesh of the net;:
      is given.  Some lake trout are taken in these nets but
      they are primarily a whitefish net.  The tremendously
      expanded field in which trap nets operate has brought
      them into keen competition with the  gill netters.  Deep
      water trap nets appear to have been  used first  in Lake
      Ontario at Cape Vincent and in Chaumont Bay.

58'!.   Westman, J. R. and W. E. Pahy.  1940.  A biological
           survey of the Lake Ontario watershed,  X.  The
           carp problem of the area.  New  York State  Conser-
           vation Dept., Supplemental 29th Annual Report for
           1939.  Biological Survey,  pp.  226-231.
      The presence of  dense populations  of  carp,
      c.a.n.pi.0, in many  of  New  York's  lakes and ponds has long
      been recognized  as  a fisheries  problem.   Interest in
      seineing as a possible  means of control is held by many
      anglers in regions  where  the species  is troublesome;
                            -211-

-------
      and commercial selneing, while influenced by several
      limiting factors,  provides some means for obtaining
      information on carp populations, as well as furnishing
      a way to find out  what value, if any, selneing possesses
      as a method of carp control.

5^3.  Williams, L. G.  1966.  Dominant planktonlc rotifers of
           major waterways of the United States.  Limnology and
           Oceanography.  11(7): 83-91.

      Plankton samples were taken at 128 sampling stations on
      the major rivers and Great Lakes of the United States.
      It was found that  the rotifers were the most numerous
      metazoons found in the plankton samples.  The sampling
      sites in the Great Lakes region Included the Niagara
      River which had 9  different genera of rotifers.

5B6.  Wilmot, Samuel. 1877.  California salmon in Lake
           Ontario.  Forest and Stream.  8: 419.

      Contains a note on the occurrence of a California salr.m
      in the estuary of  Wilmot's Creek in Lake Ontario followed
      by a relatively complete description.

387.  Wilmot, Samuel. 1879.  Notes on the western gizzard
           shad, Voio&oma cepettuwum fie-Ce/ta/tum, (Raf.) Jordan,
           Proceedings U. S. National Museum.  1: 263-264.

      Comment on the phenomenon of the superabundance of the
      western gizzard shad throughout the length of Lake
      Ontario followed by their sudden disappearance.  The
      fish had become so numerous that people were able to
      dip them out with  their hats.

:;83.  Wilmot, Samuel. 1881.  Remarks on the scarcity of
           male and grilse salmon in the rivers of Ontario,
           Canada.  Bulletin U. S.  Pish Commission.   1: 379-3?!.

      Note on the overabundance of females and scarcity of
      males.  They found enough females to yield 250,000 ec,:gs
      but couldn't find  a single male to impregnate the eggs.
      Also notes that there are no grilse salmon around.

      Wilmot, Samuel. 1882.  Introduction of California
           salmon into Ontario, with remarks on the disappes^-
           ance of Maine salmon from that province.   Bulletin
           U. S. Fisheries Commission.  1:
                          -212-

-------
      A letter to  the  Commission  in which Wllmot notes his
      experiences  with the  restocking  of streams that flow
      into Lake  Ontario.  Also  mentions that pollution from
      barn-yards,  plowed  fields,  turnpike roads, saw-mills
      and factories has eliminated for the best part young
      salmon and trout from these waterways.  Also notes that
      his initial  Introduction  of carp have been quite success-
      ful.  He requested  more carp to  stock these streams.

590,  Wilson, Charles  Branch.   1877.   The economic relations,
           anatomy and life history of the genus Le.tina.e.0..
           Bulletin U. S. Bureau  Fisheries for 1915-1916.
           35: 163-198.

      Contained  within this paper is a complete biological
      study - history, ecology, external and internal morphology,
      embryonic  development and systematic classification with
      key and taxonomic descriptions - of the genus leinaea.

      In the systematic section,  the following reference to
      Lake Ontario was made:

           Le*waea tontaa, (Kellicott), 1881.  Pound In tumors
           upon  the external surface of the bullhead,
           Ame-cu/Liu ne.buto&u.& ,  In Grindstone Creek near Lake
           Ontario.

      Wilton, R. - See:   H.  Kleerekoper, No. 318.

      Winter, Wolfgang -  See:   Bernard J. Dutka, No. 140.

591.  Wood, R. D.  and  W.  C. Muenscher. 1956.  The characeae
           of the  State of  New  York.   Memoir 338.  Cornell
           University  Agricultural Experimental Station.
           77 p.

      There are  many species of characeae in New York State
      including  ones In the genera C/to/ta, W-t;te&£a and
      Totypttta.   Keys for  identification, descriptions of
      morphology and taxonomy,  illustrations and maps of
      distribution of  the characaeae of New York Is included.

592.  Wright, A. H.  19l8a.  Pish succession in some Lake
           Ontario tributaries.   Scientific Monthly.  7: 535-
      This paper presents a study of ten streams flowing into
      Lake Ontario In Monroe County, N. Y,  It is an attempt
      to study fish succession by a comparison of these streams
                          -213-

-------
      with others both different and similar in geologic time
      of origin.  The first inhabitants of a newly formed
      stream were determined to be the sucker, horned dace and
      the black-nosed dace.  Prom data on species composition
      of these streams an extensive list of fish succession to
      arrived at according to which the walleye and two-spined
      stickleback would be the last arrivals.  It is mentioned
      that these lists may be speculative and that mans
      activities such as construction of canals may have falsi-
      fied the record of fish succession.

593.  Wright, A. H.  19l8b.  Pish succession in the water
           courses of Lake Ontario.  Copeia.  No. 53: 10-11.

      The article traces the various fish inhabiting each
      stage in the succession of a stream.  It begins with
      those species living in a rivulet or small creek, pro-
      gresses to those forms living under muddy conditions
      and finally describes the "swift-gravelly" group.

591*.  Wright, Ramsay.  1891.  Preliminary report on the fish
           and fisheries of Ontario.  Ontario Game and Fish
           Commission.  Commissioners Report,  pp. 419-476.

      The first section of the report deals with the geogra-
      phical considerations likely to affect the distribution
      of the various species of fish occurring within the
      waters of the Province.  This is followed by a short
      account of the natural history of fish and the natural
      history of the species of fish reported from the Pro-
      vince.  This includes the physical characteristics of
      the fish, habitat, spawning behaviour and food.

      The last portion of the report gives statistics on the
      fishing industry, number of fishermen, type of fishing
      material used, boats, tugs and the economic value of
      each major species to the commercial Industry.  (Univ.
      of Toronto, Zoology Library).

      Yalkovsky, R. - See:  A. M. Cairo, No. 85.

      Yurack, J. - See:  B. J. Dutka, No. Hi, 142.

595.  Zenkert, Charles A.  1934.  The flora of the Niagara
           Frontier region.  Bulletin Buffalo Society Natural
           Science.  16: 328.

      This book presents information pertaining to the ferns
      and flowering plants of Buffalo, N. Y. and vicinity.
      Included is information of the abundance and distribution

-------
      of flowering aquatic plants in the Niagara River and
      nearby Lake Ontario noting sites of collection.

596.   Zimmerli, W. H.  193^.  The lake plains waterfowl asso-
           ciation takes a real part in duck rr^nagevient.
           Goshawk.  7(2): 48.

      This report contains articles describing activities of
      the Lake Plains Waterfowl Association, of the Genesee
      Ornithological Society and contains records of the
      months sightings along the marshes and ponds bordering
      Lake Ontario.
                           -215-

-------
IV.  AUTHOR/AGENCY ADDRESSES
     Adamstone, P. B.
     Department of Zoology
     University of Illinois
     Urbana, Illinois

     Almendinger, W. A.
     (Address Unknown)

     Amsler, G.
     (Address Unknown)

     Anderson, A. W.
     Department of Microbiology
     Oregon State University
     Corvallis, Oregon

     Anderson, D. V.
     Department of Mathematics
     University of Toronto
     Toronto 5, Ontario
     CANADA

     Appleby, A. G.
     Department of Zoology
     University of Toronto
     Toronto 5, Ontario
     CANADA

     Atkins, Charles G.
     (Deceased)

     Atwater, W. 0.
     Professor of Chemistry
     Wesleyan University
     Mlddletown, Connecticut

     Bailey, L. W., Director
     Marine Biological Station
          of Canada
     New Brunswick, CANADA
     (Deceased)

     Balllie,  S, L.
     (Address  Unknown)
Baldwin, Norman S.
Great Lakes Fishery Commission
Natural Resources Building
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Bamo, Robert A.
(Address Unknown)

Barnett, J. M.
10U3 - 17th Avenue, S. E.
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Bean, Barton A.
Division of Fishes
U. S. National Museum
(Deceased)

Bean, Tarleton H.
(Deceased)

Beardslee, Clark S.
132 McKinley Avenue
Kenmore, New York

Beeton, A. M.
Center for Great Lakes Studies
University of Wisconsin
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53201

Belknap, John B.
Gouverneur, New York

Bellis, V. J.
Department of Biology
East Carolina University
Greenville, North Carolina  2783^

Bennett, Elizabeth A.
Ontario Water Resources
     Commission
Rexdale, Ontario
CANADA

Bentley, W. G.
(Address Unknown)
                              -216-

-------
Best, T. P.
Ontario Game and Fish
     Department
(Deceased)

Blgelow, N. K.
Department of Biology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Blain, A. W.
(Deceased)

Blair, A. A.
Fisheries Research Board of
     Canada
St. Andrews, New Brunswick
CANADA

Bligh, E. G.
Freshwater Institute
Fisheries Research Board of
     Canada
501 University Crescent
Winnipeg 19, Manitoba
CANADA

Brinkhurst, R. 0.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Brisbin, Angus
Ontario Game and Fisheries
     Department
(Deceased)

Britten, Bryan T.
Associate Professor
Department  f Biology
Niagara University
Niagara University, New York

Bruce, Allan
Bacteriological Laboratory
Public Health Engineering
     Division
Department of National
     Health & Welfare
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA
Budd, J. C.
Great Lakes Research Commission
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Budden, Frederick R.
(Address Unknown)

Burdick, G. E., Instructor
Chowan College
Murfreesboro,  North Carolina

Burkholder, Paul R.
Curator of Biology
Buffalo Museum of Science
Humboldt Park
Buffalo, New York   14211
(Deceased)

Cain, R. F.
Department of Botany
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Cairo, A. M.
Department of Chemistry
State University College
Buffalo, New York   14222

Canada Centre for Inland Waters
867 Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 5050
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Canadian Department of Fisheries
     and Forestry
Environment Canada
Ottawa, Ontario
CANADA

Canada Fisheries Research  Board
Canada Centre for Inland Waters
867 Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 5050
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Chandler, David C.
Great Lakes Research Division
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan
                         -217-

-------
Christie, W. J.
Ontario Department of Lands
     and Forests
Glenora Fisheries Station
Picton, Ontario
CANADA

Claassen, P. W.
Professor of Biology
Cornell University
Cornell, New York   14850

Clark, F. N.
(Deceased)

Clausen, R. T.
Assistant Professor of
     Botany
Bailey Hortorium
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   1H850

Clemens, W. A.
(Deceased)

Cobb, John N.
(Deceased)

Cole, Charles F.
Department of Forestry and
     Wildlife Management
University of Massachusetts
Amherst, Massachusetts

Cole, Charles F.
Virginia Institute of
     Marine Science
Gloucester Point, Virginia

Collins, John D.
(Deceased)

Conger, David
Ontario Game and Fish
     Department
(Deceased)
Couch, John H.
Department of Biology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Covell, John
Ontario Game and Fish Department
(Deceased)

Coventry, A. F.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Cowden, Sumner M.
NYS Department of Environmental
     Conservation
50 Wolf Road
Albany, New York   12201

Greaser, Charles W.
Department of Biology
Wayne State University
Detroit, Michigan

Grossman, E. J.
Royal Ontario Museum
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Cutler, N. L.
Biologist and Sanitarian
NYS Department of Environmental
     Conservation
Albany, New York

Czalka, Sharon C.
Biology Department
Hudson Valley Community College
Troy, New York   12180

Davis, Charles C.
Memorial University of
     Newfoundland
Department of Biology
St. John's, Newfoundland
CANADA
                         -218-

-------
Day, D. P.
(Deceased)

Dechtlar, Alex
Research Branch
Ontario Department of Lands
     and Forests
Maple, Ontario
CANADA

Dence, Wllford A.
Department of Forest Zoology
State University of New York
College of Forestry
Syracuse, New York   13210

Department of National Health
     and Welfare
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA

Department of National Health
     and Welfare
Canada Centre for Inland
     Waters
86? Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 5050
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Dore, William G.
Science Service Building
Ottawa, Ontario
CANADA

Duthle, H. C.
Department of Biology
University of Waterloo
Waterloo, Ontario
CANADA

Dutka, Bernard J.
Canada Centre for Inland
     Waters
867 Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 505
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA
Dymond, John R.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto 7, Ontario
CANADA
(Deceased)

Eaton, E. H.
(Deceased)

Edmunds, M. C.
(Deceased)

Embody, G. C.
Professor of Agriculture
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   14850

Evans, Kelly
Ontario Game and Fish  Commission
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA
(Deceased)

Evermann, B. W.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service
Bureau of Fisheries
(Deceased)

Faber, Daniel J.
Ontario Department of  Lands
     and Forests
South Baymouth,  Ontario
CANADA

Faigenbaum, H. M.
Professor of Industrial
     Chemistry
Rensselaer Polytechnic
     Institute
Troy, New York

Farrell, Michael A.
420 Adams Avenue
State College, Pennsylvania

Faull, J. H.
(Deceased)
                          -219-

-------
Federal Water Pollution
     Control Administration
Washington, D. C.

Penlon, M. W.
Department of Biological
     Sciences
State University of New York
Albany, New York   122C3

Ferguson, Robert G.
Lake Erie Fisheries Research
     Station
Ontario Department of Lands
     and Forests
P. 0. Box 550
Wheatley, Ontario
CANADA

Fleming, J. H.
(Deceased)

Follett, Richard
(Address Unknown)

Ford, Marjory A.
(Address Unknown)

Fox, W. Sherwood
(Address Unknown)

Prick, H. C.
Economics Service
Department of Fisheries of
     Canada
Ottawa, Ontario
CANADA

Fry, F. E. J.
Zoology Department
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Gage, Simon H.
Professor of Histology and
     Embryology  (Emeritus)
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   14850
Gannon, J. E.
Center for Great Lakes Studies
University of Wisconsin
Milwaukee, Wisconsin   53211

Garside, E. T.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Geare, R. I.
(Deceased)

Gill. T.
(Deceased)

Glass, Irvine
Ontario Game and Fish Departmen
(Deceased)

Glooschenko, Walter A.
Canada Centre for Inland Waters
867 Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 5050
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Goode, George B.
(Deceased)

Grabill, L. R.
(Deceased)

Graham, Joseph J.
Biological Laboratory
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries
U. S. Fish & Wildlife Service
Boothbay Harbor, Maine

Graikoski, John T.
U. S. Bureau Sport Fisheries
     and Wildlife
Technological Laboratory
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Great Lakes Commission
2200 North Campus Boulevard
Ann Arbor, Michigan   48105
                        -220-

-------
Great Lakes Fishery Commission
1451 Green Road
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Great Lakes Institute
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Great Lakes Institute  or
Institute of Environmental
     Sciences &  Engineering
University of Toronto
Toronto 181, Ontario
CANADA

Greeley, J. R.
Chief Aquatic Biologist
NYS Department  of Environ-
     mental Conservation
50 Wolf Road
Albany, Hew York   12201

Green, Seth
 (Deceased)

Greene, C.W.
Senior Aquatic  Biologist
NYS  Department  Conservation
West  Sand Lake, New York

Hallam, J.  C.
Department of Zoology
 University of Toronto and
      Fisheries Research
      Board of Canada
 Biological Station
 London,  Ontario
 CANADA

 Hankinson, T. L.
 Roosevelt Wild  Life Forest
      Experiment  Station
 Syracuse, New York

 Harkness, W. J.  K.
 University of Toronto
 Toronto, Ontario
 CANADA
Harman, W.  II.
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   1M850

Harrington, Robert W.,  Jr.
Entomological Research  Center
State Board of Health
P. 0. Box 308
Vero Beach, Florida  3296C

Harris, Edward
University of Toronto
Department of Zoology
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Hart, J. S.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Hart,  J. L.
Biological Station
Fisheries  Research Board of
      Canada
St.  Andrews, New  Brunswick
CANADA

Heard, William  H.
Department of Biology
Florida State University
Tallahassee,  Florida  32 3'-'5

 Hedrlck,  L.  R.
 Department of Biology
 Illinois  Institute of
      Technology
 Chicago,  Illinois   60616

 Henderson, Croswell
 Bureau of Sport Fisheries  and
      Wildlife
 Room 101, Old Main Annex
 Colorado State University
 Fort Collins, Colorado  80521
                           -221-

-------
Henley, Robert J.
Bureau of Outdoor Recreation
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Henson, E. Bennette
Department of Zoology
University of Vermont
Burlington, Vermont   05401

Herbert, Henry W.
(Deceased)

Herbst, Richard P.
(Address Unknown)

Herrington, H. B.
Westbrook, Ontario
CANADA

Hile, Ralph
Bureau of Commercial
     Fisheries
U. S. Fish and Wildlife
     Service
P. 0. Box 640
Ann Arbor, Michigan  4810?

Hiltunen, Jarl K.
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
    Fisheries
Biological Laboratory
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Hohn, Matthew H.
Department of Biology
Central Michigan  University
  -fc. Pleasant, Michigan   4 88? 8
Hubbs, Carl L.
2405 Ellentown Road
LaJolla, California
92037
 Holden, William W.
 Ontario Game  and  Fish
      Department
 (Deceased)

 Hooper, B.  F.
 (Address  Unknown)
Hunt, George S.
School of Natural Resources
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan   48104

Hunter, A. G.
(Deceased)

Hunter, George W.
College of Medicine
University of Florida
Gainesville, Florida  32603

Hunter, W. A.
Ontario Game and Fisheries
     Department
(Deceased)

Hunter, Wanda
Box 6 OOT
College Station
Durham, North Carolina  27708

Huntsman, A. G.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Hurlburt, W. E.
(Address Unknown)

Hutchinsoii,  G. Evelyn
OML  306
Yale University
New Haven, Connecticut  061320

Hyde, Sydney A.
Roosevelt Wildlife  Forest
     Experiment  Station
Syracuse, New York
                          -222-

-------
Ide, F. P.
P. 0. Box 10
Washago, Ontario
CANADA

International Joint Commission
Washington, D. C. and
Ottawa, Ontario, CANADA
Jackson, Daniel F.
Syracuse University
Department of Civil
     Engineering
Syracuse, New York
13210
Jennings , H. S.
(Deceased)
Johnson, B. G. H.
Freshwater Institute
Fisheries Research  Board  of
     Canada
Winnipeg, Manitoba
CANADA

Johnson, M. G.
Department of Zoology
University of Guelph
Guelph, Ontario
CANADA

Jordan, David S.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife
     Service
Bureau of Fisheries
(Deceased)

Judd, W. W.
Department of Zoology
University of Western
     Ontario
London, Ontario
CANADA

Kellicott, D. S.
(Deceased)
Kendall, William C.
Scientific Assistant
U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
Washington, D.  C.

Kennedy, W. A.
539 Richmond Street
London, Ontario
CANADA

Kerr, John W.
U. S. Fisheries Commission
(Deceased)

Kiel, Peter
U. S. Fisheries Commission
(Deceased)

Kindle, E. M.
(Deceased)

Kingsbury, John M.
Department of Botany
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   14850

Kinney, W. L.
Environmental Protection
     Agency
Federal Water Quality
     Administration
Lake Ontario Basin Office
4664 Lake  Avenue
Rochester, New York  l46l?

Kleerekoper, H.
Institute  of Life Science
Texas A &  M University
College Station, Texas  77843

Koelz, Walter
Museum of  Zoology
Ann  Arbor, Michigan

Kumlein, Ludwig
(Deceased)
                         -223-

-------
Lapworth, E. D.
The Ontario Department of
     Lands and Forests
Queens Park
Toronto 181, Ontario
CANADA

Lapworth, E. D.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

LaRocque, Aurele
(Address Unknown)

Lawrence, W. Mason
Chief, Bureau of Pish
NYS Department of Environ-
     mental Conservation
50 Wolf  Road
Albany,  New York   12201

Lawrle,  A. H.
Fisheries Research Board of
     Canada
Freshwater  Institute
501 University Crescent
Winnipeg 19, Manitoba
CANADA

Leach, Glen C.
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
     Fisheries
U. S. Department of Interior
             SEE
U. S. Bureau Sport Fisheries
     and Wildlife
U. S. Department of Interior
P. 0. Box 640
Ann Arbor,  Michigan

Leach, John F.
University  of  Toronto
Department  of  Zoology
Toronto  5>  Ontario
CANADA
Letson, E. S.
New York State Museum
Albany, New York

Letson, Elizabeth, Director
Buffalo Museum of Science
Buffalo Scoiety of Natural
     Sciences
Buffalo, New York   14211
(Deceased)

Lewis, C. E.
(Deceased)

Lewis, C. F. M.
789 Sunset Road
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Loftus, K. H.
Fisheries Section
Department of Lands and Forests
Research Branch
Maple, Ontario
CANADA

Ludwig, James P.
Centre for Environmental Studies
Bemidji State College
Bemidji, Minnesota  56601

MacKay, H. H.
Ontario Department of Game  and
     Fisheries
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

McAndrews, John H.
Department of Biology
Cornell College
Mt. Vernon,  Iowa  5231'!

McCombie, A. M.
Ontario Department of Lands and
     Forests
Southern Research Station
Ontario, CANADA
                           -224-

-------
McCrimmon, Hugh R.
Department of Zoology
University of Geulph
Guelph, Ontario
CANADA

Maher, F. P., Supervisor
Fisheries Inventory Unit
Department of Lands and
     Forests
Fish and Wildlife Branch
Parliament Buildings
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Markello, Samuel J.
Department of Biology
State University of New York
Buffalo, New York   1H214

Marsh, C. Dwight
(Deceased)

Mason, E. J. R.
Royal Ontario Museum  of
      Zoology
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Mather, Fred
(Deceased)

Matheson, Deloss  H.
Municipal Laboratories
City  Hall
Hamilton, Ontario
CANADA

May,  Franklin  H.
730 Livingston Avenue
Syracuse, New  York   13210

Meade,  Gordon  M.
 (Address  Unknown)

Menon,  A.  S.
Bacteriological Laboratory
Public  Health  Engineering
      Division
Department  of  National
      Health and Welfare
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA
      Metzer, D.  F.
      NYS Department of Environmental
           Conservation
      50 Wolf Road
      Albany, New York   12201

      Michalski,  Michael F.  P.
      Biology Branch
      Ontario Water Resources
           Commission
      P. 0. Box 213
      Rexdale, Ontario
      CANADA

      Miller, G.  W.
      University of Toronto
      Department of Zoology
      Toronto, Ontario
      CANADA

      Mills, Henry
      (Deceased)

      Milner, J. W
      (Deceased)

      Moore, Emmellne
      Chief  Aquatic Biologist
      NYS  Department Environmental
           Conservation
      50 Wolf Road
      Albany, New York   12201
      (Deceased)

      Morgan, G.
      (Deceased)

      Mueller, J. F.
      Associate  Professor of Zoology
      State  University  of New York
      College of Forestry
      Syracuse,  New York   13210

      Muenscher, W.  C.
      Assistant  Professor of Econom-'-
            Botany
      Cornell University
       Ithaca, New York  14850
-225-

-------
Munawar, Mohiuddin
Canada Centre for Inland
     Waters
86? Lakeshore Road
P. 0. Box 5050
Burlington, Ontario
CANADA

Nalewajko, C.
Scarbourgh College
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Nash, C. W.
(Deceased)

Nathan, Bernard
(Address Unknown)

Neil, John H.
Ontario Water Resources
     Commission
801 Bay Street
Toronto, Ont ario
CANADA

New York State Conservation
     Commission
(See New York State Depart-
ment of Environmental
Conservation)

New York State Conservation
     Department
(See New York State Depart-
ment of Environmental
Conservation)

New York State Department of
     Environmental Conserva-
     tion
50 Wolf Road
Albany, New York   12201

New York State Department of
     Health
84 Holland Avenue
Albany, New York   12208
Nicholson, H. Alleyne
Professor of Natural History
University College
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Odell, T. T.
Professor of Biology
Hobart College
Geneva, New York

Ogawa, Roann E.
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
     Fisheries
Biological Laboratory
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Ontario Department of Lands
     and Forests
Whitney Building
Queens Park
Toronto 181, Ontario'
CANADA

Ontario Department of Commercial
     Fish - now
Ontario Department of Lands
     and Forests
Fish and Wildlife Information
     Services
Queens Park
Toronto 181, Ontario
CANADA

Ontario Water Resources
     Commission
135 St. Clair Avenue, W.
Toronto 7, Ontario
CANADA

Parker, Arthur C.
Rochester Municipal Museum
Rochester, New York

Pasko, Donald G.
Senior Aquatic Biologist
NYS Department of Environmental
     Conservation
50 Wolf Road
Albany, New York   12201
                         -226-

-------
Patalas, K.
Fisheries Research Board
Freshwater Institute
Winnipeg, Manitoba
CANADA

Payne, N. R.
University of Toronto
Zoology Department
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Pentland, E. S.
(Address Unknovrn)

Piersol, W. H.
(Deceased)

Powers, C. F.
Federal Water Quality
     Administration
200 S. 35th Street
Corvallis, Oregon   97330

Pritchard, Andrew L.
Department of Biology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Radcliff, Lewis
(Address Unknown)

Radforth, I.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Raney, Edward C.
Ichthyological Associates
301 Forest Drive
Ithaca, New York   14350

Rathbum, R.
(Deceased)

Reighard, Paul
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor, Michigan
Reineche, Ottomar
Buffalo Society of Natural
     Science
Humboldt Park
Buffalo, New York   14211
(Deceased)

Reinwand, Jerry F.
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
     Fisheries
Biological Laboratory
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Robertson, A. D.
(Deceased)

Robertson, A.
Department of Zoology
University of Oklahmoa
Norman, Oklahmoa   73069

Robertson, Imogene C. S.
Buffalo Society of Natural
     Sciences
Humboldt Park
Buffalo, New York   14211

Robson, John T.
(Deceased)

Rodd, J. A.
(Address Unknown)

Rodgers, G. K.
Great Lakes Institute
University of.' Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Rolan, Robert G.
Assistant Professor of Biology
Division of Environmental
     Science
Cleveland State University
Cleveland, Ohio

Saunders, George W.
Department of Zoology
University of Michigan
Ann Arbor,Michigan   48104
                          -227-

-------
Scadding, Henry
(Deceased)
Skiff, J. V.
(Address Unknown)
Schenk, C. P.
Ontario Water Resources
     Commission
Toronto and Department of
     Works
Municipality of Metro
     Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Scott, W. B.
Department of Ichthyology
     and Herpetolopry
Royal Ontario Museum
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Scudder, Charles W.
(Deceased)

Seeber, E. L.
Department of Biology
State University College
Buffalo, New York   1*1222
(Deceased)

Senning, W. C.
Instructor in Zoology
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   14850

Sheppard, R. W.
1805 Mouland Avenue
Niagara Palls, Ontario
CANADA

Sheri, A. N.
Department of Biology
University of Waterloo
Waterloo, Ontario
CANADA

Sibley, C. K.
John Burroughs School
Clayton, Missouri
Smith, Hugh M.
(Deceased)

Smith, Lester
Commercial Fisherman
Fishery Advisory Committee
Port Washington, Wisconsin

Smith, Stanford H.
U. S. Bureau of Commercial
     Fisheries
Great Lakes Fishery Laboratory
Ann Arbor, Michigan   48107

Snyder, J. P.
(Address Unknown)

Snyder, Richard C.
Department of Zoology
University of Arizona
Tucson, Arizona

Sparling, J. H.
Department of Botany
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Speirs, J. Murray
Zoology Department
University of Toronto
Toronto 5, Ontario
CANADA

Sreenivasa, M. R.
Department of Biology
University of Waterloo
Waterloo, Ontario
CANADA

Stimpson, William
(Deceased)

Stone, Frederick L.
National Institute of General
     Medicine
Bethesda, Maryland   20014
                         -228-

-------
Stone, Livingston
(Deceased)

Stone, Udell B.
303 Troy Road
Rochester, New York    14618

Struthers, Parke
Associate Professor of
     Zoology
Syracuse University
Syracuse, New York   13210

Symons, George E.
86 Edgewood Avenue
Larchmont, New York    10538

Taudvin, J. W.
Ontario Game and Fish
     Department
(Deceased)

Tedla, Shibru
Department of Biology
University of Waterloo
Waterloo, Ontario
CANADA

Tennant, Alan D.
Bacteriological Laboratory
Public Health Engineering
     Division
Department of National
     Health and Welfare
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA

Tester, Albert L.
Department of Zoology
University of Hawaii
Honolulu, Hawaii  96822

Tinsley, E.
Ontario Game and Fish
     Department
(Deceased)
    Toman.  Frank  A.
    Analytical  Chemist
    NYS  Department of Environmental
         Conservation
    Albany, New York

    Toner,  G. C.
    Kingston, Ontario
    CANADA

    Toronto Department  of  Public
         Works
    23rd Floor  East Tower
    City Hall
    Toronto 100,  Ontario
    CANADA

    Townsend, C.  H.
    (Deceased)
    Tressler,  W.  L.
    Grand Lake,  Colorado

    True, P.  W.
    (Deceased)
    Tucker, Allan
    Office of the Board of  Regents
    State University System of
         Florida
    Tallahasee,  Florida  32304

    Tybout, R. A.
    Department of Economics
    Ohio State University
    Columbus, Ohio   43210

    Ulrlch, Edward C.
    (Address Unknown)

    U. S. Commission of Fish and
         Fisheries - now
    U. S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries
         and Wildlife
    U. S. Department of Interior
    Ann Arbor, Michigan  4810?
-229-

-------
U. S. Pish and Wildlife
     Service
Department of the Interior
Washington, D. C.

Vanderpost, J. M.
Department of National
     Health and Welfare
Public Health Engineering
     Division
Bacteriological Laboratories
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA

Van Oosten, John
U. S. Pish and Wildlife
     Service
Ann Arbor, Michigan
(Deceased)

Van Otterloo, H.
Bacteriological Laboratories
Public Health Engineering
     Division
Department of National
     Health and Welfare
Kingston, Ontario
CANADA

Ver Duin, Claude
(Address Unknown)

Vladykov, V. D.
Department of Biology
University of Ottawa
Ottawa 2, Ontario
CANADA

Walker, Bryant
University of Michigan
Museum of Zoology
Ann Arbor, Michigan

Ward, Lester P.
(Deceased)

Watson, Henry
Ontario Game and Pish
     Department
(Deceased)
Wavre, M.
Department of Zoology
University of Toronto
Toronto, Ontario
CANADA

Webster, Dwight A.
Professor Fishery Biology
Department of Conservation
Cornell University
Ithaca, New York   14850

Webster, J. S.
Ontario Game and Pish
     Department
(Deceased)

Wells, L.
Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
     Wildlife
P. 0. Box 640
Ann Arbor, Michigan   4810?

Westerman, F. A.
(Address Unknown)
                     «
Westman, James Ross
Rutgers, the State University
New Jersey Agricultural
     Experiment Station
Michol Avenue
New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903

Williams, L. G.
Department of Biology
University of Alabama
P. 0. Box 1927
University, Alabama   35486

Wilraot, Samuel
(Deceased)

Wilson, Charles B.
State Normal College
Department of Biology
Westfleld, Massachusetts
                         -230-

-------
Wood, R. D.
Department of Botany
University of Rhode Island
Kingston, Rhode Island  02881

Wright, A. H.
113 E. Upland Road
Ithaca, New York

Wright, Ramsay
(Deceased)

Zenkert, Charles A.
Research Associate in Botany
Buffalo Museum of Science
Buffalo, New York   14211

Zimmerli, W. H.
(Address Unknown)
                         -231-

-------
V.  OTHER POSSIBLY PERTINENT REFERENCES

    Anon.  1891.  Dead alewives in Lake Ontario.  Forest and
         Stream.  36: 429.

    Anon.  1922.  Pacific salmon in Ontario waters.  Forest
         and Stream.  92(6): 257.

    Anon.  1953.  Discussion on Lake Ontario fisheries.  Atlantic
         Fisherman.  34(8): 25.

    Baldwin, Norman S.  Undated.  Sea Lamprey in Great Lakes.
         Limnos,  1(3): 20-27.

    Bolton, T. E.  1957.  Silurian stratigraphy and paleontology
         of the Niagara escarpment in Ontario.  Canada Dept. of
         Mines and Technical Surveys.  Geological Survey of
         Canada.  Memoir 289.  145 p. + plates.

    Bowles, B. F.  1872.  Land-locked salmon.  Proceedings
         American Fish. Culturists Association.  1: 39-46.

    Brinkhurst, R. 0.  1964.  Observations on the biology of
         lake-dwelling Tubificidae.  Arch. Hydrobiology.  60:
         385-418.

    Buehler, E. G.  1966.  Geology of western New York - guide
         book.  New York State Geographical Association, 38th
         Annual Meeting> State Univ. of New York at Buffalo.
         116 p.

    C. A. B.  1879.  A school of fish that may be clupeoids
         from Lake Ontario.  Chicago Field.  11: 308.

    Clark, F. N.  1902.  A successful year in the artificial
         propagation of the whiteflsh.  Transactions American
         Fish. Society,  pp. S7-99.

    Davidson, F. A. and S. J. Hutchinson.  1937.  The influence
         of natural conditions on the geographic distribution
         of the Pacific salmon.  Progressive Fish-Culturist,
         U. S. Bureau Fish.  Memo 1-131(30): 24-34.

    Gillette, Tracy.  1947.  The Clinton of western and central
         New York.  New York State Museum Bulletin No. 34l.
         191 P.

    Grabau, A. W.  1901.  Guide to the geology and paleontology
         of Niagara Falls and vicinity.  New York State Museum
         Bulletin No. 45.  9: 284.
                             -232-

-------
Great Lakes Basin Commission.  1968.  The Laurentian Great
     Lakes of North America.  Uppsala Symposium on the
     Management of Larger Lakes and Impoundments.  May 13-18,
     1968.

Hallam.  1954.  Habitat and associated fauna of selected
     species of fish In Ontario streams.  Unpublished thesis,
     Univ. of Toronto.

Harkness, W. J. K.  1946.  The determination of the maximum
     yield of the Lake Ontario whitefish fishery.  Proceed-
     ings 9th Meeting Nation. Comm, Pish Cult.  Appendix H.

Heard, W. H.  1962.  Biology of the Great Lakes sphaeriid
     faunas.  The Univ. of Michigan, Great Lakes Research
     Division.  Publication No. 7.

Hobson, George D. and J. Terasmae.  1968.  Pleistocene
     geology of the buried St. David's Gorge, Niagara
     Palls, Ontario.  Geophysical and Palynological Studies.
     Paper presented at the llth Conference Great Lakes
     Research,  p. 20.

Hobson, George D. and J. Terasmae.  1969.  Pleistocene
     geology of the buried St. David's Gorge, Niagara
     Palls, Ontario.  Geophysical and Palynological Studies.
     Dept. of Energy, Mines & Resources.  Geological Survey
     of Canada.  Paper 68-6?.  16 p.

Hurley, D. A.  1970.  Seasonal changes in several blotlc
     and abiotic constituents of three stations  in the Bay
     of Quinte.  Ontario Dept. Lands and Forests.  Section
     Report (Fisheries) No. 13.  50 p.

Hurley, D. A,  1971.  The American eel, AngtU££a n.o&ttia.ta.
     L. in eastern Lake Ontario.  In press.

Kerr, John W.  1874.  The white-fish of the Great Lakes.
     II.  Lakes Erie and Ontario.  U. S. Commission Pish
     and Fisheries, Report for 1872-1873, Part 2.  p. 80-81.

Kolbe, Carl F.  1927.  Fish reduction plant and  information
     on ciscoes, "eelpouts," alewives and bait minnows, in
     Lakes Erie and Ontario.  Manuscript: 1-2.

Langford, R. R.  1945.  The study of seasonal and annual
     plankton production In the eastern end of Lake Ontario,
     1945.  Canada National Committee Fish Dulture.  Manu-
     script: 1-12.
                           -233-

-------
Langford, R. R.  1946.  The study of seasonal and annual
     plankton production In the eastern end of Lake Ontario,
     19^5.  Canada, Proceedings 9th Meeting Executive National
     Committee Pish Culture.  Appendix D.  p. 1-7.

Logier, E. B. S.  1957.  Changes in the amphibian and rep-
     tilian fauna of Ontario.  Royal Ontario Museum, Division
     Zoology and Paleontology.  Contribution,  p. 13-18,

Luther, D, 0.  Undated.  Geologic map of the Buffalo quad-
     rangle.  New York State Museum Bulletin 99.  26 p.

McCombie, A. M. and Ivanka V/ile.  1971.  Ecology of aquatic
     vascular plants in Southern Ontario impoundments.  Weed
     Science.  19(3): 225-228.

McLarty, D. A.  I960.  Report on Cta.dophon.a. investigations -
     Observations on the nature and control of excessive
     growth of Cta.dopkox.ci &p. in Lake Ontario and Lake Erie.
     Report Ontario Water Resources Commission No. 2.

McLaughlin, Allan J.  1911.  Sewage pollution of interstate
     and international waters with special reference to the
     spread of typhoid fever.  I.  Lake Erie and the Niagara
     River.  U. S. Treasury Department, Hygienic Lab Bulletin
     No. 77: 1-169.  (U. S. 6lst Congress, 3rd Session, House
     Document No. 1501).

Mitchell, Samuel L.  1818.  Memoirs on ichthyology.  Am.
     Monthly Mag. and Critical Rev.  2(4): 21*1-2*48 and  (5):
     321-328.

Nash, C. W.  1891.  Pike fishing in Toronto Bay.  Forest
     and Stream.  36(4): 69.

Nicholson, H. Alleyne.  1872.  Preliminary report on dredg-
     ings in Lake Ontario.  Annals and Magazine of Natural
     History.  4th Series.  10: 276-285.

Patton, M. J.  1912.  Whitefish of the Great Lakes.  Canada,
     Commission Conservation,  p. 13-24.

Scott, W. B.  1963.  A review of the changes in the fish
     fauna of Ontario.  Transactions Royal Can. Institute.
     34(part 2): 111-125.

Scott, W. B. and W. J. Christie.  1962.  A review of the
     invasion of the lower Great Lakes by the white perch
     (R0ccu4 a.mzx.*.c.a.nu.6).  Univ. of Michigan, Great Lakes
     Research Division Publication No. 7.
                          -234-

-------
Scott, W. B. and P. E. J. Pry.  1947.  Fluctuations in
     abundance of freshwater fish with particular reference
     to the whiteflsh in Lake Ontario.  Manuscript,  p.  1-5.

Sheri, A. N.  1968.  Growth dynamics of white perch during
     colonization of the Bay of Quinte, Lake Ontario.  Ph.D.
     thesis, Univ. of Waterloo.  366 p.

Snyder, L. L.  1957.  Changes in the avifauna of Ontario.
     Royal Ontario Museum, Division Zoology and Paleontology,
     Contribution,  p. 26-42.

Stone, Udell B.  1942.  A survey of the fisheries resources
     of the New York State waters of Lake Erie and Lake
     Ontario.  New York State Conservation Department,
     Manuscript,  p. 1-87.

Stone, Udell B.  1945.  Summary of 1944 study of smallmouth
     bass Lake Ontario-St. Lawrence River.  Mimeo.  p. 1-2.

Storr, J. I.  1964.  Limnology, 9 Mile Point.  In:  Prelim-
     inary summary on Environmental Hazards.  Report by the
     Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation to the U. S. Army
     Corps of Engineers.  Docket No. 50-220.  Vol. 2,
     Appendix 3.

Ward, H. B.  1895.  The  food  supply of the Great Lakes and
     some experiments on its  amount and distribution.
     Transactions American Microscopic Society.  17=  242-254.

Whipple, George C.  1913.  Effect of the sewage of Rochester,
     New York on the  Genesee  River and Lake Ontario  under
     present conditions.   In:   Report  on the Sewage  Disposal
     Svstem of Rochester New  York by Edwin A. Fisher.
     App. 5: 177-239.
                           -235-

-------
VI.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
          We would  like  to  thank the librarians and scientists
     without whose  assistance  this compilation would not have
     been possible.  We  are particularly appreciative of the
     cooperation by  Donna Browning, Elizabeth Robins and Ruth A.
     Sparrow of the  Buffalo Museum of Science; Emma Posdick of
     the Canada Centre for  Inland Waters; Rhea Bush of the Erie
     County Public  Library; Ruth Rehfus of the Great Lakes Lab-
     oratory of the  Bureau  of  Sports Fisheries and Wildlife (Ann
     Arbor); Albert  Ballert of the Great Lakes Commission; Jean
     Seddon of the  University  of Toronto; Delloss Matheson of the
     City of Hamilton; Arthur  Pinsak of the U. S. Lake Survey and
     Andrew Robertson of NOAA.
•US. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1973 514-154/283 1-3       —23°-

-------
   SELECTED WATER
   RESOURCES ABSTRACTS
   INPUT TRANSACTION FORM
                      1. Report No,
         Annotated Bibliography  of Lake Ontario Limnological
         and Related  Studies - Vol. 11 - Biology
   7. Author(s)

  Downing,  Ealine P.,  James E. Hassan and Robert A.  Sweeney
   9. Organization   _,    ,  _  _    _ n     .
                  Great  Lakes Laboratory
                  State  University  College at Buffalo
                  5 Porter Avenue
                  Buffalo,  Hew York  1*4-201
  12. Sponsoring Organization
                             3, Accession No.

                             w

                             S. Report Date
                             6.
                             8. Performing Organization
                               Report No.
                             10. Project No.
                                         protection Agency
  IS. Supplementary Notes

                  Environmental Protection Agency report
                                           11.  Contract I Grant No.
                                              16120 EVE
                                           13.  Type of Report and
                                              Period Covered
                                      October 1971 - Jan. 1972
                  number,  EPA-R3-73-028b, March 1973.
  16. Abstract

     Five hundred ninty-six (59^) papers concerning biologi«al aspects  of Lake Ontario
     and influent tributaries were  reviewed and abstracted.  Each paper -was cross-
     indexed by author,  geographic  area of lake and/or tributary in which study was
     performed,  organism,  habitat niche and techniques and instrumentation.  In
     addition,  a list of addresses  for the authors  and agencies was included along with
     other possibly pertinent references which the  authors were not able to secure
     and review within the time limitations of the  grant.
  17a. Descriptors
  17b. Identifiers
  17c. COWRR Field & Group
  18. Availability
19. Security Class.
   {Report)

20. Security Class.
   (Page)
  Abstractor
    21. No. of
       Pages

    22. Price

Institution
                                                         Send To:
                                                         WATER RESOURCES SCIENTIFIC INFORMATION CENTER
                                                         U.S. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
                                                         WASHINGTON. D. C. 20240
WRSIC 102 (REV. JUNE 1971)
                                                                                    SPO 913.261

-------